Remove stray space after maqqef (#1315)

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2019-12-02 14:27:49 +00:00 committed by Gogs
parent f8cccaf772
commit b78c535ac7
6 changed files with 564 additions and 564 deletions

View File

@ -3,38 +3,38 @@ JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introdu
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshuas father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 2 vix4 figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 you and all this people The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 3 v1l7 figs-pastforfuture כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you every place God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 2 vix4 figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 you and all this people The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 3 v1l7 figs-pastforfuture כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you every place God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 1 3 xjc9 figs-you בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you The word “you” refers to both Joshua and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 3 t94e figs-idiom כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 every place where the sole of your foot will walk This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 3 t94e figs-idiom כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 every place where the sole of your foot will walk This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 4 wl7a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
JOS 1 4 nbe3 figs-you גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם 1 your land The word “your” refers to the tribes of Israel and not only Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 5 w48w figs-you יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב…לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 to stand before you In verse 5 the words “you” and “your” refer to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 5 iq2e figs-doublet לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 I will not abandon you or leave you The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 1 6 a5yc figs-imperative 0 General Information: Yahweh gives Joshua a series of commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 6 gn34 figs-imperative חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ 1 Be strong and courageous Yahweh commands Joshua to overcome his fears with courage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 7 db9m figs-imperative אַל־ תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Do not turn from it to the right or to the left This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 7 db9m figs-imperative אַל־ תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Do not turn from it to the right or to the left This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 7 jy5x תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 be successful “achieve your goal” or “reach your goal”
JOS 1 8 t4mz 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
JOS 1 8 lcs7 figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־ דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 prosperous and successful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 1 8 lcs7 figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־ דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 prosperous and successful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 1 9 vt4l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Have I not commanded you? This refers to Yahweh commanding Joshua. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 1 9 fnz8 figs-imperative חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ 1 Be strong and courageous! Yahweh is commanding Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 10 b59x figs-explicit הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 1 11 f3rg figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Go through the camp and command the people, Prepare…possess. Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JOS 1 11 f3rg figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Go through the camp and command the people, Prepare…possess. Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JOS 1 11 ck8h בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 In three days Here Joshua was counting his present day as day one. Alternate translation: “Two days from now” or “On the day after tomorrow”
JOS 1 11 wg1e figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 cross over this Jordan “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 11 wg1e figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 cross over this Jordan “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 12 uji6 figs-explicit 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Manasseh chose to settle east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 1 12 fx7h translate-names וְ⁠לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 Reubenites These were the descendants of Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 12 z8vh translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 Gadites These were the decendants of Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 14 mm4q 0 General Information: Joshua continues speaking to the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
JOS 1 14 tf68 טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ 1 your little ones “your little children”
JOS 1 14 fb4d figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 beyond the Jordan This refers to the east side of the Jordan River. Later most of the Israelites would live west of the Jordan, so they called the east side “beyond the Jordan.” But at this time they were all still on the east side. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 15 b5yt figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־ יָנִ֨יחַ…לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 given your brothers rest This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 15 b5yt figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־ יָנִ֨יחַ…לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 given your brothers rest This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 15 g4ez וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֞ם לְ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ יְרֻשַּׁתְ⁠כֶם֙ וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם 1 you will…possess it This refers to living out their life on the land in peace.
JOS 1 15 rrj2 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרַ֥ח הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 beyond the Jordan, where the sun rises This refers to the east side of the Jordan river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh that replied to Joshua.
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־ פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־ דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־ פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־ דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahabs faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
@ -42,38 +42,38 @@ JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshuas father. (See: [
JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
JOS 2 4 k613 0 General Information: Rahab the prostitute protects the two Israelite spies from harm.
JOS 2 4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 But the woman had taken the two men and hidden them This happened before the kings messenger spoke to her.
JOS 2 4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 But the woman had taken the two men and hidden them This happened before the kings messenger spoke to her.
JOS 2 4 am3m הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה 1 the woman This refers to Rahab, the prostitute.
JOS 2 5 j3x6 בַּ⁠חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ 1 dusk This is the time that day begins to change to the darkness of night.
JOS 2 6 l5zb writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־ הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 But she had taken them…on the roof This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 2 6 l5zb writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־ הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 But she had taken them…on the roof This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 2 6 st56 הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה 1 the roof The roof was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it.
JOS 2 6 b99c בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י 1 flax a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth
JOS 2 7 kdj3 וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים רָדְפ֤וּ אַֽחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 the men pursued them The men pursued the spies because of what Rahab had told them in [Joshua 2:5](../02/05.md).
JOS 2 7 p4sx הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת 1 fords places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it
JOS 2 8 ds5e figs-idiom טֶ֣רֶם יִשְׁכָּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 not yet lain down This refers to going to sleep for the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 2 9 t8zy figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־ נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I know that Yahweh has given you the land The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 9 t8zy figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־ נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I know that Yahweh has given you the land The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 9 xr6a figs-metaphor נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 fear of you has come upon us Becoming afraid is spoken of as if feat came and attacked them. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 9 u74z figs-metaphor נָמֹ֛גוּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 will melt away before you This compares the fearful people to ice melting and flowing away. Possible meanings are 1) they will be weak in the Israelites presence or 2) they will be scattered. Alternate translation: “will be so afraid that they will not resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 10 m3e1 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
JOS 2 10 bcm2 יַם־ סוּף֙ 1 the Sea of Reeds This is another name for the Red Sea.
JOS 2 10 bcm2 יַם־ סוּף֙ 1 the Sea of Reeds This is another name for the Red Sea.
JOS 2 10 c6i6 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג\ 1 Sihon…Og These are the names of the Amorite kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 11 qx6v figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־ קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 our hearts melted and there was no courage left in anyone These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 11 qx6v figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־ קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 our hearts melted and there was no courage left in anyone These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 12 j6sz 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
JOS 2 12 nmi4 figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־ נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙…וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 please swear to me…Give me a sure sign These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 12 nmi4 figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־ נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙…וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 please swear to me…Give me a sure sign These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 12 nh3t figs-you עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד 1 I have been kind to you The word “you” refers to the two spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 13 m6i6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־ …וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 spare the lives…save us from death a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 2 13 m6i6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־…וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 spare the lives…save us from death a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 2 14 ji8q 0 General Information: The Israelite spies make the promise which Rahab asked for in [Joshua 2:12](../02/12.md)
JOS 2 14 yb7i figs-idiom נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת 1 Our life for yours, even to death This idiom is a way of swearing and asking God to curse them if they do not keep their promise. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh cause us to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 2 15 b3dr 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue to talk to Rahab.
JOS 2 17 dmh8 figs-hypo 1 This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 2 18 e4iw 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue talking to Rahab.
JOS 2 18 x2n8 0 Connecting Statement: The Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
JOS 2 19 vdc9 figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 Whoever goes out of the doors of your house This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 2 19 vdc9 figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 Whoever goes out of the doors of your house This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 2 19 k27w figs-metonymy דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 blood will be upon their own heads Here “blood” represents a persons death. To be responsible for their own death is spoken of as if their blood would be on their heads. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 19 m728 וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם 1 we will be guiltless “we will be innocent”
JOS 2 19 qg47 figs-euphemism אִם־ יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 if a hand is laid upon any Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 2 19 qg47 figs-euphemism אִם־ יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 if a hand is laid upon any Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 2 20 ew4z 0 General Information: The two Israelite spies continue to speak to Rahab about their promise to her. The spies required Rahab to remain silent about their visit or they would be free from their oath to protect her family.
JOS 2 20 e659 figs-you וְ⁠אִם־ תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 if you speak “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 20 e659 figs-you וְ⁠אִם־ תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 if you speak “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 21 uxw6 כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן 1 May what you say be done Rahab agreed to their terms of the oath to protect her family.
JOS 2 22 gjr5 0 General Information: The two Israelites spies leave Jericho.
JOS 2 22 a2i7 figs-explicit שָׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠רֹדְפִ֑ים 1 their pursuers returned It may be helpful to say they returned to Jericho. Alternate translation: “their pursuers returned to the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -82,20 +82,20 @@ JOS 2 23 zps9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ שְׁנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠
JOS 2 23 y6et figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ…וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ…וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֔אוּ 1 returned and crossed over and came back These are similar expressions referring to returning to where the Israelites are camped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 2 23 u3is figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ 1 crossed over “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father of Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־ הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־ הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
JOS 3 3 ghy1 figs-metonymy אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 people This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 3 3 ghy1 figs-metonymy אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 people This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 3 4 tn3h translate-bdistance כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה 1 two thousand cubits “2,000 cubits.” The word “cubit” is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the finger tips. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 3 5 hy6c הִתְקַדָּ֑שׁוּ 1 Consecrate yourselves This refers to a special preparation of being religiously clean before Yahweh.
JOS 3 5 wz6l יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֖ם נִפְלָאֽוֹת 1 Yahweh will do wonders Yahweh will be doing miracles for all to see and experience.
JOS 3 6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן 1 Take up the ark This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
JOS 3 6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן 1 Take up the ark This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
JOS 3 7 u6dt 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua what the priest are to do.
JOS 3 7 q8ud figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I will make you a great man in the eyes of all Israel The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 7 q8ud figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I will make you a great man in the eyes of all Israel The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 8 b797 קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 edge of the waters of the Jordan Joshua is to approach the bank or edge of the Jordan River.
JOS 3 9 pd66 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what Yahweh is about to do
JOS 3 10 u9w6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ מִ֠⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶם 1 drive out from before you Yahweh will force the other people living on the land to leave or be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -106,77 +106,77 @@ JOS 3 13 bej3 כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י 1 the soles of the feet This
JOS 3 13 u9rl מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 upstream This word refers to the direction the Jordan River water is flowing toward Israel.
JOS 3 13 s6ud וְ⁠יַעַמְד֖וּ נֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 stand in one heap The water will stay in one spot or place. It will not flow around the priests.
JOS 3 15 nhu7 figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 edge of the water This can refer to the surface of the water as well as the bank where the water flows to dry land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was Gods war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahwehs power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahwehs power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 3 g6yc figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־ לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־ תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 Give them this command: ‘…‘ The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 3 g6yc figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־ לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־ תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 Give them this command: ‘…‘ The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JOS 4 4 r99r 0 General Information: Joshua tells the twelve men what to do.
JOS 4 5 wr9d figs-explicit אֶל־ תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־ שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take up a stone upon his shoulder Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 5 wr9d figs-explicit אֶל־ תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־ שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take up a stone upon his shoulder Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 6 v6tn 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what the pile of twelve stones mean.
JOS 4 7 bq5m figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־ יְהוָ֔ה 1 The waters of the Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 4 7 bq5m figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־ יְהוָ֔ה 1 The waters of the Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 4 7 gsy5 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 The waters of the Jordan were “The Jordan River was”
JOS 4 7 ew13 נִכְרְת֜וּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן 1 were cut off before the ark The Jordan River was prevented by God from flowing up to the ark that was being carried by the priests.
JOS 4 7 ww74 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 the waters of the Jordan were cut off The water flowing down the Jordan River stopped before the ark so everyone including the ark traveled on the dry river bed.
JOS 4 8 q4qp 0 General Information: Joshua and Israel continue to do as Yahweh commanded.
JOS 4 8 f69z figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 they picked up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 8 f69z figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 they picked up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 9 igh8 figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 Then Joshua set up twelve stones in the middle of the Jordan These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the river bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 9 yb3y וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The memorial is there to this day This means the memorial was there to the day that the author was writing this book.
JOS 4 10 reg9 הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River.
JOS 4 10 bl85 figs-metonymy הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 4 10 er8c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 crossed over This means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from one side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 11 vff8 figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 before the people This refers to being in front of the people or in the sight of all the people. Everyone saw the ark being carried by the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 12 gp7q figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the people of Israel formed up as an army These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 12 gp7q figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the people of Israel formed up as an army These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 14 cc5t כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָרְא֥וּ 1 just as they The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 4 15 m7sg 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua to have the priests exit the Jordan River.
JOS 4 17 xw1x 0 General Information: The Author was making it clear that parting the Jordan River was no different than parting the Red Sea for the previous generation.
JOS 4 18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־ שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 waters of the Jordan returned to their place and overflowed its banks The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
JOS 4 19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 came up out of the Jordan This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
JOS 4 18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־ שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 waters of the Jordan returned to their place and overflowed its banks The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
JOS 4 19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 came up out of the Jordan This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
JOS 4 19 zy5r translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 on the tenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of Gods miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־ יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of Gods miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־ יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahwehs care and provision will stop.<br>
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted…there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted…there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 3 m1u7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־ בְּנֵ֣י 1 Joshua made himself flint knives…he circumcised all the males There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives…they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 3 m1u7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־ בְּנֵ֣י 1 Joshua made himself flint knives…he circumcised all the males There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives…they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 5 3 jin6 translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת 1 Gibeath Haaraloth This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 5 4 i17c 0 General Information: The reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
JOS 5 4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men of war the men who were old enough to be soldiers
JOS 5 6 k8wl figs-metonymy שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה 1 obey the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “obey the things that Yahweh commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 6 jrp7 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 9 x1q8 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־ חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This day I have rolled away the disgrace of Egypt from you Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 9 x1q8 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־ חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This day I have rolled away the disgrace of Egypt from you Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 10 tdl1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 the fourteenth day of the month This is near the end of March on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 5 13 iyi7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־ אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 he lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold, a man was standing Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 13 iyi7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־ אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 he lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold, a man was standing Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 13 x26s וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to pay special attention to new information. Your language may have a way of doing this.
JOS 5 13 kk45 וְ⁠חַרְבּ֥⁠וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 he had drawn his sword and it was in his hand Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the man who was standing in front of Joshua.
JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the man Joshua saw.
JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the mans answer to Joshuas question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־ פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־ נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־ פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־ נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israels victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־ יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־ יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 3 fu9e 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
JOS 6 3 eik2 כֹּ֥ה תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 You must do this for six days “You must do this once each day for six days”
JOS 6 4 b6ml וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה כֹהֲנִ֡ים יִשְׂאוּ֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֤וֹת הַ⁠יּֽוֹבְלִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן 1 Seven priests must carry seven trumpets of rams horns before the ark The seven priests are to march in front of other priests who are carrying the ark and marching around the city.
JOS 6 5 zdc7 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
JOS 6 5 d5rg וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל ב⁠שמע⁠כם אֶת־ ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 they must sound a long blast with the rams horn…of the trumpet The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “rams horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
JOS 6 5 d5rg וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל ב⁠שמע⁠כם אֶת־ ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 they must sound a long blast with the rams horn…of the trumpet The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “rams horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
JOS 6 5 g97v חוֹמַ֤ת הָ⁠עִיר֙ 1 the wall of the city “the outer wall of the city” or “the wall surrounding the city”
JOS 6 6 h9cn translate-names נוּן֙ 1 Nun This is Joshuas father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 6 6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 Take up the ark of the covenant “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
JOS 6 6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 Take up the ark of the covenant “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
JOS 6 8 l35d figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 before Yahweh Possible meanings are 1) “in obedience to Yahweh” or 2) “in front of Yahwehs ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 8 vk7j וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּֽׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 they gave a blast on the trumpets “they sounded the trumpets loudly” or “the priests blew into the rams horn trumpets”
JOS 6 8 ayf9 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 10 ls5v figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־ קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־ יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 No sound must leave your mouths Sound leaving someones mouth refers to that persons speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 10 tw9q figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 But Joshua commanded the people Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 6 10 ls5v figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־ קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־ יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 No sound must leave your mouths Sound leaving someones mouth refers to that persons speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 10 tw9q figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 But Joshua commanded the people Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 6 13 k64v translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים…שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 seven priests…seven trumpets “7 priests…7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 6 13 ai87 וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave blasts on the trumpets This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the rams horn trumpets continually”
JOS 6 14 j232 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the second day the next day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ JOS 6 16 sc3s תָּקְע֥וּ…בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave a b
JOS 6 16 fj73 figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Yahweh has given you Joshua is saying that Yahweh will definitely give them the city by saying that he has already given it to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 16 wdh6 figs-you נָתַ֧ן…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 given you The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 6 17 ugl7 0 Connecting Statement: Joshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.
JOS 6 17 w1sn figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 The city and all that is in it will be set apart to Yahweh for destruction This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 6 18 ypv3 figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־ הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 be on guard about taking the things Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 17 w1sn figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 The city and all that is in it will be set apart to Yahweh for destruction This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 6 18 ypv3 figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־ הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 be on guard about taking the things Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 18 p8xv figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲכַרְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 you will bring trouble on it Doing something that makes bad things to happen to the city is spoken of as bringing trouble on it. Alternate translation: “you will cause bad things to happen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 19 bz6i אוֹצַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 the treasury of Yahweh a collection of things set apart for the worship of Yahweh
JOS 6 20 fm69 וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 the people gave a great shout “the people of Israel shouted”
@ -199,56 +199,56 @@ JOS 6 25 qlj6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day “n
JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה 1 Cursed is the man in Yahwehs sight who rebuilds Being cursed in Yahwehs sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshuas fame, not Yahwehs. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshuas fame, not Yahwehs. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan…Karmi…Zabdi…Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־ אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahwehs anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahwehs anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 3 ui7f כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 all the people This refers to the army of Israel.
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־ אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahwehs anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahwehs anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 3 ui7f כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 all the people This refers to the army of Israel.
JOS 7 3 z2xr מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה 1 they are few in number The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
JOS 7 4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־ הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men went up from the army These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
JOS 7 4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־ הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men went up from the army These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
JOS 7 4 ak54 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men “3,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 7 5 nyw2 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 thirty-six men “36 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 7 5 zcr5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 The hearts of the people melted and became like water These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 7 5 j2v2 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people melted Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 7 5 h4tc לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
JOS 7 6 ty1c translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־ פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 tore his garments…put dust on their heads and lay facedown on the ground in front of the ark of Yahweh They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 7 7 jb6r figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 7 5 zcr5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 The hearts of the people melted and became like water These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 7 5 j2v2 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people melted Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 7 5 h4tc לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
JOS 7 6 ty1c translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־ פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 tore his garments…put dust on their heads and lay facedown on the ground in front of the ark of Yahweh They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 7 7 jb6r figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 7 7 run5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 7 aq5b וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ 1 If only we made a different decision The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
JOS 7 8 x4pf 0 General Information: Joshua expresses frustration to God.
JOS 7 8 ke9p figs-rquestion בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 what can I say, after Israel has turned their backs before their enemies? Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 7 8 s4eb figs-metonymy הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Israel has turned their backs before their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 9 n2kp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־ שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 They will surround us and make the people of the earth forget our name Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 9 n2kp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־ שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 They will surround us and make the people of the earth forget our name Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 9 r713 figs-metonymy לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 for your great name The phrase “your great name” here represents Gods reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 9 vd3r figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־ תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 What will you do for your great name? Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 9 vd3r figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־ תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 What will you do for your great name? Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 10 ev1w 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
JOS 7 10 hqu3 figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־ פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Why are you lying there on your face? God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 7 10 hqu3 figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־ פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Why are you lying there on your face? God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 7 11 lc29 הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 the things that were set apart These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18-19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
JOS 7 11 dd18 figs-metaphor גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ 1 They have stolen and then also hidden their sin Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 12 yzi5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 cannot stand before their enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 12 xix1 figs-metonymy עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 They turned their backs from their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 12 fs9m figs-metonymy לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I will not be with you any more Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 13 u4s8 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
JOS 7 13 ln4q אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 7 13 ln4q אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 7 13 j4ki figs-metonymy לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You cannot stand against your enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 14 gjw9 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
JOS 7 14 dp8p figs-idiom וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 you must present yourselves by your tribes There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 scj7 figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects will come near by their clans The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
JOS 7 14 xl85 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan that Yahweh selects must come near by each household The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 scj7 figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects will come near by their clans The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
JOS 7 14 xl85 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan that Yahweh selects must come near by each household The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 q8me figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים 1 The household that Yahweh selects must come near one by one The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 15 d5nb figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד 1 the one who is selected This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 7 15 g1vn figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 he has broken the covenant of Yahweh Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 15 g1vn figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 he has broken the covenant of Yahweh Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 16 fdv2 0 General Information: Joshua follows Yahwehs command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
JOS 7 16 lzb4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 brought Israel near, tribe by tribe The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 16 lzb4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 brought Israel near, tribe by tribe The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 16 g7qp figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה 1 the tribe of Judah was selected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 7 17 br4y figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 He brought near the clan of the Zerahites person by person The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 17 z419 אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 the clan of the Zerahites The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
JOS 7 17 br4y figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 He brought near the clan of the Zerahites person by person The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 17 z419 אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 the clan of the Zerahites The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
JOS 7 17 ha7i translate-names זַבְדִּֽי 1 Zabdi This is a mans name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 18 u41u translate-names עָכָ֞ן…כַּרְמִ֧י…זַבְדִּ֛י…זֶ֖רַח 1 Zabdi…Achan…Karmi…Zerah These are mens names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 19 k521 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 give your confession to him The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOS 7 19 fv9g figs-metaphor אַל־ תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Do not hide it from me Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 19 k521 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 give your confession to him The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOS 7 19 fv9g figs-metaphor אַל־ תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Do not hide it from me Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 21 b9nn translate-bweight וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים 1 two hundred shekels This is over two kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JOS 7 21 y7vj translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ 1 fifty shekels This is over 500 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JOS 7 21 xw3j figs-activepassive טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 They are hidden in the ground This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔ש
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־ תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־ מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai…and his land Giving them into Israels hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־ תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־ מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai…and his land Giving them into Israels hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 8 2 h3r6 figs-personification וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ 1 her king The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 8 3 k4uk עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה 1 the men of war “the army of Israel”
@ -271,24 +271,24 @@ JOS 8 9 yt5n וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 Joshua
JOS 8 9 i3lf הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב 1 the place of ambush “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
JOS 8 12 ycd3 translate-numbers כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 five thousand men “5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 8 13 j7b9 0 General Information: The Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
JOS 8 13 s1lu אֶת־ כָּל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 the main army This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
JOS 8 13 s1lu אֶת־ כָּל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 the main army This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
JOS 8 13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ 1 rear guard those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
JOS 8 15 a83i figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ…לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 let themselves be defeated before them “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 8 15 w933 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 before them the army of Ai
JOS 8 15 bri5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 they fled The army of Israel fled.
JOS 8 16 dr3a וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 they went after…they were drawn away These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
JOS 8 16 m6sq לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to go after them to go after the army of Isreal
JOS 8 16 lcb5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city were called together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 8 16 k8ff figs-hyperbole כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOS 8 17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 left it open “left the city gates open”
JOS 8 16 lcb5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city were called together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 8 16 k8ff figs-hyperbole כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOS 8 17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 left it open “left the city gates open”
JOS 8 18 xe2m figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 I will give Ai into your hand Giving Ai into Israels hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 24 v2gf figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־ כָּל־ יֹשְׁבֵ֨י…וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 when Israel had finished killing all the inhabitants…when all of them…had fallen by the edge of the sword The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed Gods command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 24 dd98 figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 had fallen by the edge of the sword Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 8 24 v2gf figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־ כָּל־ יֹשְׁבֵ֨י…וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 when Israel had finished killing all the inhabitants…when all of them…had fallen by the edge of the sword The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed Gods command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 24 dd98 figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 had fallen by the edge of the sword Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 8 25 d2ud translate-numbers שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף 1 twelve thousand “12,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 8 28 uiv3 שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 an abandoned place It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “today” or “even now”
JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־ הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־ קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־ הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־ קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israels mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended
JOS 9 5 q9v6 יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים 1 dry and moldy “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
JOS 9 6 rz8e figs-synecdoche אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 men of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 9 7 w599 translate-names הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י 1 the Hivites This is another name for the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 7 t1r4 figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אכרות־ לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Perhaps you live near us. How can we make a covenant with you? Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 9 7 t1r4 figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אכרות־ לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Perhaps you live near us. How can we make a covenant with you? Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 9 10 kam4 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙ 1 Sihon This is the name of the defeated Amorite king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 10 s17h translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 10 pz6y translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג 1 Og This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -311,60 +311,60 @@ JOS 9 17 q18q translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּפִירָ֔ה 1 Kephirah This
JOS 9 17 j671 translate-names וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת 1 Beeroth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 17 alr9 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽי 1 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 19 a168 הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 the people Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
JOS 9 21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־ מַ֨יִם֙ 1 the Gibeonites became cutters of wood and drawers of water “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
JOS 9 21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־ מַ֨יִם֙ 1 the Gibeonites became cutters of wood and drawers of water “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my God Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israels conquest of the Promised Land was Yahwehs war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israels war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־ צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־ צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 k9rg translate-names הוֹהָ֣ם…פִּרְאָ֨ם…יָפִ֧יעַ…דְּבִ֥ירן 1 Hoham…Piram…Japhia…Debir These are the names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־ אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 Come up to me “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
JOS 10 4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־ אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 Come up to me “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
JOS 10 5 d9vy translate-numbers חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 five kings “5 kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 10 5 m422 translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 5 vs78 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל 1 They set up their positions against Gibeon This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
JOS 10 6 wk68 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 They said The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
JOS 10 6 zhx9 figs-litotes אַל־ תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Do not withdraw your hands from your servants This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 10 6 zhx9 figs-litotes אַל־ תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Do not withdraw your hands from your servants This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 10 6 am1x figs-metonymy יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 your hands The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israels strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 8 c4uw figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them into your hand Here “hand” represents the people of Israels strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 8 du96 נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
JOS 10 9 ecq8 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua came The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 10 sq89 וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Yahweh confused the enemy before Israel Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
JOS 10 10 yr7y translate-names בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Beth Horon…Azekah…Makkedah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 11 fbf9 translate-names בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 Beth Horon…Azekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 threw large stones down from heaven “threw large hailstones from the sky”
JOS 10 10 yr7y translate-names בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Beth Horon…Azekah…Makkedah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 11 fbf9 translate-names בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 Beth Horon…Azekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 threw large stones down from heaven “threw large hailstones from the sky”
JOS 10 12 si1e figs-parallelism שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Sun, be still at Gibeon, and moon, in the Valley of Aijalon Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 12 j9zt figs-personification שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ…וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ 1 Sun…moon Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 10 12 ug8m translate-names בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Valley of Aijalon This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 13 dq14 figs-metonymy גּוֹי֙ 1 the nation This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 13 b91l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־ הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־ סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 Is this not written in the Book of Jashar? The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 10 13 b91l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־ הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־ סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 Is this not written in the Book of Jashar? The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 10 16 wcb9 translate-names בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 17 mns8 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 1 It was told to Joshua Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 10 19 l8tl figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 into your hand The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 21 kb3w translate-names מַקֵּדָ֖ה 1 Makkedah Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 21 py6w לֹֽא־ חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־ לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 No one dared to say one word against “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
JOS 10 22 zs9n figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־ פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Open the mouth of the cave Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 21 py6w לֹֽא־ חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־ לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 No one dared to say one word against “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
JOS 10 22 zs9n figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־ פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Open the mouth of the cave Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 23 g4te translate-names יַרְמ֔וּת…לָכִ֖ישׁ…עֶגְלֽוֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 24 dnc1 figs-synecdoche כָּל־ אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 every man of Israel Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 27 e9z9 עַד־ עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this very day “until the author wrote this story”
JOS 10 24 dnc1 figs-synecdoche כָּל־ אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 every man of Israel Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 27 e9z9 עַד־ עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this very day “until the author wrote this story”
JOS 10 28 e1nc translate-names מַקֵּדָ֔ה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 28 nhk6 figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 He completely destroyed everyone in it. He left no survivor in it The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 28 nhk6 figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 He completely destroyed everyone in it. He left no survivor in it The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 29 k439 translate-names לִבְנָ֑ה 1 Libnah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 31 dsk6 translate-names מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה 1 Libnah…Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 32 yw79 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 into the hand of Israel Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 33 rff2 translate-names הֹרָם֙ 1 Horam This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 33 lp2c translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר…אֶת־ לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 Gezer…Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 33 lp2c translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר…אֶת־ לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 Gezer…Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 34 y3g9 translate-names מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה 1 Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 35 dqi7 figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ …הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 struck it with the edge of the sword…completely destroyed everyone in it These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 10 35 dqi7 figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־…הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 struck it with the edge of the sword…completely destroyed everyone in it These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 10 36 a6ng translate-names מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Eglon This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 37 gba2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֠רֶב 1 They captured it and struck it with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 37 gba2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֠רֶב 1 They captured it and struck it with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 38 mr8b translate-names דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה 1 Debir This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 39 g2ta translate-names לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙…לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה 1 Debir…Libnah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 39 m8bf figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב 1 They struck them with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־ הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 Of all their kings he left not one survivor. He completely destroyed every living thing These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahwehs command. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 39 m8bf figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב 1 They struck them with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־ הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 Of all their kings he left not one survivor. He completely destroyed every living thing These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahwehs command. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israels victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
@ -373,27 +373,27 @@ JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖ו
JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth…Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 3 rds6 translate-names חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 Mount Hermon This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 4 d9fb 0 General Information: All the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
JOS 11 4 e5l4 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־ מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־ רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־ שְׂפַת־ הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 a great number of soldiers, in number like the sand on the seashore No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOS 11 4 e5l4 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־ מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־ רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־ שְׂפַת־ הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 a great number of soldiers, in number like the sand on the seashore No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOS 11 5 kc2e translate-names מֵר֔וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 6 n348 figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־ כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I am giving them all to Israel as dead men Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 6 lgk2 אֶת־ סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstring their horses “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
JOS 11 6 n348 figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־ כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I am giving them all to Israel as dead men Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 6 lgk2 אֶת־ סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstring their horses “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
JOS 11 7 sm9k translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 8 cw9y figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israels hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 11 8 cw9y figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israels hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 11 8 n4ub וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒…וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם 1 struck them…struck them “attacked them…attacked them”
JOS 11 8 m9b1 translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 Misrephoth Maim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstrung This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
JOS 11 10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 He struck its king with the sword “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
JOS 11 10 cjd1 figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־ הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּ 1 Hazor had been head of all these kingdoms Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 11 be72 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־ נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 They struck with the sword every living creature that was there…so there was not any living creature left alive These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 11 10 cjd1 figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־ הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּ 1 Hazor had been head of all these kingdoms Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 11 be72 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־ נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 They struck with the sword every living creature that was there…so there was not any living creature left alive These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 11 11 z2md figs-synecdoche הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם 1 he set them apart to be destroyed The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 struck them with the edge of the sword “killed them”
JOS 11 13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־ תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 cities built on mounds “cities built on small hills”
JOS 11 12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 struck them with the edge of the sword “killed them”
JOS 11 13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־ תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 cities built on mounds “cities built on small hills”
JOS 11 14 grk1 figs-rpronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for themselves This phrase refers to the army of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JOS 11 14 n215 figs-parallelism אֶֽת־ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֗רֶב עַד־ הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־ נְשָׁמָֽה 1 They killed every human being with the edge of the sword until all were dead. They left alive no creature that breathed. These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 11 15 ta4x figs-litotes לֹֽא־ הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁ 1 He left nothing undone of all that Yahweh commanded Moses to do This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 11 14 n215 figs-parallelism אֶֽת־ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֗רֶב עַד־ הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־ נְשָׁמָֽה 1 They killed every human being with the edge of the sword until all were dead. They left alive no creature that breathed. These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 11 15 ta4x figs-litotes לֹֽא־ הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁ 1 He left nothing undone of all that Yahweh commanded Moses to do This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 11 17 yr6b translate-names הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙…בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ 1 Mount Halak…Baal Gad These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 20 pq7v figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־ לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 it was Yahweh who hardened their hearts Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־ הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 20 pq7v figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־ לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 it was Yahweh who hardened their hearts Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־ הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir…Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -430,14 +430,14 @@ JOS 12 21 pv5n translate-names תַּעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ 1 Taana
JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh…Jokneam These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor…Naphoth Dor…Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־ מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־ מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israels success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 3 jnl3 translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים 1 Avvites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 4 b13s translate-names וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה…אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה 1 Arah…Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 5 bj71 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד…הַר־ חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 Baal Gad…Mount Hermon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 5 bj71 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד…הַר־ חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 Baal Gad…Mount Hermon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 5 jd8r translate-names הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י 1 Gebalites This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 6 b7pk translate-names מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ 1 Misrephoth Maim this is the name of a place (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 6 si8i figs-metaphor לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה 1 land…as an inheritance The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ JOS 13 11 l98j translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 Maacathite
JOS 13 12 hw24 translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 Ashtaroth…Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 12 u2dn translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 12 l1cu figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Moses struck them Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 13 13 zb9l translate-names אֶת־ הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 the Geshurites or the Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 13 zb9l translate-names אֶת־ הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 the Geshurites or the Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 13 hu1n figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Geshur and Maacath live among Israel “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 13 14 zs6y figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 Moses gave no inheritance The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -465,15 +465,15 @@ JOS 13 18 i4fe translate-names וְ⁠יַ֥הְצָ⁠ה וּ⁠קְדֵמֹ֖
JOS 13 19 f1h3 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר 1 Kiriathaim…Sibmah…Zereth Shahar These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 20 is7v translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר…הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת 1 Beth Peor…Pisgah…Beth Jeshimoth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 uld7 translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 j6hq translate-names סִיחוֹן֙…אֶת־ אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־ חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֔בַע 1 Sihon…Evi…Rekem…Zur…Hur…Reba These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 together with the leaders of Midian “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
JOS 13 21 j6hq translate-names סִיחוֹן֙…אֶת־ אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־ חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֔בַע 1 Sihon…Evi…Rekem…Zur…Hur…Reba These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 together with the leaders of Midian “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
JOS 13 23 gc1r וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את 1 this is their boundary The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
JOS 13 23 x56m figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־ רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Reuben The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 23 x56m figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־ רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Reuben The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 23 ud8m figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 given to each of their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 25 fmp2 translate-names יַעְזֵר֙…עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר…רַבָּֽה 1 Jazer…Aroer…Rabbah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 26 mr54 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן…רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם…לִדְבִֽר 1 Heshbon…Ramath Mizpah…Betonim…Mahanaim…Debir These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 27 ie4m translate-names בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן…חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Beth Haram…Beth Nimrah…Zaphon…Heshbon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 28 hla2 figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־ גָ֖ד 1 This is the inheritance of the tribe of Gad The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 28 hla2 figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־ גָ֖ד 1 This is the inheritance of the tribe of Gad The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 29 we69 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Moses gave an inheritance to the half tribe of Manasseh The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 29 gs84 לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 half tribe of Manasseh Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
JOS 13 29 p8yw figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י 1 It was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -481,41 +481,41 @@ JOS 13 30 s32g translate-names מִ⁠מַּחֲנַ֨יִם…יָאִ֛יר 1
JOS 13 31 b2aa translate-names וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי 1 Ashtaroth…Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 14 2 ti9l figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 by the hand of Moses Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 14 3 ptq4 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־ נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־ נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 Moses had given the inheritance of the two and one-half tribes beyond the Jordan, but to the Levites he gave no inheritance The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 4 tye1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־ נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 The Levites were given no portion of the inheritance in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 14 2 ti9l figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 by the hand of Moses Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 14 3 ptq4 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־ נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־ נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 Moses had given the inheritance of the two and one-half tribes beyond the Jordan, but to the Levites he gave no inheritance The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 4 tye1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־ נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 The Levites were given no portion of the inheritance in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 14 4 c5l6 חֵ֨לֶק 1 portion “part”
JOS 14 4 tj8s figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־ עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 but only certain cities to live in The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 14 4 tj8s figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־ עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 but only certain cities to live in The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 14 4 m4nv וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 pasturelands fields of grass for the livestock to eat
JOS 14 4 j8ys וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם 1 material resources physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
JOS 14 6 b9tc translate-names יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 1 Jephunneh This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 6 g6g8 translate-names הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י 1 Kenizzite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 7 wqe2 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־ לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 I brought him a report again as it was in my heart to make Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 14 8 q6zs figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־ לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 made the heart of the people melt with fear Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 7 wqe2 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־ לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 I brought him a report again as it was in my heart to make Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 14 8 q6zs figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־ לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 made the heart of the people melt with fear Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 8 d53a figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 I completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 9 ew2r figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ …בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־ עוֹלָ֑ם 1 the land…will be an inheritance for you and for your children forever The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 9 ew2r figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ …בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־ עוֹלָ֑ם 1 the land…will be an inheritance for you and for your children forever The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 9 shc9 figs-synecdoche הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 the land on which your foot has walked Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 14 10 m9sn הִנֵּה֩ 1 look “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
JOS 14 10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־ הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 while Israel walked in the wilderness “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
JOS 14 10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־ הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 while Israel walked in the wilderness “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
JOS 14 11 q443 כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה 1 My strength is now as my strength was then “I am still as strong now as I was then”
JOS 14 11 y4nf figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא 1 for going and coming This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 14 12 r8ka אֶת־ הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 hill country Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
JOS 14 12 r8ka אֶת־ הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 hill country Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
JOS 14 12 ner3 translate-names עֲנָקִ֣ים 1 Anakim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 13 q6ae figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־ חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 gave Hebron as an inheritance to Caleb Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 13 q6ae figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־ חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 gave Hebron as an inheritance to Caleb Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
JOS 15 2 qj2g הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן 1 bay smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
JOS 15 3 kb99 translate-names עַקְרַבִּים֙…צִ֔נָ⁠ה…חֶצְרוֹן֙…אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה…הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה 1 Akrabbim…Zin…Hezron…Addar…Karka These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 4 nzh3 translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Azmon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -524,24 +524,24 @@ JOS 15 5 xrg4 figs-metaphor מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 at
JOS 15 5 bl5c וּ⁠גְב֞וּל 1 border…ran “border…was”
JOS 15 6 lbt5 translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 Beth Hoglah…Beth Arabah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 6 eqi7 translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 7 n7k5 translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒…הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל…לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים…מֵי־ עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Debir…the Valley of Achor…the hill of Adummim…En Shemesh…En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 8 qa4u translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־ הִנֹּ֗ם…עֵֽמֶק־ רְפָאִ֖ים 1 the Valley of Ben Hinnom…the Valley of Rephaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 9 hb3j translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ…הַר־ עֶפְר֑וֹן…קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Nephtoah…Mount Ephron…Baalah…Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 10 h92v translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה…הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר…הַר־ יְעָרִ֛ים…כְסָל֑וֹן…בֵּֽית־ שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ…תִּמְנָֽה 1 Baalah…Mount Seir…Mount Jearim…Kesalon…Beth Shemesh…Timnah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 11 n6qt translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה…הַר־ הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה…יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 Shikkeron…Mount Baalah…Jabneel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 13 gx9f translate-names אֶת־ קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 Kiriath Arba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 7 n7k5 translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒…הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל…לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים…מֵי־ עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Debir…the Valley of Achor…the hill of Adummim…En Shemesh…En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 8 qa4u translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־ הִנֹּ֗ם…עֵֽמֶק־ רְפָאִ֖ים 1 the Valley of Ben Hinnom…the Valley of Rephaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 9 hb3j translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ…הַר־ עֶפְר֑וֹן…קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Nephtoah…Mount Ephron…Baalah…Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 10 h92v translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה…הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר…הַר־ יְעָרִ֛ים…כְסָל֑וֹן…בֵּֽית־ שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ…תִּמְנָֽה 1 Baalah…Mount Seir…Mount Jearim…Kesalon…Beth Shemesh…Timnah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 11 n6qt translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה…הַר־ הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה…יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 Shikkeron…Mount Baalah…Jabneel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 13 gx9f translate-names אֶת־ קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 Kiriath Arba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 13 v154 translate-names אַרְבַּ֛ע…הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק 1 Arba…Anak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 14 jp1i figs-explicit אֶת־ שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 the three sons of Anak: Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai, descendants of Anak These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 14 q23k translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י 1 Anak…Sheshai…Ahiman…Talmai These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 14 jp1i figs-explicit אֶת־ שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 the three sons of Anak: Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai, descendants of Anak These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 14 q23k translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י 1 Anak…Sheshai…Ahiman…Talmai These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 15 n52j וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל 1 He went up from there against “He went up from there to fight against”
JOS 15 15 k99v translate-names דְּבִ֥ר…קִרְיַת־ סֵֽפֶר 1 Debir…Kiriath Sepher These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 16 hs9c translate-names אֶת־ קִרְיַת־ סֵ֖פֶר 1 Kiriath Sepher This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 16 z82q translate-names אֶת־ עַכְסָ֥ה 1 Aksah This is a womans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 15 k99v translate-names דְּבִ֥ר…קִרְיַת־ סֵֽפֶר 1 Debir…Kiriath Sepher These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 16 hs9c translate-names אֶת־ קִרְיַת־ סֵ֖פֶר 1 Kiriath Sepher This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 16 z82q translate-names אֶת־ עַכְסָ֥ה 1 Aksah This is a womans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 17 kvc1 translate-names עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל…קְנַ֖ז 1 Othniel…Kenaz These are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 18 d6qf figs-idiom בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ 1 Aksah came to Othniel This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniels wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniels wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 15 18 ia6d figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־ אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 she urged him to ask her father for a field. This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JOS 15 18 ia6d figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־ אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 she urged him to ask her father for a field. This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JOS 15 19 nun3 אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת 1 the upper springs and lower springs The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Judah The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Judah The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 21 lgx2 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the southern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:32](../15/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 33 tn8z translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the northern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:47](../15/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
@ -553,56 +553,56 @@ JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Jo
JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz…Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 3 w8gi translate-names הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י 1 Japhletites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 3 id59 translate-names בֵּית־ חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן…גָּ֑זֶר 1 Lower Beth Horon…Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 4 u6fy בְנֵי־ יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 the tribes of Joseph, Manasseh and Ephraim “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
JOS 16 3 id59 translate-names בֵּית־ חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן…גָּ֑זֶר 1 Lower Beth Horon…Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 4 u6fy בְנֵי־ יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 the tribes of Joseph, Manasseh and Ephraim “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
JOS 16 4 r4qw figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 received their inheritance The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 5 f2i9 figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of the tribe of Ephraim, clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory…that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 5 f2i9 figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of the tribe of Ephraim, clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory…that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 5 m6lu translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Ataroth Addar…Upper Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 6 vg46 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙…תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה…יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה 1 Mikmethath…Taanath Shiloh…Janoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 7 uyw7 translate-names מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 Janoah…Naarah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 8 at1t translate-names מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ…קָנָ֔ה 1 Tappuah…Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 8 mb6i figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Ephraim The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 8 mb6i figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Ephraim The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 8 ke41 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ 1 the cities that were chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־ עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־ עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manassehs lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Josephs sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makirs descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makirs descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makirs descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makirs descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 2 us2l figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יְהִי 1 Land was assigned…given to their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land…and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 3 u2e9 translate-names וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩…חֵ֨פֶ 1 Zelophehad…Hepher These are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 3 k5z5 translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה 1 Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah These are womens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 4 x2q2 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 Eleazar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 4 q55m figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־ לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 to give to us an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 4 q55m figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־ לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 to give to us an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 4 s6fd וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם…נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 1 he gave those women an inheritance Possible meanings are 1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or 2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
JOS 17 5 d1c3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels of land were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 5 d1c3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels of land were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 5 z7zr חַבְלֵֽי…עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels “Ten portions”
JOS 17 6 d9gb figs-metaphor נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 received an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 6 qbx1 figs-activepassive הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי 1 The land of Gilead was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 7 jln6 אֶל־ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 southward toward the south
JOS 17 7 jln6 אֶל־ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 southward toward the south
JOS 17 7 dfe9 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת…תַּפּֽוּחַ 1 Mikmethath…Tappuah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 9 k7gp הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The border “The border of Manassehs land”
JOS 17 9 l2af נַ֨חַל 1 brook a very small river
JOS 17 9 qvi8 translate-names קָנָ֜ה 1 Kanah name of a brook (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 10 mi9b figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן 1 On the north side Asher can be reached Possible meanings are 1) that the border of Manassehs land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or 2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 10 fj36 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 to the east, Issachar The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 17 11 s1sn translate-names בֵּית־ שְׁאָ֣ן…וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם…דֹ֣אר…עֵֽין־ דֹּר֙…תַעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ…הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 Beth Shan…Ibleam…Dor…Endor…Taanach…Megiddo…Napheth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 11 s1sn translate-names בֵּית־ שְׁאָ֣ן…וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם…דֹ֣אר…עֵֽין־ דֹּר֙…תַעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ…הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 Beth Shan…Ibleam…Dor…Endor…Taanach…Megiddo…Napheth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 14 b4j6 figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 17 14 sk37 figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־ עַד־ כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you given us only one…Yahweh has blessed us? The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one…Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 17 14 sk37 figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־ עַד־ כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you given us only one…Yahweh has blessed us? The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one…Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 17 14 ju22 figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 one assignment of land and one portion for an inheritance These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 14 dg92 וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל 1 portion part
JOS 17 14 p7z5 עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 people great in number “many people”
JOS 17 15 d24l אִם־ עַם־ רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 If you are a people great in number “Since you are a people great in number”
JOS 17 14 p7z5 עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 people great in number “many people”
JOS 17 15 d24l אִם־ עַם־ רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 If you are a people great in number “Since you are a people great in number”
JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־ שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan…Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־ שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan…Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־ חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־ נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־ אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off…has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־ חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־ נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־ אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off…has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 18 4 p7hg figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 the land up and down The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 18 4 zry7 וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 write out a description of it with a view to their inheritances This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
JOS 18 4 lh9w figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 their inheritances The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -611,8 +611,8 @@ JOS 18 5 dmy4 וְ⁠הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 They will
JOS 18 5 y5gn יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד 1 Judah will remain “The tribe of Judah will remain”
JOS 18 5 d41l figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 7 v3qr 0 General Information: Joshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
JOS 18 7 e6s8 אֵֽין־ חֵ֤לֶק 1 no portion “no portion of land”
JOS 18 7 kus7 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־ כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 for the priesthood of Yahweh is their inheritance Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 7 e6s8 אֵֽין־ חֵ֤לֶק 1 no portion “no portion of land”
JOS 18 7 kus7 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־ כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 for the priesthood of Yahweh is their inheritance Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 7 eqg6 וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 1 the half tribe of Manasseh “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
JOS 18 7 cyc8 figs-metaphor לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם 1 have received their inheritance The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 8 t1cr 0 General Information: Joshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
@ -621,33 +621,33 @@ JOS 18 10 pz3n figs-activepassive כְּ⁠מַחְלְקֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 to each
JOS 18 11 hd7v בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 between the descendants of Judah and the descendants of Joseph “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
JOS 18 11 ib4f figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 12 ij99 translate-names בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן 1 Beth Aven This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 13 hx15 translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙…בֵּֽית־ אֵ֑ל…עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…לְ⁠בֵית־ חֹר֖וֹן 1 Luz…Ataroth Addar…Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 13 hx15 translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙…בֵּֽית־ אֵ֑ל…עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…לְ⁠בֵית־ חֹר֖וֹן 1 Luz…Ataroth Addar…Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 14 h4e6 הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The boundary This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
JOS 18 14 eq7x translate-names קִרְיַת־ בַּ֨עַל֙…קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 Kiriath Baal…Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 14 eq7x translate-names קִרְיַת־ בַּ֨עַל֙…קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 Kiriath Baal…Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 15 ulq2 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים…נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ 1 Kiriath Jearim…Ephron…Nephtoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 16 br6t translate-names בֶן־ הִנֹּ֔ם…רְפָאִ֖ים…הִנֹּ֜ם …עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Ben Hinnom…Rephaim…Hinnom…En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 16 br6t translate-names בֶן־ הִנֹּ֔ם…רְפָאִ֖ים…הִנֹּ֜ם …עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Ben Hinnom…Rephaim…Hinnom…En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 17 d8dt translate-names עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ…גְּלִיל֔וֹת…אֲדֻמִּ֑ים 1 En Shemesh…Geliloth…Adummim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 17 z2mh translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 18 g6td figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the shoulder of Beth Arabah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 18 b98y translate-names מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Beth Arabah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 19 k48g figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 the north shoulder of Beth Hoglah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 19 xy3i translate-names בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ 1 Beth Hoglah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 18 g6td figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the shoulder of Beth Arabah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 18 b98y translate-names מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Beth Arabah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 19 k48g figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 the north shoulder of Beth Hoglah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 19 xy3i translate-names בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ 1 Beth Hoglah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 20 ywb2 figs-metaphor זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Benjamin The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 20 pe6e figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 it was given clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
JOS 19 1 u57y figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ יְהוּדָֽה 1 Their inheritance was in the middle of the inheritance that belonged to the tribe of Judah The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 1 u57y figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ יְהוּדָֽה 1 Their inheritance was in the middle of the inheritance that belonged to the tribe of Judah The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 2 kg51 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 2 eu6h figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 They had for their inheritance The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 5 la4r translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 5 f4vb וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג 1 Ziklag See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
JOS 19 8 uc1c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Simeon The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 8 uc1c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Simeon The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 8 q586 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 19 9 lep5 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the portion of land assigned to the tribe of Judah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 19 9 p2ji בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 the middle of their portion “the middle of Judahs portion of land”
@ -655,31 +655,31 @@ JOS 19 10 f5gu וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שְּׁ
JOS 19 10 s2j1 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 The third number three in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 10 vde5 translate-names שָׂרִֽיד 1 Sarid This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 11 v9gp translate-names וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה…בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת…יָקְנְעָֽם 1 Maralah…Dabbesheth…Jokneam These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 11 gx7v עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 opposite Jokneam “across from Jokneam”
JOS 19 11 gx7v עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 opposite Jokneam “across from Jokneam”
JOS 19 12 n9dc translate-names מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד…כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר…הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת…יָפִֽיעַ 1 Sarid…Kisloth Tabor…Daberath…Japhia These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 13 dqd5 translate-names גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין…רִמּ֥וֹן…הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה 1 Gath Hepher…Eth Kazin…Rimmon…Neah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 14 ja4s translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן…יִפְתַּח־ אֵֽל 1 Hannathon…Iphtah El These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 14 ja4s translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן…יִפְתַּח־ אֵֽל 1 Hannathon…Iphtah El These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 15 xk4u translate-names וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Kattath…Nahalal…Shimron…Idalah…Bethlehem These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 15 yn5n translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Bethlehem This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 16 a4ee figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Zebulun The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 16 a4ee figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Zebulun The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 17 fum5 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 17 l33x translate-ordinal הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth number four in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 18 qmg4 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם 1 Chesulloth…Shunem These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 19 c3ti translate-names וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת 1 Hapharaim…Shion…Anaharath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 20 mft4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ 1 Rabbith…Kishion…Ebez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 21 b1ex translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־ גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 Remeth…En Gannim…En Haddah…Beth Pazzez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 21 b1ex translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־ גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 Remeth…En Gannim…En Haddah…Beth Pazzez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 22 hs7i translate-names בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר 1 Tabor This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 22 ht1e translate-names ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה 1 Shahazumah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 23 yll2 figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Issachar The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 23 yll2 figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Issachar The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 24 lhr4 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 24 xa5a translate-ordinal הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth number five in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 25 prg9 translate-names חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Helkath, Hali, Beten, Akshaph These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 26 v6t4 translate-names וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל…וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת 1 Allammelek, Amad, and Mishall…Shihor Libnath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 27 pbh2 translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒…וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־ אֵ֥ל…בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל…כָּב֖וּל 1 Beth Dagon…Valley of Iphtah El…Beth Emek…Neiel…Kabul These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 27 pbh2 translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒…וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־ אֵ֥ל…בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל…כָּב֖וּל 1 Beth Dagon…Valley of Iphtah El…Beth Emek…Neiel…Kabul These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 28 ht1l translate-names וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה 1 Abdon…Rehob…Hammon…Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 29 q8wz translate-names חֹסָ֔ה…אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה 1 Hosah…Akzib These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 30 y1g5 translate-names וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב 1 Ummah…Aphek…Rehob These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 31 x4aq figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ אָשֵׁ֖ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Asher The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 31 x4aq figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ אָשֵׁ֖ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Asher The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 32 jy7g יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 32 jjm6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth number six in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 33 syr4 translate-names מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף…בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל…לַקּ֑וּם 1 Heleph…Zaanannim…Adami Nekeb…Jabneel…Lakkum These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -688,8 +688,8 @@ JOS 19 35 h8p6 translate-names הַ⁠צִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְ⁠חַמ
JOS 19 35 lq51 וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת 1 Hammath This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
JOS 19 36 e379 translate-names וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר 1 Adamah…Ramah…Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 37 vez5 translate-names וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר 1 Kedesh…Edrei…En Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 38 jp9v translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־ אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־ עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Yiron…Migdal El…Horem…Beth Anath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 39 s9en figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Naphtali The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 38 jp9v translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־ אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־ עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Yiron…Migdal El…Horem…Beth Anath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 39 s9en figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Naphtali The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 40 q3a2 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 40 b1tt translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh number seven in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 41 d7it figs-metaphor גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of its inheritance The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -697,24 +697,24 @@ JOS 19 41 b8bg translate-names צָרְעָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹ
JOS 19 42 q637 translate-names וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה 1 Shaalabbin, Aijalon, and Ithlah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 43 sht1 translate-names וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן 1 Elon, Timnah, Ekron These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 44 gca7 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת 1 Eltekeh, Gibbethon, Baalath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 45 yan4 translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־ בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־ רִמּֽוֹן 1 Jehud, Bene Berak, Gath Rimmon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 45 yan4 translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־ בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־ רִמּֽוֹן 1 Jehud, Bene Berak, Gath Rimmon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 46 ddh6 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן 1 Me Jarkon…Rakkon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 46 w42c מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ 1 across from Joppa “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
JOS 19 47 i8zh translate-names לֶ֜שֶׁם 1 Leshem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ דָ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Dan The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־ נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־ תִּמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ דָ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Dan The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־ נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־ תִּמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances…assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities…assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br>
JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a persons death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 20 4 u2dh וְ⁠נָ֞ס 1 He will run Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
JOS 20 4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־ הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־ דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 explain his case to the elders of that city “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
JOS 20 4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־ הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־ דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 explain his case to the elders of that city “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
JOS 20 4 dhh4 וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 Then they will take him The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
JOS 20 4 k969 וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם 1 live among them This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
JOS 20 5 x945 figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 avenge the blood of the person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a persons death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 20 5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־ דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־ רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 killed his neighbor unintentionally accidentally killed his neighbor
JOS 20 5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־ דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־ רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 killed his neighbor unintentionally accidentally killed his neighbor
JOS 20 6 c6fe עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙ 1 stood before the assembly This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names in this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
@ -723,15 +723,15 @@ JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood
JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar…Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 21 3 f9ei אֶת־ הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 following cities This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 21 3 f9ei אֶת־ הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 following cities This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
JOS 21 4 r4ry וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leaders will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 4 fl2y translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 Kohathites This priests in this group were descendants of Levis son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohaths grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 5 iwh3 וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י 1 half tribe Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
JOS 21 6 bk5g translate-names גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 1 Gershon Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 6 ezu2 בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leaders will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 7 cg61 translate-names מְרָרִ֜י 1 Merari Merari was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 8 qe5y figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Yahweh had commanded by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 8 qe5y figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Yahweh had commanded by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 10 t6l2 translate-names מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levis son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohaths grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 10 tnp1 הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leaders will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 11 vkd2 writing-background אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 Arba had been the father of Anak This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -745,133 +745,133 @@ JOS 21 14 q8gl translate-names יַתִּר֙…אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 1 Jat
JOS 21 15 cb4t translate-names חֹלֹן֙…דְּבִ֖ר 1 Holon…Debir These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 16 bx8i translate-names עַ֣יִן…יֻטָּה֙ 1 Ain…Juttah These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 17 e8r4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Benjamin were given Gibeon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 17 fd6z translate-names אֶת־ גֶּ֖בַע 1 Geba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 18 sk7n translate-names אֶת־ עֲנָתוֹת֙…עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 Anathoth…Almon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 19 ha9f translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 thirteen cities “13 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 20 lfp9 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָת֙ 1 the Kohathite clans The priests in this group were descendants of Levis son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohaths grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 17 fd6z translate-names אֶת־ גֶּ֖בַע 1 Geba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 18 sk7n translate-names אֶת־ עֲנָתוֹת֙…עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 Anathoth…Almon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 19 ha9f translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 thirteen cities “13 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 20 lfp9 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָת֙ 1 the Kohathite clans The priests in this group were descendants of Levis son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohaths grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 20 x8eu figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 they had cities given to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 20 tg75 גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leaders will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 21 kz7k translate-names גֶּ֖זֶר 1 Gezer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 22 tv2m translate-names קִבְצַ֨יִם֙…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן 1 Kibzaim…Beth Horon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 22 r4hl translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities in all This refers to the list by the total number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 23 dw9x figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־ דָ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Dan, the clan of Kohath was given Eltekeh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 23 r7qr translate-names אֶֽת־ אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א…גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 Eltekeh…Gibbethon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 24 g45w translate-names אֶת־ אַיָּלוֹן֙…אֶת־ גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Aijalon…Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 23 dw9x figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־ דָ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Dan, the clan of Kohath was given Eltekeh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 23 r7qr translate-names אֶֽת־ אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א…גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 Eltekeh…Gibbethon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 24 g45w translate-names אֶת־ אַיָּלוֹן֙…אֶת־ גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Aijalon…Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 24 g4ma translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities This refers to the number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 25 e6cl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, the clan of Kohath was given Taanach This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 25 yn8h translate-names אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙…גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Taanach…Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 26 hn9j translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָ֖ת 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levis son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohaths grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 27 ws1t figs-activepassive וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁוֹן֮ מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֒ מֵ⁠חֲצִ֞י מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה אֶת־ עִיר֙ מִקְלַ֣ט הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ אֶת־ גלון 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, to clans of Gershon, these were other Levite clans, and they gave Golan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh, other Levite clans, received from the half tribe of Manasseh Golan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 27 knk6 translate-names אֶת־ גלון…בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 Golan…Be Eshterah names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 25 e6cl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, the clan of Kohath was given Taanach This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 25 yn8h translate-names אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙…גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Taanach…Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 26 hn9j translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָ֖ת 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levis son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohaths grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 27 ws1t figs-activepassive וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁוֹן֮ מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֒ מֵ⁠חֲצִ֞י מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה אֶת־ עִיר֙ מִקְלַ֣ט הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ אֶת־ גלון 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, to clans of Gershon, these were other Levite clans, and they gave Golan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh, other Levite clans, received from the half tribe of Manasseh Golan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 27 knk6 translate-names אֶת־ גלון…בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 Golan…Be Eshterah names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 27 bmc9 הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ 1 killed another unintentionally This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
JOS 21 27 a1zs translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם 1 two cities number of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 28 r9hc translate-names אֶת־ קִשְׁי֖וֹן…אֶת־ דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 Kishion…Daberath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 29 u8z9 translate-names אֶת־ יַרְמוּת֙…עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 Jarmuth…En Gannim names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 30 rbf6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 From the tribe of Asher, they gave Mishal This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 30 px1s translate-names אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל…אֶת־ עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 Mishal…Abdon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 31 ziw8 translate-names אֶת־ חֶלְקָת֙…רְחֹ֖ב 1 Helkath…Rehob names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 28 r9hc translate-names אֶת־ קִשְׁי֖וֹן…אֶת־ דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 Kishion…Daberath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 29 u8z9 translate-names אֶת־ יַרְמוּת֙…עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 Jarmuth…En Gannim names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 30 rbf6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 From the tribe of Asher, they gave Mishal This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 30 px1s translate-names אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל…אֶת־ עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 Mishal…Abdon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 31 ziw8 translate-names אֶת־ חֶלְקָת֙…רְחֹ֖ב 1 Helkath…Rehob names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 32 h2j8 translate-names חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙…קַרְתָּ֖ן 1 Hammoth Dor…Kartan These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 33 c7dt translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 thirteen cities in all “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 34 yuv3 figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 To the rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—were given out of the tribe of Zebulun: Jokneam This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 33 c7dt translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 thirteen cities in all “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 34 yuv3 figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 To the rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—were given out of the tribe of Zebulun: Jokneam This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 34 ws8g translate-names מְרָרִי֮ 1 Merari This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 34 ng32 translate-names אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם…אֶת־ קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 Jokneam…Kartah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 35 ek4f translate-names אֶת־ דִּמְנָה֙…אֶֽת־ נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 Dimnah…Nahalal names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 36 dh5c translate-names אֶת־ בֶּ֖צֶר…וְ⁠אֶת־ יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 Bezer…Jahaz names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 34 ng32 translate-names אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם…אֶת־ קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 Jokneam…Kartah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 35 ek4f translate-names אֶת־ דִּמְנָה֙…אֶֽת־ נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 Dimnah…Nahalal names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 36 dh5c translate-names אֶת־ בֶּ֖צֶר…וְ⁠אֶת־ יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 Bezer…Jahaz names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 37 jbp6 translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽ 1 four cities This refers to the total number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 37 e538 translate-names אֶת־ קְדֵמוֹת֙…מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 Kedemoth…Mephaath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 38 r7m5 translate-names אֶת־ רָמֹ֥ת…מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 Ramoth…Mahanaim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 39 a2l1 translate-names אֶת־ חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙…אֶת־ יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 Heshbon…Jazer These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 37 e538 translate-names אֶת־ קְדֵמוֹת֙…מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 Kedemoth…Mephaath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 38 r7m5 translate-names אֶת־ רָמֹ֥ת…מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 Ramoth…Mahanaim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 39 a2l1 translate-names אֶת־ חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙…אֶת־ יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 Heshbon…Jazer These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 40 x17x translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all “12 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 40 q83e figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all were given to them by the casting of lots This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 40 at28 גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leaders will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 41 g7z1 figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The cities of the Levites taken from the middle of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 41 g7z1 figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The cities of the Levites taken from the middle of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 41 z9gj translate-numbers עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 1 forty-eight cities “48 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore “he gave an oath”
JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־ עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־ נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־ עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־ נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.<br>
JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 22 3 a89l figs-litotes לֹֽא־ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 You have not deserted your brothers This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 5 zh9u figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־ דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 to walk in all his ways A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahwehs ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 5 r5dh figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 with all your heart and with all your soul The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 22 3 a89l figs-litotes לֹֽא־ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 You have not deserted your brothers This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 5 zh9u figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־ דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 to walk in all his ways A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahwehs ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 5 r5dh figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 with all your heart and with all your soul The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 22 7 k89d הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 8 w4re וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל 1 iron a strong, hard, magnetic metal
JOS 22 8 k79c שְׁלַל 1 plunder The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
JOS 22 9 cmc4 figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 the commandment of Yahweh, by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 9 cmc4 figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 the commandment of Yahweh, by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 10 iy3p הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 11 ww1z figs-metaphor אֶל־ מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 at the front of the land of Canaan The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 11 ww1z figs-metaphor אֶל־ מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 at the front of the land of Canaan The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 11 yqa5 translate-names גְּלִילוֹת֙ 1 Geliloth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 12 v3q5 לַ⁠צָּבָֽא 1 war a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
JOS 22 13 t232 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֥ 1 Eleazar name of man (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 16 sy2y כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה 1 The whole assembly of Yahweh says this All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
JOS 22 17 lcv2 figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Was our sin at Peor not enough for us? This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 17 lcv2 figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Was our sin at Peor not enough for us? This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 17 b18v translate-names פְּע֔וֹר 1 Peor This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 17 ie2t figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 we have not even now cleansed ourselves from it This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 17 ie2t figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 we have not even now cleansed ourselves from it This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 20 kyw7 translate-names עָכָ֣ן…זֶ֗רַח 1 Achan…Zerah names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 20 v3qy figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־ זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Did not Achan son of Zerah break faith in the matter of those things that had been reserved for God? Did not wrath fall on all the people of Israel? These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 22 x5pm figs-hypo אִם־ בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־ בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־ תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 If it was in rebellion…on this day The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 23 sku4 figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־ לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 If we built…let Yahweh make us pay for it The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 20 v3qy figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־ זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Did not Achan son of Zerah break faith in the matter of those things that had been reserved for God? Did not wrath fall on all the people of Israel? These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 22 x5pm figs-hypo אִם־ בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־ בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־ תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 If it was in rebellion…on this day The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 23 sku4 figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־ לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 If we built…let Yahweh make us pay for it The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 24 cei9 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
JOS 22 24 xpn5 figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 your children might say to our children…God of Israel? This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 24 qr6z figs-rquestion מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 What have you to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel? The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 24 xpn5 figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 your children might say to our children…God of Israel? This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 24 qr6z figs-rquestion מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 What have you to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel? The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 25 qfc4 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־ יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָד֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan…nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־ יְהוָֽ 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־ יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָד֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan…nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־ יְהוָֽ 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 26 ueg6 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
JOS 22 27 m97u figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 to be a witness between us and you The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־ יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 27 n3i9 אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 no share “no portion” or “no inheritance”
JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־ יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 27 n3i9 אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 no share “no portion” or “no inheritance”
JOS 22 28 bf3h 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
JOS 22 28 kuu5 figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־ יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־ דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־ תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־ עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־ עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If this should be said…a witness between us and you.” The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 28 kuu5 figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־ יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־ דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־ תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־ עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־ עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If this should be said…a witness between us and you.” The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 29 b4w1 figs-idiom חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד 1 May it be far from us that we should rebel The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 29 i8y4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 turn away from following him To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע…אֶת־ הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 heard the words “heard the message”
JOS 22 30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע…אֶת־ הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 heard the words “heard the message”
JOS 22 30 i3xp figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 was good in their eyes Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 31 ab6h לֹֽא־ מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 committed this breach of faith against him “broken your promise to him”
JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 you have rescued the people of Israel out of the hand of Yahweh Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 22 31 ab6h לֹֽא־ מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 committed this breach of faith against him “broken your promise to him”
JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 you have rescued the people of Israel out of the hand of Yahweh Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshuas final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
JOS 23 6 w84i figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 turning aside from it neither to the right hand nor to the left Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־ בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 you may not mix Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
JOS 23 6 w84i figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 turning aside from it neither to the right hand nor to the left Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־ בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 you may not mix Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
JOS 23 7 vkw6 תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ 1 mention to speak of
JOS 23 7 wbj7 אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ 1 their gods This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
JOS 23 8 k6my figs-metaphor בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ 1 cling to Yahweh “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 8 q6qx עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “until the present time”
JOS 23 9 wf3v figs-metonymy לֹא־ עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 to stand before you Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 23 9 wf3v figs-metonymy לֹא־ עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 to stand before you Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 23 10 iar1 אֶחָ֥ד 1 single only one
JOS 23 10 lx1z translate-numbers אָ֑לֶף 1 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 23 12 i2mf figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 cling to the survivors of these nations Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 13 pdx3 figs-doublet לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ 1 a snare and a trap The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 13 ut82 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 whips on your backs and thorns in your eyes These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 14 ba62 figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I am going the way of all the earth Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 know with all your hearts and souls Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־ נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahwehs promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 14 ba62 figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I am going the way of all the earth Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 know with all your hearts and souls Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־ נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahwehs promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־ יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahwehs anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־ יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahwehs anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshuas instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshuas instructions.<br>
JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־ כָּל־ שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshuas summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־ כָּל־ שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshuas summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”
JOS 24 2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־ אָמַ֣ר 1 This is what Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
JOS 24 2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־ אָמַ֣ר 1 This is what Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
JOS 24 2 uke1 translate-names תֶּ֛רַח…נָח֑וֹר 1 Terah…Nahor These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 3 h2vy 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 4 z8e8 translate-names שֵׂעִיר֙ 1 Seir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 4 azj7 יָרְד֥וּ 1 went down Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
JOS 24 5 hrk4 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 5 shc6 figs-you הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 brought you out The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 6 uxu8 figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 brought your ancestors out The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 6 uxu8 figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 brought your ancestors out The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 7 w52l 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 7 t8kg figs-you וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ…בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 your ancestors…you Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 7 rv8q אֶת־ הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
JOS 24 7 rv8q אֶת־ הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
JOS 24 7 gqs1 בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר 1 in the wilderness an uninhabited area, a desert
JOS 24 8 jpf2 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 8 xwk4 figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 you The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -883,29 +883,29 @@ JOS 24 9 l9gd figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 you The word “you” is plural th
JOS 24 10 jr3f figs-metonymy וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ 1 rescued you out of his hand Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 11 wlg7 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 11 b324 figs-you וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ 1 You The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 11 jx4u אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 24 12 d1wr אֶת־ הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 the hornet A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
JOS 24 11 jx4u אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 24 12 d1wr אֶת־ הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 the hornet A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
JOS 24 13 qv5z 0 General Information: Joshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 15 gei6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 If it seems wrong in your eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 15 bff7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 my house This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 17 uf71 figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 us and our ancestors…we The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 24 17 uf71 figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 us and our ancestors…we The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 24 17 n1g2 figs-idiom מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים 1 house of slavery Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 24 17 v2lc הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ 1 nations through whom we passed “nations that we passed through”
JOS 24 19 in4p הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 19 di8z אֵֽל־ קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 he is a jealous God God wants his people to worship only him.
JOS 24 19 di8z אֵֽל־ קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 he is a jealous God God wants his people to worship only him.
JOS 24 20 l4yi figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב…וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 He will consume you Yahwehs anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 21 mt8s הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 23 h48g figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־ יְהוָ֖ה 1 turn your heart to Yahweh Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 23 h48g figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־ יְהוָ֖ה 1 turn your heart to Yahweh Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 24 ut8c הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 24 yq9g figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע 1 We will listen to his voice Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 25 g8by figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 He put in place decrees and laws Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 26 n7ac בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 the Book of the law of God This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
JOS 24 26 ct9g וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם 1 set it up there “placed it there”
JOS 24 27 u7ad הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 27 mkt9 figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־ בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־ הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אִמְרֵ֣י 1 this stone will be a testimony…It has heard all the words The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 24 27 h23i פֶּֽן־ תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 should you ever “if you ever”
JOS 24 29 e9uy translate-numbers בֶּן־ מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 110 years old “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 24 30 iyt3 translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח…לְ⁠הַר־ גָּֽעַשׁ 1 Timnath Serah…Mount Gaash names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 27 mkt9 figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־ בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־ הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אִמְרֵ֣י 1 this stone will be a testimony…It has heard all the words The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 24 27 h23i פֶּֽן־ תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 should you ever “if you ever”
JOS 24 29 e9uy translate-numbers בֶּן־ מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 110 years old “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 24 30 iyt3 translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח…לְ⁠הַר־ גָּֽעַשׁ 1 Timnath Serah…Mount Gaash names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 31 gf2q figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 1 all of Joshuas days This is an idiom that refers to Joshuas entire life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 24 31 r7xz הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 1 outlived Joshua “lived longer than Joshua”
JOS 24 32 a3ik עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף…קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒ 1 The bones of Joseph…they buried them at Shechem, It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3 JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
4 JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7 JOS 1 2 vix4 figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 you and all this people The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8 JOS 1 3 v1l7 figs-pastforfuture כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you every place God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
9 JOS 1 3 xjc9 figs-you בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you The word “you” refers to both Joshua and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10 JOS 1 3 t94e figs-idiom כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם כָּל־ מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־ רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 every place where the sole of your foot will walk This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11 JOS 1 4 wl7a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
12 JOS 1 4 nbe3 figs-you גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם 1 your land The word “your” refers to the tribes of Israel and not only Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13 JOS 1 5 w48w figs-you יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב…לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 to stand before you In verse 5 the words “you” and “your” refer to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14 JOS 1 5 iq2e figs-doublet לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 I will not abandon you or leave you The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
15 JOS 1 6 a5yc figs-imperative 0 General Information: Yahweh gives Joshua a series of commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
16 JOS 1 6 gn34 figs-imperative חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ 1 Be strong and courageous Yahweh commands Joshua to overcome his fears with courage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
17 JOS 1 7 db9m figs-imperative אַל־ תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול אַל־ תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Do not turn from it to the right or to the left This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18 JOS 1 7 jy5x תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 be successful “achieve your goal” or “reach your goal”
19 JOS 1 8 t4mz 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
20 JOS 1 8 lcs7 figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־ דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־ דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 prosperous and successful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21 JOS 1 9 vt4l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Have I not commanded you? This refers to Yahweh commanding Joshua. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22 JOS 1 9 fnz8 figs-imperative חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ 1 Be strong and courageous! Yahweh is commanding Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23 JOS 1 10 b59x figs-explicit הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24 JOS 1 11 f3rg figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Go through the camp and command the people, ‘Prepare…possess.’ Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25 JOS 1 11 ck8h בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 In three days Here Joshua was counting his present day as day one. Alternate translation: “Two days from now” or “On the day after tomorrow”
26 JOS 1 11 wg1e figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 cross over this Jordan “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27 JOS 1 12 uji6 figs-explicit 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Manasseh chose to settle east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28 JOS 1 12 fx7h translate-names וְ⁠לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 Reubenites These were the descendants of Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29 JOS 1 12 z8vh translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 Gadites These were the decendants of Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30 JOS 1 14 mm4q 0 General Information: Joshua continues speaking to the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
31 JOS 1 14 tf68 טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ 1 your little ones “your little children”
32 JOS 1 14 fb4d figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 beyond the Jordan This refers to the east side of the Jordan River. Later most of the Israelites would live west of the Jordan, so they called the east side “beyond the Jordan.” But at this time they were all still on the east side. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33 JOS 1 15 b5yt figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־ יָנִ֨יחַ…לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ אֲשֶׁר־ יָנִ֨יחַ…לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 given your brothers rest This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34 JOS 1 15 g4ez וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֞ם לְ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ יְרֻשַּׁתְ⁠כֶם֙ וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם 1 you will…possess it This refers to living out their life on the land in peace.
35 JOS 1 15 rrj2 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרַ֥ח הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 beyond the Jordan, where the sun rises This refers to the east side of the Jordan river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh that replied to Joshua.
37 JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־ פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־ דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־ פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־ דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
38 JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39 JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
40 JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
42 JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
44 JOS 2 4 k613 0 General Information: Rahab the prostitute protects the two Israelite spies from harm.
45 JOS 2 4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־ שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 But the woman had taken the two men and hidden them This happened before the king’s messenger spoke to her.
46 JOS 2 4 am3m הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה 1 the woman This refers to Rahab, the prostitute.
47 JOS 2 5 j3x6 בַּ⁠חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ 1 dusk This is the time that day begins to change to the darkness of night.
48 JOS 2 6 l5zb writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־ הַ⁠גָּֽג וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־ הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 But she had taken them…on the roof This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
49 JOS 2 6 st56 הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה 1 the roof The roof was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it.
50 JOS 2 6 b99c בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י 1 flax a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth
51 JOS 2 7 kdj3 וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים רָדְפ֤וּ אַֽחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 the men pursued them The men pursued the spies because of what Rahab had told them in [Joshua 2:5](../02/05.md).
52 JOS 2 7 p4sx הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת 1 fords places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it
53 JOS 2 8 ds5e figs-idiom טֶ֣רֶם יִשְׁכָּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 not yet lain down This refers to going to sleep for the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
54 JOS 2 9 t8zy figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־ נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־ נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I know that Yahweh has given you the land The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
55 JOS 2 9 xr6a figs-metaphor נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 fear of you has come upon us Becoming afraid is spoken of as if feat came and attacked them. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 JOS 2 9 u74z figs-metaphor נָמֹ֛גוּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 will melt away before you This compares the fearful people to ice melting and flowing away. Possible meanings are 1) they will be weak in the Israelites’ presence or 2) they will be scattered. Alternate translation: “will be so afraid that they will not resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
57 JOS 2 10 m3e1 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
58 JOS 2 10 bcm2 יַם־ סוּף֙ יַם־ סוּף֙ 1 the Sea of Reeds This is another name for the Red Sea.
59 JOS 2 10 c6i6 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג\ 1 Sihon…Og These are the names of the Amorite kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
60 JOS 2 11 qx6v figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־ קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־ קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 our hearts melted and there was no courage left in anyone These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
61 JOS 2 12 j6sz 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
62 JOS 2 12 nmi4 figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־ נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙…וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־ נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙…וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 please swear to me…Give me a sure sign These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
63 JOS 2 12 nh3t figs-you עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד 1 I have been kind to you The word “you” refers to the two spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
64 JOS 2 13 m6i6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־ …וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־…וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 spare the lives…save us from death a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
65 JOS 2 14 ji8q 0 General Information: The Israelite spies make the promise which Rahab asked for in [Joshua 2:12](../02/12.md)
66 JOS 2 14 yb7i figs-idiom נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת 1 Our life for yours, even to death This idiom is a way of swearing and asking God to curse them if they do not keep their promise. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh cause us to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
67 JOS 2 15 b3dr 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue to talk to Rahab.
68 JOS 2 17 dmh8 figs-hypo 1 This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
69 JOS 2 18 e4iw 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue talking to Rahab.
70 JOS 2 18 x2n8 0 Connecting Statement: The Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
71 JOS 2 19 vdc9 figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 Whoever goes out of the doors of your house This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
72 JOS 2 19 k27w figs-metonymy דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 blood will be upon their own heads Here “blood” represents a person’s death. To be responsible for their own death is spoken of as if their blood would be on their heads. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
73 JOS 2 19 m728 וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם 1 we will be guiltless “we will be innocent”
74 JOS 2 19 qg47 figs-euphemism אִם־ יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־ בּֽ⁠וֹ אִם־ יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 if a hand is laid upon any Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
75 JOS 2 20 ew4z 0 General Information: The two Israelite spies continue to speak to Rahab about their promise to her. The spies required Rahab to remain silent about their visit or they would be free from their oath to protect her family.
76 JOS 2 20 e659 figs-you וְ⁠אִם־ תַּגִּ֖ידִי וְ⁠אִם־ תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 if you speak “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
77 JOS 2 21 uxw6 כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן 1 May what you say be done Rahab agreed to their terms of the oath to protect her family.
78 JOS 2 22 gjr5 0 General Information: The two Israelites spies leave Jericho.
79 JOS 2 22 a2i7 figs-explicit שָׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠רֹדְפִ֑ים 1 their pursuers returned It may be helpful to say they returned to Jericho. Alternate translation: “their pursuers returned to the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
82 JOS 2 23 y6et figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ…וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ…וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֔אוּ 1 returned and crossed over and came back These are similar expressions referring to returning to where the Israelite’s are camped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
83 JOS 2 23 u3is figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ 1 crossed over “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
84 JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father of Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
85 JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־ הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם אֵ֥ת כָּל־ הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
86 JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
87 JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
88 JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
89 JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
90 JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
91 JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
92 JOS 3 3 ghy1 figs-metonymy אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 people This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
93 JOS 3 4 tn3h translate-bdistance כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה 1 two thousand cubits “2,000 cubits.” The word “cubit” is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the finger tips. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
94 JOS 3 5 hy6c הִתְקַדָּ֑שׁוּ 1 Consecrate yourselves This refers to a special preparation of being religiously clean before Yahweh.
95 JOS 3 5 wz6l יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֖ם נִפְלָאֽוֹת 1 Yahweh will do wonders Yahweh will be doing miracles for all to see and experience.
96 JOS 3 6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן 1 Take up the ark This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
97 JOS 3 7 u6dt 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua what the priest are to do.
98 JOS 3 7 q8ud figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I will make you a great man in the eyes of all Israel The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99 JOS 3 8 b797 קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 edge of the waters of the Jordan Joshua is to approach the bank or edge of the Jordan River.
100 JOS 3 9 pd66 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what Yahweh is about to do
101 JOS 3 10 u9w6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ מִ֠⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶם 1 drive out from before you Yahweh will force the other people living on the land to leave or be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
106 JOS 3 13 u9rl מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 upstream This word refers to the direction the Jordan River water is flowing toward Israel.
107 JOS 3 13 s6ud וְ⁠יַעַמְד֖וּ נֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 stand in one heap The water will stay in one spot or place. It will not flow around the priests.
108 JOS 3 15 nhu7 figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 edge of the water This can refer to the surface of the water as well as the bank where the water flows to dry land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
109 JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
110 JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
111 JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
114 JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
115 JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
117 JOS 4 3 g6yc figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־ לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־ תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־ לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־ תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 Give them this command: ‘…‘ The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
118 JOS 4 4 r99r 0 General Information: Joshua tells the twelve men what to do.
119 JOS 4 5 wr9d figs-explicit אֶל־ תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־ שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ אֶל־ תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־ שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take up a stone upon his shoulder Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
120 JOS 4 6 v6tn 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what the pile of twelve stones mean.
121 JOS 4 7 bq5m figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־ יְהוָ֔ה נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־ יְהוָ֔ה 1 The waters of the Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
122 JOS 4 7 gsy5 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 The waters of the Jordan were “The Jordan River was”
123 JOS 4 7 ew13 נִכְרְת֜וּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן 1 were cut off before the ark The Jordan River was prevented by God from flowing up to the ark that was being carried by the priests.
124 JOS 4 7 ww74 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 the waters of the Jordan were cut off The water flowing down the Jordan River stopped before the ark so everyone including the ark traveled on the dry river bed.
125 JOS 4 8 q4qp 0 General Information: Joshua and Israel continue to do as Yahweh commanded.
126 JOS 4 8 f69z figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 they picked up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127 JOS 4 9 igh8 figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 Then Joshua set up twelve stones in the middle of the Jordan These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the river bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128 JOS 4 9 yb3y וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The memorial is there to this day This means the memorial was there to the day that the author was writing this book.
129 JOS 4 10 reg9 הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River.
130 JOS 4 10 bl85 figs-metonymy הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
131 JOS 4 10 er8c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 crossed over This means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from one side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
132 JOS 4 11 vff8 figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 before the people This refers to being in front of the people or in the sight of all the people. Everyone saw the ark being carried by the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
133 JOS 4 12 gp7q figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the people of Israel formed up as an army These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
134 JOS 4 14 cc5t כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָרְא֥וּ 1 just as they The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
135 JOS 4 15 m7sg 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua to have the priests exit the Jordan River.
136 JOS 4 17 xw1x 0 General Information: The Author was making it clear that parting the Jordan River was no different than parting the Red Sea for the previous generation.
137 JOS 4 18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־ שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־ שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 waters of the Jordan returned to their place and overflowed its banks The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
138 JOS 4 19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן עָלוּ֙ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 came up out of the Jordan This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
139 JOS 4 19 zy5r translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 on the tenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
140 JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141 JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
142 JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
143 JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־ יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא אֶת־ יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
145 JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted…there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146 JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ וְ⁠לֹא־ הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
148 JOS 5 3 m1u7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־ בְּנֵ֣י וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־ בְּנֵ֣י 1 Joshua made himself flint knives…he circumcised all the males There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives…they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149 JOS 5 3 jin6 translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת 1 Gibeath Haaraloth This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150 JOS 5 4 i17c 0 General Information: The reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
151 JOS 5 4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men of war the men who were old enough to be soldiers
152 JOS 5 6 k8wl figs-metonymy שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה 1 obey the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “obey the things that Yahweh commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
153 JOS 5 6 jrp7 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
154 JOS 5 9 x1q8 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־ חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־ חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This day I have rolled away the disgrace of Egypt from you Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 JOS 5 10 tdl1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 the fourteenth day of the month This is near the end of March on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JOS 5 13 iyi7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־ אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־ אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 he lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold, a man was standing Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 JOS 5 13 x26s וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to pay special attention to new information. Your language may have a way of doing this.
158 JOS 5 13 kk45 וְ⁠חַרְבּ֥⁠וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 he had drawn his sword and it was in his hand Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the man who was standing in front of Joshua.
159 JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the man Joshua saw.
160 JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
161 JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־ פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־ פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
162 JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־ נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ שַׁל־ נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
163 JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
164 JOS 6 1 gbz8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
165 JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־ יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־ יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
166 JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
167 JOS 6 3 fu9e 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
168 JOS 6 3 eik2 כֹּ֥ה תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 You must do this for six days “You must do this once each day for six days”
169 JOS 6 4 b6ml וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה כֹהֲנִ֡ים יִשְׂאוּ֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֤וֹת הַ⁠יּֽוֹבְלִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן 1 Seven priests must carry seven trumpets of rams’ horns before the ark The seven priests are to march in front of other priests who are carrying the ark and marching around the city.
170 JOS 6 5 zdc7 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
171 JOS 6 5 d5rg וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל ב⁠שמע⁠כם אֶת־ ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל ב⁠שמע⁠כם אֶת־ ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 they must sound a long blast with the ram’s horn…of the trumpet The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “ram’s horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams’ horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
172 JOS 6 5 g97v חוֹמַ֤ת הָ⁠עִיר֙ 1 the wall of the city “the outer wall of the city” or “the wall surrounding the city”
173 JOS 6 6 h9cn translate-names נוּן֙ 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
174 JOS 6 6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־ אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 Take up the ark of the covenant “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
175 JOS 6 8 l35d figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 before Yahweh Possible meanings are 1) “in obedience to Yahweh” or 2) “in front of Yahweh’s ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
176 JOS 6 8 vk7j וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּֽׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 they gave a blast on the trumpets “they sounded the trumpets loudly” or “the priests blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
177 JOS 6 8 ayf9 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
178 JOS 6 10 ls5v figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־ קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־ יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־ קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־ יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 No sound must leave your mouths Sound leaving someone’s mouth refers to that person’s speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
179 JOS 6 10 tw9q figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ וְ⁠אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 But Joshua commanded the people Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
180 JOS 6 13 k64v translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים…שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 seven priests…seven trumpets “7 priests…7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
181 JOS 6 13 ai87 וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave blasts on the trumpets This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets continually”
182 JOS 6 14 j232 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the second day the next day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
187 JOS 6 16 fj73 figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Yahweh has given you Joshua is saying that Yahweh will definitely give them the city by saying that he has already given it to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
188 JOS 6 16 wdh6 figs-you נָתַ֧ן…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 given you The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
189 JOS 6 17 ugl7 0 Connecting Statement: Joshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.
190 JOS 6 17 w1sn figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 The city and all that is in it will be set apart to Yahweh for destruction This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
191 JOS 6 18 ypv3 figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־ הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־ הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 be on guard about taking the things Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192 JOS 6 18 p8xv figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲכַרְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 you will bring trouble on it Doing something that makes bad things to happen to the city is spoken of as bringing trouble on it. Alternate translation: “you will cause bad things to happen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 JOS 6 19 bz6i אוֹצַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 the treasury of Yahweh a collection of things set apart for the worship of Yahweh
194 JOS 6 20 fm69 וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 the people gave a great shout “the people of Israel shouted”
199 JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה 1 Cursed is the man in Yahweh’s sight who rebuilds Being cursed in Yahweh’s sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200 JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202 JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203 JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
204 JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
205 JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan…Karmi…Zabdi…Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
206 JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־ אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־ אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
207 JOS 7 3 ui7f כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֒ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 all the people This refers to the army of Israel.
208 JOS 7 3 z2xr מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה 1 they are few in number The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
209 JOS 7 4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־ הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־ הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men went up from the army These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
210 JOS 7 4 ak54 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men “3,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
211 JOS 7 5 nyw2 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 thirty-six men “36 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
212 JOS 7 5 zcr5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 The hearts of the people melted and became like water These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
213 JOS 7 5 j2v2 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people melted Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
214 JOS 7 5 h4tc לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם לְבַב־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
215 JOS 7 6 ty1c translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־ פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־ פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 tore his garments…put dust on their heads and lay facedown on the ground in front of the ark of Yahweh They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
216 JOS 7 7 jb6r figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
217 JOS 7 7 run5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218 JOS 7 7 aq5b וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ 1 If only we made a different decision The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
219 JOS 7 8 x4pf 0 General Information: Joshua expresses frustration to God.
220 JOS 7 8 ke9p figs-rquestion בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 what can I say, after Israel has turned their backs before their enemies? Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
221 JOS 7 8 s4eb figs-metonymy הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Israel has turned their backs before their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
222 JOS 7 9 n2kp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־ שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־ שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 They will surround us and make the people of the earth forget our name Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223 JOS 7 9 r713 figs-metonymy לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 for your great name The phrase “your great name” here represents God’s reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
224 JOS 7 9 vd3r figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־ תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל וּ⁠מַֽה־ תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 What will you do for your great name? Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225 JOS 7 10 ev1w 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
226 JOS 7 10 hqu3 figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־ פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־ פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Why are you lying there on your face? God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
227 JOS 7 11 lc29 הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 the things that were set apart These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18-19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
228 JOS 7 11 dd18 figs-metaphor גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ 1 They have stolen and then also hidden their sin Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229 JOS 7 12 yzi5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 cannot stand before their enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
230 JOS 7 12 xix1 figs-metonymy עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 They turned their backs from their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
231 JOS 7 12 fs9m figs-metonymy לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I will not be with you any more Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
232 JOS 7 13 u4s8 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
233 JOS 7 13 ln4q אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם אֶת־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
234 JOS 7 13 j4ki figs-metonymy לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You cannot stand against your enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
235 JOS 7 14 gjw9 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
236 JOS 7 14 dp8p figs-idiom וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 you must present yourselves by your tribes There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
237 JOS 7 14 scj7 figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects will come near by their clans The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
238 JOS 7 14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
239 JOS 7 14 xl85 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan that Yahweh selects must come near by each household The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
240 JOS 7 14 q8me figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים 1 The household that Yahweh selects must come near one by one The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
241 JOS 7 15 d5nb figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד 1 the one who is selected This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242 JOS 7 15 g1vn figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה עָבַר֙ אֶת־ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 he has broken the covenant of Yahweh Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 JOS 7 16 fdv2 0 General Information: Joshua follows Yahweh’s command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
244 JOS 7 16 lzb4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 brought Israel near, tribe by tribe The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
245 JOS 7 16 g7qp figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה 1 the tribe of Judah was selected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
246 JOS 7 17 br4y figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 He brought near the clan of the Zerahites person by person The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 JOS 7 17 z419 אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ אֶת־ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 the clan of the Zerahites The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
248 JOS 7 17 ha7i translate-names זַבְדִּֽי 1 Zabdi This is a man’s name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
249 JOS 7 18 u41u translate-names עָכָ֞ן…כַּרְמִ֧י…זַבְדִּ֛י…זֶ֖רַח 1 Zabdi…Achan…Karmi…Zerah These are men’s names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
250 JOS 7 19 k521 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה וְ⁠תֶן־ ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 give your confession to him The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
251 JOS 7 19 fv9g figs-metaphor אַל־ תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי אַל־ תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Do not hide it from me Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 JOS 7 21 b9nn translate-bweight וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים 1 two hundred shekels This is over two kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
253 JOS 7 21 y7vj translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ 1 fifty shekels This is over 500 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
254 JOS 7 21 xw3j figs-activepassive טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 They are hidden in the ground This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
259 JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260 JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
261 JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
262 JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־ תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּחָ֔ת אַל־ תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־ מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־ מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai…and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264 JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
265 JOS 8 2 h3r6 figs-personification וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ 1 her king The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
266 JOS 8 3 k4uk עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה 1 the men of war “the army of Israel”
271 JOS 8 9 i3lf הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב 1 the place of ambush “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
272 JOS 8 12 ycd3 translate-numbers כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 five thousand men “5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
273 JOS 8 13 j7b9 0 General Information: The Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
274 JOS 8 13 s1lu אֶת־ כָּל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה אֶת־ כָּל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 the main army This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
275 JOS 8 13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ 1 rear guard those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
276 JOS 8 15 a83i figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ…לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 let themselves be defeated before them “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 JOS 8 15 w933 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 before them the army of Ai
278 JOS 8 15 bri5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 they fled The army of Israel fled.
279 JOS 8 16 dr3a וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 they went after…they were drawn away These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
280 JOS 8 16 m6sq לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to go after them to go after the army of Isreal
281 JOS 8 16 lcb5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city were called together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
282 JOS 8 16 k8ff figs-hyperbole כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר כָּל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
283 JOS 8 17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 left it open “left the city gates open”
284 JOS 8 18 xe2m figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 I will give Ai into your hand Giving Ai into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 JOS 8 24 v2gf figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־ כָּל־ יֹשְׁבֵ֨י…וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־ כָּל־ יֹשְׁבֵ֨י…וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 when Israel had finished killing all the inhabitants…when all of them…had fallen by the edge of the sword The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed God’s command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
286 JOS 8 24 dd98 figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 had fallen by the edge of the sword Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
287 JOS 8 25 d2ud translate-numbers שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף 1 twelve thousand “12,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
288 JOS 8 28 uiv3 שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 an abandoned place It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
289 JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “today” or “even now”
290 JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
291 JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־ הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־ קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ לֹֽא־ הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־ קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
292 JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
293 JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
294 JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
297 JOS 9 5 q9v6 יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים 1 dry and moldy “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
298 JOS 9 6 rz8e figs-synecdoche אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 men of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
299 JOS 9 7 w599 translate-names הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י 1 the Hivites This is another name for the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
300 JOS 9 7 t1r4 figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אכרות־ לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אכרות־ לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Perhaps you live near us. How can we make a covenant with you? Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
301 JOS 9 10 kam4 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙ 1 Sihon This is the name of the defeated Amorite king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
302 JOS 9 10 s17h translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
303 JOS 9 10 pz6y translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג 1 Og This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
311 JOS 9 17 j671 translate-names וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת 1 Beeroth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
312 JOS 9 17 alr9 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽי 1 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 JOS 9 19 a168 הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 the people Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
314 JOS 9 21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־ מַ֨יִם֙ וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־ מַ֨יִם֙ 1 the Gibeonites became cutters of wood and drawers of water “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
315 JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my God Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
316 JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
317 JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
318 JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
319 JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
320 JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
321 JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־ צֶ֜דֶק אֲדֹֽנִי־ צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
322 JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
323 JOS 10 3 k9rg translate-names הוֹהָ֣ם…פִּרְאָ֨ם…יָפִ֧יעַ…דְּבִ֥ירן 1 Hoham…Piram…Japhia…Debir These are the names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
324 JOS 10 4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־ אֵלַ֣⁠י עֲלֽוּ־ אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 Come up to me “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
325 JOS 10 5 d9vy translate-numbers חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 five kings “5 kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
326 JOS 10 5 m422 translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
327 JOS 10 5 vs78 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל 1 They set up their positions against Gibeon This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
328 JOS 10 6 wk68 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 They said The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
329 JOS 10 6 zhx9 figs-litotes אַל־ תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ אַל־ תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Do not withdraw your hands from your servants This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
330 JOS 10 6 am1x figs-metonymy יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 your hands The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
331 JOS 10 8 c4uw figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them into your hand Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
332 JOS 10 8 du96 נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
333 JOS 10 9 ecq8 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua came The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
334 JOS 10 10 sq89 וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Yahweh confused the enemy before Israel Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
335 JOS 10 10 yr7y translate-names בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מַקֵּדָֽה בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Beth Horon…Azekah…Makkedah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
336 JOS 10 11 fbf9 translate-names בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה בֵית־ חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 Beth Horon…Azekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
337 JOS 10 11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 threw large stones down from heaven “threw large hailstones from the sky”
338 JOS 10 12 si1e figs-parallelism שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Sun, be still at Gibeon, and moon, in the Valley of Aijalon Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
339 JOS 10 12 j9zt figs-personification שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ…וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ 1 Sun…moon Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
340 JOS 10 12 ug8m translate-names בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Valley of Aijalon This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
341 JOS 10 13 dq14 figs-metonymy גּוֹי֙ 1 the nation This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
342 JOS 10 13 b91l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־ הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־ סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר הֲ⁠לֹא־ הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־ סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 Is this not written in the Book of Jashar? The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
343 JOS 10 16 wcb9 translate-names בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
344 JOS 10 17 mns8 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 1 It was told to Joshua Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
345 JOS 10 19 l8tl figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 into your hand The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
346 JOS 10 21 kb3w translate-names מַקֵּדָ֖ה 1 Makkedah Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
347 JOS 10 21 py6w לֹֽא־ חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־ לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ לֹֽא־ חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־ לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 No one dared to say one word against “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
348 JOS 10 22 zs9n figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־ פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־ פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Open the mouth of the cave Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
349 JOS 10 23 g4te translate-names יַרְמ֔וּת…לָכִ֖ישׁ…עֶגְלֽוֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
350 JOS 10 24 dnc1 figs-synecdoche כָּל־ אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל כָּל־ אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 every man of Israel Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
351 JOS 10 27 e9z9 עַד־ עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה עַד־ עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this very day “until the author wrote this story”
352 JOS 10 28 e1nc translate-names מַקֵּדָ֔ה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
353 JOS 10 28 nhk6 figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 He completely destroyed everyone in it. He left no survivor in it The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
354 JOS 10 29 k439 translate-names לִבְנָ֑ה 1 Libnah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
355 JOS 10 31 dsk6 translate-names מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה 1 Libnah…Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
356 JOS 10 32 yw79 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 into the hand of Israel Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 JOS 10 33 rff2 translate-names הֹרָם֙ 1 Horam This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
358 JOS 10 33 lp2c translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר…אֶת־ לָכִ֑ישׁ גֶּ֔זֶר…אֶת־ לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 Gezer…Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
359 JOS 10 34 y3g9 translate-names מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה 1 Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
360 JOS 10 35 dqi7 figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ …הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־…הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 struck it with the edge of the sword…completely destroyed everyone in it These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
361 JOS 10 36 a6ng translate-names מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Eglon This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 JOS 10 37 gba2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֠רֶב וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֠רֶב 1 They captured it and struck it with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
363 JOS 10 38 mr8b translate-names דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה 1 Debir This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
364 JOS 10 39 g2ta translate-names לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙…לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה 1 Debir…Libnah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
365 JOS 10 39 m8bf figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֔רֶב 1 They struck them with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
366 JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־ הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־ מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־ הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 Of all their kings he left not one survivor. He completely destroyed every living thing These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
367 JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ כָּל־ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
368 JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
369 JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
370 JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
373 JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth…Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
374 JOS 11 3 rds6 translate-names חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 Mount Hermon This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
375 JOS 11 4 d9fb 0 General Information: All the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
376 JOS 11 4 e5l4 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־ מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־ רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־ שְׂפַת־ הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב וְ⁠כָל־ מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־ רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־ שְׂפַת־ הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 a great number of soldiers, in number like the sand on the seashore No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
377 JOS 11 5 kc2e translate-names מֵר֔וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
378 JOS 11 6 n348 figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־ כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־ כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I am giving them all to Israel as dead men Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
379 JOS 11 6 lgk2 אֶת־ סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר אֶת־ סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstring their horses “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
380 JOS 11 7 sm9k translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
381 JOS 11 8 cw9y figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
382 JOS 11 8 n4ub וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒…וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם 1 struck them…struck them “attacked them…attacked them”
383 JOS 11 8 m9b1 translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 Misrephoth Maim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
384 JOS 11 9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstrung This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
385 JOS 11 10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 He struck its king with the sword “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
386 JOS 11 10 cjd1 figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־ הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּ חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־ הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּ 1 Hazor had been head of all these kingdoms Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
387 JOS 11 11 be72 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־ נְשָׁמָ֑ה וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־ נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 They struck with the sword every living creature that was there…so there was not any living creature left alive These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
388 JOS 11 11 z2md figs-synecdoche הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם 1 he set them apart to be destroyed The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389 JOS 11 12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֖רֶב 1 struck them with the edge of the sword “killed them”
390 JOS 11 13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־ תִּלָּ֔⁠ם הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־ תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 cities built on mounds “cities built on small hills”
391 JOS 11 14 grk1 figs-rpronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for themselves This phrase refers to the army of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
392 JOS 11 14 n215 figs-parallelism אֶֽת־ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֗רֶב עַד־ הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־ נְשָׁמָֽה אֶֽת־ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־ חֶ֗רֶב עַד־ הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־ נְשָׁמָֽה 1 They killed every human being with the edge of the sword until all were dead. They left alive no creature that breathed. These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
393 JOS 11 15 ta4x figs-litotes לֹֽא־ הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁ לֹֽא־ הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁ 1 He left nothing undone of all that Yahweh commanded Moses to do This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
394 JOS 11 17 yr6b translate-names הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙…בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ 1 Mount Halak…Baal Gad These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395 JOS 11 20 pq7v figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־ לִבָּ⁠ם֩ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־ לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 it was Yahweh who hardened their hearts Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
396 JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־ הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ אֶת־ הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
397 JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir…Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
398 JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
430 JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh…Jokneam These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
431 JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor…Naphoth Dor…Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
432 JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
433 JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־ מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד כָּל־ מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
434 JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
435 JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
436 JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437 JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
438 JOS 13 3 jnl3 translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים 1 Avvites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
439 JOS 13 4 b13s translate-names וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה…אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה 1 Arah…Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
440 JOS 13 5 bj71 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד…הַר־ חֶרְמ֑וֹן מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד…הַר־ חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 Baal Gad…Mount Hermon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
441 JOS 13 5 jd8r translate-names הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י 1 Gebalites This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
442 JOS 13 6 b7pk translate-names מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ 1 Misrephoth Maim this is the name of a place (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
443 JOS 13 6 si8i figs-metaphor לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה 1 land…as an inheritance The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
451 JOS 13 12 hw24 translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 Ashtaroth…Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
452 JOS 13 12 u2dn translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
453 JOS 13 12 l1cu figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Moses struck them Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
454 JOS 13 13 zb9l translate-names אֶת־ הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י אֶת־ הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 the Geshurites or the Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
455 JOS 13 13 hu1n figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Geshur and Maacath live among Israel “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456 JOS 13 13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
457 JOS 13 14 zs6y figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 Moses gave no inheritance The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
465 JOS 13 19 f1h3 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר 1 Kiriathaim…Sibmah…Zereth Shahar These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
466 JOS 13 20 is7v translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר…הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת 1 Beth Peor…Pisgah…Beth Jeshimoth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
467 JOS 13 21 uld7 translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
468 JOS 13 21 j6hq translate-names סִיחוֹן֙…אֶת־ אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־ חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֔בַע סִיחוֹן֙…אֶת־ אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־ חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ רֶ֔בַע 1 Sihon…Evi…Rekem…Zur…Hur…Reba These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
469 JOS 13 21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 together with the leaders of Midian “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
470 JOS 13 23 gc1r וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את 1 this is their boundary The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
471 JOS 13 23 x56m figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־ רְאוּבֵן֙ וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־ רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Reuben The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
472 JOS 13 23 ud8m figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 given to each of their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
473 JOS 13 25 fmp2 translate-names יַעְזֵר֙…עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר…רַבָּֽה 1 Jazer…Aroer…Rabbah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
474 JOS 13 26 mr54 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן…רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם…לִדְבִֽר 1 Heshbon…Ramath Mizpah…Betonim…Mahanaim…Debir These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
475 JOS 13 27 ie4m translate-names בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן…חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Beth Haram…Beth Nimrah…Zaphon…Heshbon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
476 JOS 13 28 hla2 figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־ גָ֖ד זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־ גָ֖ד 1 This is the inheritance of the tribe of Gad The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
477 JOS 13 29 we69 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Moses gave an inheritance to the half tribe of Manasseh The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
478 JOS 13 29 gs84 לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 half tribe of Manasseh Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
479 JOS 13 29 p8yw figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י 1 It was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
481 JOS 13 31 b2aa translate-names וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי 1 Ashtaroth…Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
482 JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
483 JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
484 JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
485 JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
486 JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
487 JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־ נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488 JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
489 JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
490 JOS 14 2 ti9l figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 by the hand of Moses Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
491 JOS 14 3 ptq4 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־ נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־ נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם כִּֽי־ נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־ נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 Moses had given the inheritance of the two and one-half tribes beyond the Jordan, but to the Levites he gave no inheritance The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
492 JOS 14 4 tye1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־ נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠לֹֽא־ נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 The Levites were given no portion of the inheritance in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493 JOS 14 4 c5l6 חֵ֨לֶק 1 portion “part”
494 JOS 14 4 tj8s figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־ עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת כִּ֤י אִם־ עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 but only certain cities to live in The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
495 JOS 14 4 m4nv וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 pasturelands fields of grass for the livestock to eat
496 JOS 14 4 j8ys וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם 1 material resources physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
497 JOS 14 6 b9tc translate-names יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 1 Jephunneh This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
498 JOS 14 6 g6g8 translate-names הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י 1 Kenizzite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
499 JOS 14 7 wqe2 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־ לְבָבִֽ⁠י וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־ לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 I brought him a report again as it was in my heart to make Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
500 JOS 14 8 q6zs figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־ לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־ לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 made the heart of the people melt with fear Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
501 JOS 14 8 d53a figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 I completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
502 JOS 14 9 ew2r figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ …בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־ עוֹלָ֑ם הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ …בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־ עוֹלָ֑ם 1 the land…will be an inheritance for you and for your children forever The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
503 JOS 14 9 shc9 figs-synecdoche הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 the land on which your foot has walked Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
504 JOS 14 10 m9sn הִנֵּה֩ 1 look “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
505 JOS 14 10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־ הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר אֲשֶׁר־ הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 while Israel walked in the wilderness “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
506 JOS 14 11 q443 כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה 1 My strength is now as my strength was then “I am still as strong now as I was then”
507 JOS 14 11 y4nf figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא 1 for going and coming This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
508 JOS 14 12 r8ka אֶת־ הָ⁠הָ֣ר אֶת־ הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 hill country Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
509 JOS 14 12 ner3 translate-names עֲנָקִ֣ים 1 Anakim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
510 JOS 14 13 q6ae figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־ חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־ חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 gave Hebron as an inheritance to Caleb Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
511 JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
512 JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
513 JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514 JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515 JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
516 JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
517 JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
518 JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה מִן־ הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
519 JOS 15 2 qj2g הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן 1 bay smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
520 JOS 15 3 kb99 translate-names עַקְרַבִּים֙…צִ֔נָ⁠ה…חֶצְרוֹן֙…אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה…הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה 1 Akrabbim…Zin…Hezron…Addar…Karka These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
521 JOS 15 4 nzh3 translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Azmon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
524 JOS 15 5 bl5c וּ⁠גְב֞וּל 1 border…ran “border…was”
525 JOS 15 6 lbt5 translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 Beth Hoglah…Beth Arabah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
526 JOS 15 6 eqi7 translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
527 JOS 15 7 n7k5 translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒…הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל…לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים…מֵי־ עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒…הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל…לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים…מֵי־ עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Debir…the Valley of Achor…the hill of Adummim…En Shemesh…En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
528 JOS 15 8 qa4u translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־ הִנֹּ֗ם…עֵֽמֶק־ רְפָאִ֖ים גֵּ֣י בֶן־ הִנֹּ֗ם…עֵֽמֶק־ רְפָאִ֖ים 1 the Valley of Ben Hinnom…the Valley of Rephaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
529 JOS 15 9 hb3j translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ…הַר־ עֶפְר֑וֹן…קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ…הַר־ עֶפְר֑וֹן…קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Nephtoah…Mount Ephron…Baalah…Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
530 JOS 15 10 h92v translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה…הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר…הַר־ יְעָרִ֛ים…כְסָל֑וֹן…בֵּֽית־ שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ…תִּמְנָֽה מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה…הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר…הַר־ יְעָרִ֛ים…כְסָל֑וֹן…בֵּֽית־ שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ…תִּמְנָֽה 1 Baalah…Mount Seir…Mount Jearim…Kesalon…Beth Shemesh…Timnah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
531 JOS 15 11 n6qt translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה…הַר־ הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה…יַבְנְאֵ֑ל שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה…הַר־ הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה…יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 Shikkeron…Mount Baalah…Jabneel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
532 JOS 15 13 gx9f translate-names אֶת־ קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע אֶת־ קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 Kiriath Arba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
533 JOS 15 13 v154 translate-names אַרְבַּ֛ע…הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק 1 Arba…Anak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
534 JOS 15 14 jp1i figs-explicit אֶת־ שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק אֶת־ שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 the three sons of Anak: Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai, descendants of Anak These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535 JOS 15 14 q23k translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־ שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ תַּלְמַ֔י 1 Anak…Sheshai…Ahiman…Talmai These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
536 JOS 15 15 n52j וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל 1 He went up from there against “He went up from there to fight against”
537 JOS 15 15 k99v translate-names דְּבִ֥ר…קִרְיַת־ סֵֽפֶר דְּבִ֥ר…קִרְיַת־ סֵֽפֶר 1 Debir…Kiriath Sepher These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
538 JOS 15 16 hs9c translate-names אֶת־ קִרְיַת־ סֵ֖פֶר אֶת־ קִרְיַת־ סֵ֖פֶר 1 Kiriath Sepher This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
539 JOS 15 16 z82q translate-names אֶת־ עַכְסָ֥ה אֶת־ עַכְסָ֥ה 1 Aksah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
540 JOS 15 17 kvc1 translate-names עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל…קְנַ֖ז 1 Othniel…Kenaz These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
541 JOS 15 18 d6qf figs-idiom בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ 1 Aksah came to Othniel This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
542 JOS 15 18 ia6d figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־ אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־ אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 she urged him to ask her father for a field. This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
543 JOS 15 19 nun3 אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת 1 the upper springs and lower springs The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
544 JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ יְהוּדָ֖ה זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Judah The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
545 JOS 15 21 lgx2 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the southern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:32](../15/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
546 JOS 15 33 tn8z translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the northern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:47](../15/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
547 JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
553 JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz…Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
554 JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555 JOS 16 3 w8gi translate-names הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י 1 Japhletites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
556 JOS 16 3 id59 translate-names בֵּית־ חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן…גָּ֑זֶר בֵּית־ חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן…גָּ֑זֶר 1 Lower Beth Horon…Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
557 JOS 16 4 u6fy בְנֵי־ יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם בְנֵי־ יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 the tribes of Joseph, Manasseh and Ephraim “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
558 JOS 16 4 r4qw figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 received their inheritance The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
559 JOS 16 5 f2i9 figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of the tribe of Ephraim, clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory…that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
560 JOS 16 5 m6lu translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Ataroth Addar…Upper Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
561 JOS 16 6 vg46 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙…תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה…יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה 1 Mikmethath…Taanath Shiloh…Janoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
562 JOS 16 7 uyw7 translate-names מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 Janoah…Naarah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
563 JOS 16 8 at1t translate-names מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ…קָנָ֔ה 1 Tappuah…Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
564 JOS 16 8 mb6i figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Ephraim The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
565 JOS 16 8 ke41 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
566 JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ 1 the cities that were chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567 JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
568 JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַד־ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
569 JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־ עֹבֵֽד וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־ עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
570 JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
571 JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
572 JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573 JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
574 JOS 17 2 us2l figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יְהִי 1 Land was assigned…given to their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land…and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575 JOS 17 3 u2e9 translate-names וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩…חֵ֨פֶ 1 Zelophehad…Hepher These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576 JOS 17 3 k5z5 translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה 1 Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
577 JOS 17 4 x2q2 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 Eleazar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
578 JOS 17 4 q55m figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־ לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה לָֽ⁠תֶת־ לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 to give to us an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
579 JOS 17 4 s6fd וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם…נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 1 he gave those women an inheritance Possible meanings are 1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or 2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
580 JOS 17 5 d1c3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־ מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels of land were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
581 JOS 17 5 z7zr חַבְלֵֽי…עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels “Ten portions”
582 JOS 17 6 d9gb figs-metaphor נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 received an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
583 JOS 17 6 qbx1 figs-activepassive הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי 1 The land of Gilead was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
584 JOS 17 7 jln6 אֶל־ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין אֶל־ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 southward toward the south
585 JOS 17 7 dfe9 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת…תַּפּֽוּחַ 1 Mikmethath…Tappuah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
586 JOS 17 9 k7gp הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The border “The border of Manasseh’s land”
587 JOS 17 9 l2af נַ֨חַל 1 brook a very small river
588 JOS 17 9 qvi8 translate-names קָנָ֜ה 1 Kanah name of a brook (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
589 JOS 17 10 mi9b figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן 1 On the north side Asher can be reached Possible meanings are 1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or 2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
590 JOS 17 10 fj36 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 to the east, Issachar The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
591 JOS 17 11 s1sn translate-names בֵּית־ שְׁאָ֣ן…וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם…דֹ֣אר…עֵֽין־ דֹּר֙…תַעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ…הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת בֵּית־ שְׁאָ֣ן…וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם…דֹ֣אר…עֵֽין־ דֹּר֙…תַעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ…הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 Beth Shan…Ibleam…Dor…Endor…Taanach…Megiddo…Napheth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
592 JOS 17 14 b4j6 figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
593 JOS 17 14 sk37 figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־ עַד־ כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־ עַד־ כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you given us only one…Yahweh has blessed us? The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one…Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
594 JOS 17 14 ju22 figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 one assignment of land and one portion for an inheritance These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
595 JOS 17 14 dg92 וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל 1 portion part
596 JOS 17 14 p7z5 עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד עַם־ רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 people great in number “many people”
597 JOS 17 15 d24l אִם־ עַם־ רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ אִם־ עַם־ רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 If you are a people great in number “Since you are a people great in number”
598 JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
599 JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־ שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל בְּ⁠בֵית־ שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan…Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
600 JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601 JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
602 JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
603 JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
604 JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־ חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־ נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־ חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־ נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605 JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־ אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם עַד־ אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off…has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
606 JOS 18 4 p7hg figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 the land up and down The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
607 JOS 18 4 zry7 וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 write out a description of it with a view to their inheritances This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
608 JOS 18 4 lh9w figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 their inheritances The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
611 JOS 18 5 y5gn יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד 1 Judah will remain “The tribe of Judah will remain”
612 JOS 18 5 d41l figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613 JOS 18 7 v3qr 0 General Information: Joshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
614 JOS 18 7 e6s8 אֵֽין־ חֵ֤לֶק אֵֽין־ חֵ֤לֶק 1 no portion “no portion of land”
615 JOS 18 7 kus7 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־ כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ כִּֽי־ כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 for the priesthood of Yahweh is their inheritance Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
616 JOS 18 7 eqg6 וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 1 the half tribe of Manasseh “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
617 JOS 18 7 cyc8 figs-metaphor לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם 1 have received their inheritance The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
618 JOS 18 8 t1cr 0 General Information: Joshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
621 JOS 18 11 hd7v בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 between the descendants of Judah and the descendants of Joseph “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
622 JOS 18 11 ib4f figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
623 JOS 18 12 ij99 translate-names בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן 1 Beth Aven This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
624 JOS 18 13 hx15 translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙…בֵּֽית־ אֵ֑ל…עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…לְ⁠בֵית־ חֹר֖וֹן ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙…בֵּֽית־ אֵ֑ל…עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…לְ⁠בֵית־ חֹר֖וֹן 1 Luz…Ataroth Addar…Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
625 JOS 18 14 h4e6 הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The boundary This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
626 JOS 18 14 eq7x translate-names קִרְיַת־ בַּ֨עַל֙…קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים קִרְיַת־ בַּ֨עַל֙…קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 Kiriath Baal…Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
627 JOS 18 15 ulq2 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים…נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ 1 Kiriath Jearim…Ephron…Nephtoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
628 JOS 18 16 br6t translate-names בֶן־ הִנֹּ֔ם…רְפָאִ֖ים…הִנֹּ֜ם …עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל בֶן־ הִנֹּ֔ם…רְפָאִ֖ים…הִנֹּ֜ם …עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Ben Hinnom…Rephaim…Hinnom…En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
629 JOS 18 17 d8dt translate-names עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ…גְּלִיל֔וֹת…אֲדֻמִּ֑ים 1 En Shemesh…Geliloth…Adummim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
630 JOS 18 17 z2mh translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
631 JOS 18 18 g6td figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the shoulder of Beth Arabah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
632 JOS 18 18 b98y translate-names מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה מוּל־ הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Beth Arabah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
633 JOS 18 19 k48g figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 the north shoulder of Beth Hoglah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
634 JOS 18 19 xy3i translate-names בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ בֵּית־ חָגְלָה֮ 1 Beth Hoglah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
635 JOS 18 20 ywb2 figs-metaphor זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Benjamin The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636 JOS 18 20 pe6e figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 it was given clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637 JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
638 JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
639 JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
640 JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ בִנְיָמִ֖ן זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641 JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
642 JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
643 JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
644 JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
645 JOS 19 1 u57y figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ יְהוּדָֽה וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ יְהוּדָֽה 1 Their inheritance was in the middle of the inheritance that belonged to the tribe of Judah The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
646 JOS 19 2 kg51 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
647 JOS 19 2 eu6h figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 They had for their inheritance The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
648 JOS 19 5 la4r translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
649 JOS 19 5 f4vb וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג 1 Ziklag See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
650 JOS 19 8 uc1c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ שִׁמְע֖וֹן זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Simeon The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651 JOS 19 8 q586 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
652 JOS 19 9 lep5 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the portion of land assigned to the tribe of Judah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
653 JOS 19 9 p2ji בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 the middle of their portion “the middle of Judah’s portion of land”
655 JOS 19 10 s2j1 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 The third number three in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
656 JOS 19 10 vde5 translate-names שָׂרִֽיד 1 Sarid This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
657 JOS 19 11 v9gp translate-names וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה…בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת…יָקְנְעָֽם 1 Maralah…Dabbesheth…Jokneam These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
658 JOS 19 11 gx7v עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 opposite Jokneam “across from Jokneam”
659 JOS 19 12 n9dc translate-names מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד…כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר…הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת…יָפִֽיעַ 1 Sarid…Kisloth Tabor…Daberath…Japhia These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
660 JOS 19 13 dqd5 translate-names גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין…רִמּ֥וֹן…הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה 1 Gath Hepher…Eth Kazin…Rimmon…Neah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
661 JOS 19 14 ja4s translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן…יִפְתַּח־ אֵֽל חַנָּתֹ֑ן…יִפְתַּח־ אֵֽל 1 Hannathon…Iphtah El These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
662 JOS 19 15 xk4u translate-names וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Kattath…Nahalal…Shimron…Idalah…Bethlehem These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
663 JOS 19 15 yn5n translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Bethlehem This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
664 JOS 19 16 a4ee figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ זְבוּלֻ֖ן זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־ זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Zebulun The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
665 JOS 19 17 fum5 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
666 JOS 19 17 l33x translate-ordinal הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth number four in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
667 JOS 19 18 qmg4 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם 1 Chesulloth…Shunem These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
668 JOS 19 19 c3ti translate-names וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת 1 Hapharaim…Shion…Anaharath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
669 JOS 19 20 mft4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ 1 Rabbith…Kishion…Ebez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
670 JOS 19 21 b1ex translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־ גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־ גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 Remeth…En Gannim…En Haddah…Beth Pazzez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
671 JOS 19 22 hs7i translate-names בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר 1 Tabor This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
672 JOS 19 22 ht1e translate-names ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה 1 Shahazumah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
673 JOS 19 23 yll2 figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Issachar The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
674 JOS 19 24 lhr4 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
675 JOS 19 24 xa5a translate-ordinal הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth number five in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
676 JOS 19 25 prg9 translate-names חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Helkath, Hali, Beten, Akshaph These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
677 JOS 19 26 v6t4 translate-names וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל…וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת 1 Allammelek, Amad, and Mishall…Shihor Libnath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
678 JOS 19 27 pbh2 translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒…וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־ אֵ֥ל…בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל…כָּב֖וּל בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒…וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־ אֵ֥ל…בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל…כָּב֖וּל 1 Beth Dagon…Valley of Iphtah El…Beth Emek…Neiel…Kabul These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
679 JOS 19 28 ht1l translate-names וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה 1 Abdon…Rehob…Hammon…Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
680 JOS 19 29 q8wz translate-names חֹסָ֔ה…אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה 1 Hosah…Akzib These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
681 JOS 19 30 y1g5 translate-names וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב 1 Ummah…Aphek…Rehob These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
682 JOS 19 31 x4aq figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ אָשֵׁ֖ זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ אָשֵׁ֖ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Asher The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
683 JOS 19 32 jy7g יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
684 JOS 19 32 jjm6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth number six in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
685 JOS 19 33 syr4 translate-names מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף…בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל…לַקּ֑וּם 1 Heleph…Zaanannim…Adami Nekeb…Jabneel…Lakkum These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
688 JOS 19 35 lq51 וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת 1 Hammath This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
689 JOS 19 36 e379 translate-names וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר 1 Adamah…Ramah…Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
690 JOS 19 37 vez5 translate-names וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר 1 Kedesh…Edrei…En Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
691 JOS 19 38 jp9v translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־ אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־ עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־ אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־ עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Yiron…Migdal El…Horem…Beth Anath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
692 JOS 19 39 s9en figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ נַפְתָּלִ֖י זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־ נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Naphtali The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
693 JOS 19 40 q3a2 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
694 JOS 19 40 b1tt translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh number seven in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
695 JOS 19 41 d7it figs-metaphor גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of its inheritance The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
697 JOS 19 42 q637 translate-names וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה 1 Shaalabbin, Aijalon, and Ithlah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
698 JOS 19 43 sht1 translate-names וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן 1 Elon, Timnah, Ekron These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
699 JOS 19 44 gca7 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת 1 Eltekeh, Gibbethon, Baalath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
700 JOS 19 45 yan4 translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־ בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־ רִמּֽוֹן וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־ בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־ רִמּֽוֹן 1 Jehud, Bene Berak, Gath Rimmon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
701 JOS 19 46 ddh6 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן 1 Me Jarkon…Rakkon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
702 JOS 19 46 w42c מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ 1 across from Joppa “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
703 JOS 19 47 i8zh translate-names לֶ֜שֶׁם 1 Leshem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
704 JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ דָ֖ן זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־ דָ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Dan The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
705 JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־ נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־ נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706 JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־ תִּמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח אֶת־ תִּמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
707 JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances…assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities…assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
708 JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br>
709 JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
710 JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה מַכֵּה־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
711 JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
712 JOS 20 4 u2dh וְ⁠נָ֞ס 1 He will run Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
713 JOS 20 4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־ הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־ דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־ הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־ דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 explain his case to the elders of that city “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
714 JOS 20 4 dhh4 וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 Then they will take him The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
715 JOS 20 4 k969 וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם 1 live among them This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
716 JOS 20 5 x945 figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 avenge the blood of the person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
717 JOS 20 5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־ דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־ רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ בִ⁠בְלִי־ דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־ רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 killed his neighbor unintentionally accidentally killed his neighbor
718 JOS 20 6 c6fe עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙ 1 stood before the assembly This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
719 JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names in this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
720 JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
723 JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
724 JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar…Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
725 JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
726 JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
727 JOS 21 3 f9ei אֶת־ הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים אֶת־ הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 following cities This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
728 JOS 21 4 r4ry וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
729 JOS 21 4 fl2y translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 Kohathites This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730 JOS 21 5 iwh3 וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י 1 half tribe Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
731 JOS 21 6 bk5g translate-names גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 1 Gershon Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
732 JOS 21 6 ezu2 בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
733 JOS 21 7 cg61 translate-names מְרָרִ֜י 1 Merari Merari was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
734 JOS 21 8 qe5y figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֖ה צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Yahweh had commanded by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
735 JOS 21 10 t6l2 translate-names מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
736 JOS 21 10 tnp1 הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
737 JOS 21 11 vkd2 writing-background אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 Arba had been the father of Anak This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
745 JOS 21 15 cb4t translate-names חֹלֹן֙…דְּבִ֖ר 1 Holon…Debir These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
746 JOS 21 16 bx8i translate-names עַ֣יִן…יֻטָּה֙ 1 Ain…Juttah These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
747 JOS 21 17 e8r4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Benjamin were given Gibeon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
748 JOS 21 17 fd6z translate-names אֶת־ גֶּ֖בַע אֶת־ גֶּ֖בַע 1 Geba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
749 JOS 21 18 sk7n translate-names אֶת־ עֲנָתוֹת֙…עַלְמ֖וֹן אֶת־ עֲנָתוֹת֙…עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 Anathoth…Almon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
750 JOS 21 19 ha9f translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 thirteen cities “13 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
751 JOS 21 20 lfp9 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָת֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָת֙ 1 the Kohathite clans The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
752 JOS 21 20 x8eu figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 they had cities given to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
753 JOS 21 20 tg75 גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
754 JOS 21 21 kz7k translate-names גֶּ֖זֶר 1 Gezer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
755 JOS 21 22 tv2m translate-names קִבְצַ֨יִם֙…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן 1 Kibzaim…Beth Horon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
756 JOS 21 22 r4hl translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities in all This refers to the list by the total number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
757 JOS 21 23 dw9x figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־ דָ֔ן וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־ דָ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Dan, the clan of Kohath was given Eltekeh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
758 JOS 21 23 r7qr translate-names אֶֽת־ אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א…גִּבְּת֖וֹן אֶֽת־ אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א…גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 Eltekeh…Gibbethon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
759 JOS 21 24 g45w translate-names אֶת־ אַיָּלוֹן֙…אֶת־ גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן אֶת־ אַיָּלוֹן֙…אֶת־ גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Aijalon…Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
760 JOS 21 24 g4ma translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities This refers to the number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
761 JOS 21 25 e6cl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙ וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, the clan of Kohath was given Taanach This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
762 JOS 21 25 yn8h translate-names אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙…גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן אֶת־ תַּעְנַךְ֙…גַּת־ רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Taanach…Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
763 JOS 21 26 hn9j translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָ֖ת לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ קְהָ֖ת 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
764 JOS 21 27 ws1t figs-activepassive וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁוֹן֮ מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֒ מֵ⁠חֲצִ֞י מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה אֶת־ עִיר֙ מִקְלַ֣ט הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ אֶת־ גלון וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁוֹן֮ מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֒ מֵ⁠חֲצִ֞י מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה אֶת־ עִיר֙ מִקְלַ֣ט הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ אֶת־ גלון 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, to clans of Gershon, these were other Levite clans, and they gave Golan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh, other Levite clans, received from the half tribe of Manasseh Golan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
765 JOS 21 27 knk6 translate-names אֶת־ גלון…בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה אֶת־ גלון…בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 Golan…Be Eshterah names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
766 JOS 21 27 bmc9 הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ 1 killed another unintentionally This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
767 JOS 21 27 a1zs translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם 1 two cities number of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
768 JOS 21 28 r9hc translate-names אֶת־ קִשְׁי֖וֹן…אֶת־ דָּֽבְרַ֖ת אֶת־ קִשְׁי֖וֹן…אֶת־ דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 Kishion…Daberath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
769 JOS 21 29 u8z9 translate-names אֶת־ יַרְמוּת֙…עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים אֶת־ יַרְמוּת֙…עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 Jarmuth…En Gannim names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
770 JOS 21 30 rbf6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 From the tribe of Asher, they gave Mishal This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
771 JOS 21 30 px1s translate-names אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל…אֶת־ עַבְדּ֖וֹ אֶת־ מִשְׁאָ֖ל…אֶת־ עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 Mishal…Abdon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
772 JOS 21 31 ziw8 translate-names אֶת־ חֶלְקָת֙…רְחֹ֖ב אֶת־ חֶלְקָת֙…רְחֹ֖ב 1 Helkath…Rehob names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
773 JOS 21 32 h2j8 translate-names חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙…קַרְתָּ֖ן 1 Hammoth Dor…Kartan These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
774 JOS 21 33 c7dt translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר שְׁלֹשׁ־ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 thirteen cities in all “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
775 JOS 21 34 yuv3 figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־ מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 To the rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—were given out of the tribe of Zebulun: Jokneam This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776 JOS 21 34 ws8g translate-names מְרָרִי֮ 1 Merari This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
777 JOS 21 34 ng32 translate-names אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם…אֶת־ קַרְתָּ֖ה אֶֽת־ יָקְנְעָ֖ם…אֶת־ קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 Jokneam…Kartah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
778 JOS 21 35 ek4f translate-names אֶת־ דִּמְנָה֙…אֶֽת־ נַהֲלָ֖ל אֶת־ דִּמְנָה֙…אֶֽת־ נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 Dimnah…Nahalal names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
779 JOS 21 36 dh5c translate-names אֶת־ בֶּ֖צֶר…וְ⁠אֶת־ יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה אֶת־ בֶּ֖צֶר…וְ⁠אֶת־ יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 Bezer…Jahaz names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
780 JOS 21 37 jbp6 translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽ 1 four cities This refers to the total number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
781 JOS 21 37 e538 translate-names אֶת־ קְדֵמוֹת֙…מֵיפָ֖עַת אֶת־ קְדֵמוֹת֙…מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 Kedemoth…Mephaath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
782 JOS 21 38 r7m5 translate-names אֶת־ רָמֹ֥ת…מַחֲנַ֖יִם אֶת־ רָמֹ֥ת…מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 Ramoth…Mahanaim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
783 JOS 21 39 a2l1 translate-names אֶת־ חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙…אֶת־ יַעְזֵ֖ר אֶת־ חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙…אֶת־ יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 Heshbon…Jazer These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
784 JOS 21 40 x17x translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all “12 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
785 JOS 21 40 q83e figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all were given to them by the casting of lots This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
786 JOS 21 40 at28 גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
787 JOS 21 41 g7z1 figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The cities of the Levites taken from the middle of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
788 JOS 21 41 z9gj translate-numbers עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 1 forty-eight cities “48 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
789 JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore “he gave an oath”
790 JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־ עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־ עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
791 JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
792 JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־ נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹֽא־ נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
793 JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.<br>
794 JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
795 JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
796 JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
797 JOS 22 3 a89l figs-litotes לֹֽא־ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם לֹֽא־ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 You have not deserted your brothers This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
798 JOS 22 5 zh9u figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־ דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־ דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 to walk in all his ways A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
799 JOS 22 5 r5dh figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 with all your heart and with all your soul The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
800 JOS 22 7 k89d הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
801 JOS 22 8 w4re וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל 1 iron a strong, hard, magnetic metal
802 JOS 22 8 k79c שְׁלַל 1 plunder The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
803 JOS 22 9 cmc4 figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 the commandment of Yahweh, by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
804 JOS 22 10 iy3p הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
805 JOS 22 11 ww1z figs-metaphor אֶל־ מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן אֶל־ מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 at the front of the land of Canaan The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806 JOS 22 11 yqa5 translate-names גְּלִילוֹת֙ 1 Geliloth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
807 JOS 22 12 v3q5 לַ⁠צָּבָֽא 1 war a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
808 JOS 22 13 t232 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֥ 1 Eleazar name of man (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
809 JOS 22 16 sy2y כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה 1 The whole assembly of Yahweh says this All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
810 JOS 22 17 lcv2 figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה הַ⁠מְעַט־ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Was our sin at Peor not enough for us? This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
811 JOS 22 17 b18v translate-names פְּע֔וֹר 1 Peor This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
812 JOS 22 17 ie2t figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 we have not even now cleansed ourselves from it This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
813 JOS 22 20 kyw7 translate-names עָכָ֣ן…זֶ֗רַח 1 Achan…Zerah names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
814 JOS 22 20 v3qy figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־ זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־ זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Did not Achan son of Zerah break faith in the matter of those things that had been reserved for God? Did not wrath fall on all the people of Israel? These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
815 JOS 22 22 x5pm figs-hypo אִם־ בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־ בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־ תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ אִם־ בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־ בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־ תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 If it was in rebellion…on this day The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
816 JOS 22 23 sku4 figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־ לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־ לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 If we built…let Yahweh make us pay for it The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
817 JOS 22 24 cei9 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
818 JOS 22 24 xpn5 figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 your children might say to our children…God of Israel? This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
819 JOS 22 24 qr6z figs-rquestion מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל מַה־ לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 What have you to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel? The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
820 JOS 22 25 qfc4 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
821 JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־ יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָד֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־ יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־ רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־ גָד֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan…nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
822 JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
823 JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־ יְהוָֽ וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־ יְהוָֽ 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
824 JOS 22 26 ueg6 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
825 JOS 22 27 m97u figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 to be a witness between us and you The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
826 JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־ יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה וְ⁠לֹא־ יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
827 JOS 22 27 n3i9 אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק אֵין־ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 no share “no portion” or “no inheritance”
828 JOS 22 28 bf3h 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
829 JOS 22 28 kuu5 figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־ יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־ דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־ תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־ עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־ עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־ יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־ דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־ תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־ עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־ עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If this should be said…a witness between us and you.” The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
830 JOS 22 29 b4w1 figs-idiom חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד 1 May it be far from us that we should rebel The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
831 JOS 22 29 i8y4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 turn away from following him To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
832 JOS 22 30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע…אֶת־ הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע…אֶת־ הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 heard the words “heard the message”
833 JOS 22 30 i3xp figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 was good in their eyes Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
834 JOS 22 31 ab6h לֹֽא־ מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה לֹֽא־ מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 committed this breach of faith against him “broken your promise to him”
835 JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 you have rescued the people of Israel out of the hand of Yahweh Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
836 JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
837 JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
838 JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
839 JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
840 JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
841 JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
842 JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
843 JOS 23 6 w84i figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 turning aside from it neither to the right hand nor to the left Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
844 JOS 23 7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־ בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־ בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 you may not mix Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
845 JOS 23 7 vkw6 תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ 1 mention to speak of
846 JOS 23 7 wbj7 אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ 1 their gods This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
847 JOS 23 8 k6my figs-metaphor בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ 1 cling to Yahweh “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
848 JOS 23 8 q6qx עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “until the present time”
849 JOS 23 9 wf3v figs-metonymy לֹא־ עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם לֹא־ עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 to stand before you Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
850 JOS 23 10 iar1 אֶחָ֥ד 1 single only one
851 JOS 23 10 lx1z translate-numbers אָ֑לֶף 1 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
852 JOS 23 12 i2mf figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 cling to the survivors of these nations Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
853 JOS 23 13 pdx3 figs-doublet לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ 1 a snare and a trap The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
854 JOS 23 13 ut82 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 whips on your backs and thorns in your eyes These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
855 JOS 23 14 ba62 figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I am going the way of all the earth Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
856 JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 know with all your hearts and souls Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
857 JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־ נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד לֹֽא־ נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
858 JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
859 JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־ יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־ יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
860 JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.<br>
861 JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־ כָּל־ שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־ כָּל־ שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
862 JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
863 JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”
864 JOS 24 2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־ אָמַ֣ר כֹּֽה־ אָמַ֣ר 1 This is what Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
865 JOS 24 2 uke1 translate-names תֶּ֛רַח…נָח֑וֹר 1 Terah…Nahor These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
866 JOS 24 3 h2vy 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
867 JOS 24 4 z8e8 translate-names שֵׂעִיר֙ 1 Seir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
868 JOS 24 4 azj7 יָרְד֥וּ 1 went down Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
869 JOS 24 5 hrk4 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
870 JOS 24 5 shc6 figs-you הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 brought you out The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
871 JOS 24 6 uxu8 figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 brought your ancestors out The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
872 JOS 24 7 w52l 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
873 JOS 24 7 t8kg figs-you וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ…בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 your ancestors…you Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
874 JOS 24 7 rv8q אֶת־ הַ⁠יָּם֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
875 JOS 24 7 gqs1 בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר 1 in the wilderness an uninhabited area, a desert
876 JOS 24 8 jpf2 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
877 JOS 24 8 xwk4 figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 you The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
883 JOS 24 10 jr3f figs-metonymy וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ 1 rescued you out of his hand Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
884 JOS 24 11 wlg7 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
885 JOS 24 11 b324 figs-you וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ 1 You The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
886 JOS 24 11 jx4u אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ אֶת־ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
887 JOS 24 12 d1wr אֶת־ הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה אֶת־ הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 the hornet A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
888 JOS 24 13 qv5z 0 General Information: Joshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
889 JOS 24 15 gei6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 If it seems wrong in your eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
890 JOS 24 15 bff7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 my house This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
891 JOS 24 17 uf71 figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־ אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 us and our ancestors…we The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
892 JOS 24 17 n1g2 figs-idiom מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים 1 house of slavery Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
893 JOS 24 17 v2lc הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ 1 nations through whom we passed “nations that we passed through”
894 JOS 24 19 in4p הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
895 JOS 24 19 di8z אֵֽל־ קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא אֵֽל־ קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 he is a jealous God God wants his people to worship only him.
896 JOS 24 20 l4yi figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב…וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 He will consume you Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
897 JOS 24 21 mt8s הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
898 JOS 24 23 h48g figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־ יְהוָ֖ה וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־ יְהוָ֖ה 1 turn your heart to Yahweh Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
899 JOS 24 24 ut8c הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
900 JOS 24 24 yq9g figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע 1 We will listen to his voice Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
901 JOS 24 25 g8by figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 He put in place decrees and laws Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
902 JOS 24 26 n7ac בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 the Book of the law of God This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
903 JOS 24 26 ct9g וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם 1 set it up there “placed it there”
904 JOS 24 27 u7ad הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
905 JOS 24 27 mkt9 figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־ בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־ הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אִמְרֵ֣י הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־ בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־ הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־ אִמְרֵ֣י 1 this stone will be a testimony…It has heard all the words The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
906 JOS 24 27 h23i פֶּֽן־ תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן פֶּֽן־ תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 should you ever “if you ever”
907 JOS 24 29 e9uy translate-numbers בֶּן־ מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים בֶּן־ מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 110 years old “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
908 JOS 24 30 iyt3 translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח…לְ⁠הַר־ גָּֽעַשׁ בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־ סֶ֖רַח…לְ⁠הַר־ גָּֽעַשׁ 1 Timnath Serah…Mount Gaash names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
909 JOS 24 31 gf2q figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 1 all of Joshua’s days This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
910 JOS 24 31 r7xz הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 1 outlived Joshua “lived longer than Joshua”
911 JOS 24 32 a3ik עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף…קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒ 1 The bones of Joseph…they buried them at Shechem, It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”

View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ RUT 1 10 bq4j figs-you אִתָּ֥⁠ךְ 1 with you Here **you** is the singul
RUT 1 11 ggi3 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה תֵלַ֖כְנָה עִמִּ֑⁠י 1 Why will you go with me? This is a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “It does not make sense for you to go with me.” or “You should not go with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 1 11 q2hn figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠עֽוֹד־לִ֤⁠י בָנִים֙ בְּֽ⁠מֵעַ֔⁠י וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לַ⁠אֲנָשִֽׁים 1 Are there still sons in my womb, that they may become your husbands? Naomi uses this question to say she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Obviously it is not possible for me to have any more sons who could become your husbands.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 1 12 dyc4 figs-explicit זָקַ֖נְתִּי מִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 I am too old to have a husband The reason a husband would be important can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I am too old to marry again and bear more children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
RUT 1 12 abc1 figs-rquestion כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־ לִ֣⁠י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַ⁠לַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠גַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 If I said I have hope, if I also had a husband tonight, and also would give birth to sons, This rhetorical question begins here and continues into the next verse. Naomi uses this question to say she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Even if it was possible that I would expect to marry right away and also give birth to sons,…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 1 12 abc1 figs-rquestion כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־לִ֣⁠י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַ⁠לַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠גַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 If I said I have hope, if I also had a husband tonight, and also would give birth to sons, This rhetorical question begins here and continues into the next verse. Naomi uses this question to say she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Even if it was possible that I would expect to marry right away and also give birth to sons,…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 1 12 kh9g יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 would give birth to sons ***bear children*** or ***deliver baby boys***
RUT 1 13 gmc2 figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲ⁠לָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 would you therefore wait until they were grown? Would you keep yourselves from having a husband? Naomi completes the rhetorical question she began in the previous verse, and asks a second question which emphasizes the same meaning. Alternate translation: “…you would not wait until they were grown up so that you could marry them. You would choose to marry a husband before then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 1 13 gh99 figs-metaphor מַר־לִ֤⁠י מְאֹד֙ 1 It is exceedingly bitter to me Bitterness is a metaphor for grief, and what grieves her can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “It greatly grieves me that you have no husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ RUT 2 2 am6a ר֨וּת הַ⁠מּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה 1 Ruth, the Moabite w
RUT 2 2 c7rk הַ⁠מּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה 1 the Moabite woman This is another way of saying the woman was from the country or tribe of Moab.
RUT 2 2 qt4q וַ⁠אֲלַקֳטָּ֣ה בַ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים 1 and glean heads of grain ***and gather kernels of grain left behind by the harvesters*** or ***and pick up kernels of grain left behind by the harvesters***
RUT 2 2 abc5 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֥ר…בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 in whose eyes The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for thoughts and judgement. Alternate translation: “who will decide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 2 2 j59b figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־ חֵ֖ן 1 I will find favor The phrase **will find favor** is an idiom which means to be approved of by someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someones favor as gaining permission or approval. Alternate translation: “to be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
RUT 2 2 j59b figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן 1 I will find favor The phrase **will find favor** is an idiom which means to be approved of by someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someones favor as gaining permission or approval. Alternate translation: “to be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
RUT 2 2 ed93 בִתִּֽ⁠י 1 my daughter Ruth was caring for Naomi as if she were her own mother. Make sure it is possible in your language to use this word for someone who is not an actual daughter.
RUT 2 3 ht73 וַ⁠יִּ֣קֶר מִקְרֶ֔⁠הָ 1 She happened to come Ruth was not aware that the field she picked to glean in belonged to Naomis relative Boaz.
RUT 2 4 vys2 figs-informremind וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold, The word **Behold** alerts us to the important event of Boaz arriving at the field and seeing Ruth for the first time. Your language may also have a specific way of alerting someone to pay careful attention to what happens next in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ RUT 2 12 x5ct יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה פָּעֳלֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 May
RUT 2 12 s2vm פָּעֳלֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 your deed This is an act of faith, choosing to leave her family and country and instead to live with Naomi in Bethlehem and trust Naomis God.
RUT 2 12 gnn5 figs-parallelism וּ⁠תְהִ֨י מַשְׂכֻּרְתֵּ֜⁠ךְ שְׁלֵמָ֗ה מֵ⁠עִ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 may full payment be given to you by Yahweh This is a poetic expression that is very similar to the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh give back to you even more than you have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
RUT 2 12 eh86 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֖את לַ⁠חֲס֥וֹת תַּֽחַת־כְּנָפָֽי⁠ו 1 under whose wings you have come for refuge Boaz uses the picture of a mother bird gathering her chicks under her wings to protect them, in order to describe Gods protection for those who trust in him. Alternate translation: “in whose safe care you have placed yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 2 13 abc6 figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־ חֵ֨ן 1 Let me find favor Here **find favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Alternate translation: “Please be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
RUT 2 13 abc6 figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־חֵ֨ן 1 Let me find favor Here **find favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Alternate translation: “Please be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
RUT 2 13 v2q1 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֤י⁠ךָ 1 in your eyes Here **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “and accept me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 2 13 abc4 אֲדֹנִ⁠י֙ 1 my master Boaz is not Ruth's master, but he is the owner of the field where she is gleaning. He is also a Jew and a prominent man in the city. Therefore, Ruth is honoring him by calling him her **master**, and speaking of herself as his servant. Alternate translation: “Sir” or “my lord”
RUT 2 13 zc5n וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ לֹ֣א אֶֽהְיֶ֔ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֖ת שִׁפְחֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 though I am not like one of your female servants Possible meanings are 1) Ruth was not one of Boazs female servants or 2) Ruth did not think her marriage to Naomis son granted her any privilege in Bethlehem.
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ RUT 3 intro t4y5 0 # Ruth 03 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this
RUT 3 1 jdr3 writing-newevent וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖⁠הּ נָעֳמִ֣י 1 Naomi…said to her, This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth asks Boaz to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer for her and Naomi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
RUT 3 1 r7ar חֲמוֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 her mother-in-law Naomi is the mother of Ruths dead husband.
RUT 3 1 f1uc בִּתִּ֞⁠י 1 My daughter Ruth became Naomis daughter by marrying her son and further by her actions in caring for Naomi after returning to Bethlehem.
RUT 3 1 nxr8 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֧א אֲבַקֶּשׁ־ לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִֽיטַב־ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 should I not seek rest for you, so that it may be well with you? Naomi uses this question to tell Ruth what she planned to do. Alternate translation: “I must look for a place for you to rest, so that you will be taken care of.” or “I must find a husband to care for you, so that you can live without worry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 3 1 nxr8 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֧א אֲבַקֶּשׁ־לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִֽיטַב־לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 should I not seek rest for you, so that it may be well with you? Naomi uses this question to tell Ruth what she planned to do. Alternate translation: “I must look for a place for you to rest, so that you will be taken care of.” or “I must find a husband to care for you, so that you can live without worry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
RUT 3 1 uw2p figs-metaphor לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ 1 rest for you Possible meanings are 1) literally in finding a house for her to live in or 2) figuratively in finding a husband to care for her. Naomi probably had both senses in mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 3 2 jdr4 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that Naomi advises Ruth because she desires to find a resting place for Ruth (3:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
RUT 3 2 j31t figs-explicit הָיִ֖ית אֶת־נַעֲרוֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 young female workers you were with The translation can make explicit that she was working in the fields with these female workers. Alternate translation: “female workers you have been with in the fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ RUT 3 15 aj7u וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 Then he went into the c
RUT 3 16 s7dr figs-idiom מִי־אַ֣תְּ בִּתִּ֑⁠י 1 How did it go, my daughter? The meaning of this question is not clear. The literal Hebrew idiom is **Who are you?** It may mean 1) ***What happened, my daughter?*** or 2) ***Did Boaz agree to marry you?*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
RUT 3 16 w9p9 אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָֽשָׂה־לָ֖⁠הּ הָ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 all that the man had done for her ***all that Boaz had done for her***
RUT 3 17 e9xx אַל־תָּב֥וֹאִי רֵיקָ֖ם 1 Do not go empty-handed ***Do not go empty-handed*** or ***Do not go with nothing*** or ***Be sure to take something***
RUT 3 17 abca שֵׁשׁ־ הַ⁠שְּׂעֹרִ֥ים 1 six measures of barley See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15/f5zg).
RUT 3 17 abca שֵׁשׁ־הַ⁠שְּׂעֹרִ֥ים 1 six measures of barley See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15/f5zg).
RUT 3 18 u5rn אִם־כִּלָּ֥ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר 1 he has finished this thing This refers to the decision about who will buy Naomis property and marry Ruth.
RUT 4 intro pz6m 0 # Ruth 04 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David<br><br>Despite being a Moabitess, Ruth became an ancestor of David. David was Israels greatest king. It is shocking a Gentile would become a part of such an important lineage. She had great faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### **You must also acquire Ruth the Moabite woman**<br><br>Because Naomi had no son, her daughter-in-law Ruth needed to be provided for. Therefore, the relative who wanted to use her land had to also help Ruth to have a son who would come to provide for her.<br><br>### **This was the custom in former times**<br><br>This is a comment made by the writer of the text. He functions as a narrator in this instance. It indicates that there was a considerable period of time between the events that occurred and the time they were written down.
RUT 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וּ⁠בֹ֨עַז עָלָ֣ה הַ⁠שַּׁעַר֮ 1 Now Boaz went up to the gate This clause introduces the next part of the story, in which Boaz performs the role of kinsman-redeemer and marries Ruth. (See: [[rc:en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ RUT 4 4 u548 וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 and I am after y
RUT 4 5 ut23 בְּ⁠יוֹם־קְנוֹתְ⁠ךָ֥…וּ֠⁠מֵ⁠אֵת…קניתי 1 On the day that you buy…you must also acquire Boaz uses this expression to inform his relative of the additional responsibility he will have if he buys the land.
RUT 4 5 ymn8 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יַּ֣ד נָעֳמִ֑י 1 from the hand of Naomi Here the word **hand** represents Naomi, who owns the field. Alternate translation: “from Naomi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
RUT 4 5 dya3 figs-idiom וּ֠⁠מֵ⁠אֵת ר֣וּת…קניתי 1 you must also acquire Ruth ***you must also marry Ruth*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
RUT 4 5 b3ps אֵֽשֶׁת־ הַ⁠מֵּת֙ 1 the wife of the dead man ***the widow of Elimeleks son who died***
RUT 4 5 b3ps אֵֽשֶׁת־הַ⁠מֵּת֙ 1 the wife of the dead man ***the widow of Elimeleks son who died***
RUT 4 5 b3sy לְ⁠הָקִ֥ים שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת 1 to raise up the name of the dead ***that she may have a son to inherit the property and carry on the name of her dead husband***
RUT 4 5 figs-nominaladj הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת 1 the dead Ruth's husband was the **dead**. This can be stated differently to remove the nominal adjective **the dead**. Alternate translation: “the man who died” of “her husband who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
RUT 4 6 sx9k אַשְׁחִ֖ית אֶת־נַחֲלָתִ֑⁠י 1 damaging my own inheritance If he married Ruth, he would have to give some of his own wealth to the children that Ruth might bear.
@ -207,12 +207,12 @@ RUT 4 11 ua2a הָ⁠עָ֧ם אֲשֶׁר־בַּ⁠שַּׁ֛עַר 1 the peo
RUT 4 11 hg6q figs-metaphor הַ⁠בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־בֵּיתֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 who is coming into your house This has literal and figurative meaning. As Ruth marries Boaz, she will move into his house. House can also refer to becoming part of Boazs family by being his wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 4 11 q47m כְּ⁠רָחֵ֤ל׀ וּ⁠כְ⁠לֵאָה֙ 1 like Rachel and Leah These were the two wives of Jacob, whose name was changed to Israel.
RUT 4 11 cz4t בָּנ֤וּ…אֶת־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 built up the house of Israel ***bore many children who became the nation of Israel***
RUT 4 11 abcb figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־ חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־ שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 and may you prosper in Ephrathah and be renowned in Bethlehem The second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
RUT 4 11 abcb figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 and may you prosper in Ephrathah and be renowned in Bethlehem The second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
RUT 4 11 uk9q וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה 1 may you prosper in Ephrathah Ephrathah was the name of the wife of Caleb, from whom the inhabitants of Bethlehem descended. It is another name for the town of Bethehem.
RUT 4 12 fn52 figs-metaphor וִ⁠יהִ֤י בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠בֵ֣ית פֶּ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־ יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 May your house be like the house of Perez, whom Tamar bore to Judah God abundantly blessed Judah through his son Perez. The people were asking God to bless Boaz in a similar way through Ruths children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 4 12 fn52 figs-metaphor וִ⁠יהִ֤י בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠בֵ֣ית פֶּ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 May your house be like the house of Perez, whom Tamar bore to Judah God abundantly blessed Judah through his son Perez. The people were asking God to bless Boaz in a similar way through Ruths children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
RUT 4 12 a433 יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 Tamar bore to Judah Tamar, like Ruth, was also a widow. Judah fathered a son with Tamar, which continued the family name.
RUT 4 12 xym8 מִן־הַ⁠זֶּ֗רַע אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֤ן יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 through the offspring whom Yahweh will give you Yahweh would give Boaz children through Ruth.
RUT 4 12 abcc figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־ רוּת֙ וַ⁠תְּהִי־ ל֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 So Boaz took Ruth, and she became his wife The second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
RUT 4 12 abcc figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ וַ⁠תְּהִי־ל֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 So Boaz took Ruth, and she became his wife The second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
RUT 4 13 u21g וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ 1 So Boaz took Ruth ***So Boaz married Ruth*** or ***So Boaz took Ruth as a wife***
RUT 4 13 gw77 figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 He went in to her This is a euphemism that refers to having sexual intercourse. Alternate translation: “He had sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
RUT 4 14 qj8v figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א הִשְׁבִּ֥ית לָ֛⁠ךְ גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 who has not left you today without a kinsman-redeemer This phrase can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “who has provided you today with a kinsman to redeem you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -226,4 +226,4 @@ RUT 4 17 fkf2 יֻלַּד־בֵּ֖ן לְ⁠נָעֳמִ֑י 1 A son has been
RUT 4 17 f9ha figs-explicit אֲבִ֥י דָוִֽד 1 the father of David ***father of King David***. Though ***King*** is not stated, it was clear to the original audience that David was King David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
RUT 4 18 mzm1 תּוֹלְד֣וֹת פָּ֔רֶץ 1 the generations of Perez ***the successive descendants***. Because it was mentioned earlier that Perez was the son of Judah, the writer continues listing the family line that came from Perez.
RUT 4 19 rl3k translate-names וְ⁠חֶצְרוֹן֙…רָ֔ם 1 Hezron…Ram (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
RUT 4 22 abcd figs-explicit אֶת־ דָּוִֽד 1 David ***father of King David***. See the note about **David** on [4:17](../04/17/f9ha)
RUT 4 22 abcd figs-explicit אֶת־דָּוִֽד 1 David ***father of King David***. See the note about **David** on [4:17](../04/17/f9ha)

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
32 RUT 1 11 ggi3 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה תֵלַ֖כְנָה עִמִּ֑⁠י 1 Why will you go with me? This is a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “It does not make sense for you to go with me.” or “You should not go with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
33 RUT 1 11 q2hn figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠עֽוֹד־לִ֤⁠י בָנִים֙ בְּֽ⁠מֵעַ֔⁠י וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לַ⁠אֲנָשִֽׁים 1 Are there still sons in my womb, that they may become your husbands? Naomi uses this question to say she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Obviously it is not possible for me to have any more sons who could become your husbands.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
34 RUT 1 12 dyc4 figs-explicit זָקַ֖נְתִּי מִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 I am too old to have a husband The reason a husband would be important can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I am too old to marry again and bear more children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35 RUT 1 12 abc1 figs-rquestion כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־ לִ֣⁠י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַ⁠לַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠גַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים כִּ֤י אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ יֶשׁ־לִ֣⁠י תִקְוָ֔ה גַּ֣ם הָיִ֤יתִי הַ⁠לַּ֨יְלָה֙ לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠גַ֖ם יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 If I said I have hope, if I also had a husband tonight, and also would give birth to sons, This rhetorical question begins here and continues into the next verse. Naomi uses this question to say she cannot have other sons for them to marry. Alternate translation: “Even if it was possible that I would expect to marry right away and also give birth to sons,…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
36 RUT 1 12 kh9g יָלַ֥דְתִּי בָנִֽים 1 would give birth to sons ***bear children*** or ***deliver baby boys***
37 RUT 1 13 gmc2 figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִגְדָּ֔לוּ הֲ⁠לָהֵן֙ תֵּֽעָגֵ֔נָה לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י הֱי֣וֹת לְ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 would you therefore wait until they were grown? Would you keep yourselves from having a husband? Naomi completes the rhetorical question she began in the previous verse, and asks a second question which emphasizes the same meaning. Alternate translation: “…you would not wait until they were grown up so that you could marry them. You would choose to marry a husband before then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
38 RUT 1 13 gh99 figs-metaphor מַר־לִ֤⁠י מְאֹד֙ 1 It is exceedingly bitter to me Bitterness is a metaphor for grief, and what grieves her can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “It greatly grieves me that you have no husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
68 RUT 2 2 c7rk הַ⁠מּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה 1 the Moabite woman This is another way of saying the woman was from the country or tribe of Moab.
69 RUT 2 2 qt4q וַ⁠אֲלַקֳטָּ֣ה בַ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים 1 and glean heads of grain ***and gather kernels of grain left behind by the harvesters*** or ***and pick up kernels of grain left behind by the harvesters***
70 RUT 2 2 abc5 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֥ר…בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 in whose eyes The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for thoughts and judgement. Alternate translation: “who will decide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
71 RUT 2 2 j59b figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־ חֵ֖ן אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן 1 I will find favor The phrase **will find favor** is an idiom which means to be approved of by someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someone’s favor as gaining permission or approval. Alternate translation: “to be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
72 RUT 2 2 ed93 בִתִּֽ⁠י 1 my daughter Ruth was caring for Naomi as if she were her own mother. Make sure it is possible in your language to use this word for someone who is not an actual daughter.
73 RUT 2 3 ht73 וַ⁠יִּ֣קֶר מִקְרֶ֔⁠הָ 1 She happened to come Ruth was not aware that the field she picked to glean in belonged to Naomi’s relative Boaz.
74 RUT 2 4 vys2 figs-informremind וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold, The word **Behold** alerts us to the important event of Boaz arriving at the field and seeing Ruth for the first time. Your language may also have a specific way of alerting someone to pay careful attention to what happens next in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
96 RUT 2 12 s2vm פָּעֳלֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 your deed This is an act of faith, choosing to leave her family and country and instead to live with Naomi in Bethlehem and trust Naomi’s God.
97 RUT 2 12 gnn5 figs-parallelism וּ⁠תְהִ֨י מַשְׂכֻּרְתֵּ֜⁠ךְ שְׁלֵמָ֗ה מֵ⁠עִ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 may full payment be given to you by Yahweh This is a poetic expression that is very similar to the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh give back to you even more than you have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
98 RUT 2 12 eh86 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֖את לַ⁠חֲס֥וֹת תַּֽחַת־כְּנָפָֽי⁠ו 1 under whose wings you have come for refuge Boaz uses the picture of a mother bird gathering her chicks under her wings to protect them, in order to describe God’s protection for those who trust in him. Alternate translation: “in whose safe care you have placed yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99 RUT 2 13 abc6 figs-idiom אֶמְצָא־ חֵ֨ן אֶמְצָא־חֵ֨ן 1 Let me find favor Here **find favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Alternate translation: “Please be kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
100 RUT 2 13 v2q1 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֤י⁠ךָ 1 in your eyes Here **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “and accept me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
101 RUT 2 13 abc4 אֲדֹנִ⁠י֙ 1 my master Boaz is not Ruth's master, but he is the owner of the field where she is gleaning. He is also a Jew and a prominent man in the city. Therefore, Ruth is honoring him by calling him her **master**, and speaking of herself as his servant. Alternate translation: “Sir” or “my lord”
102 RUT 2 13 zc5n וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ לֹ֣א אֶֽהְיֶ֔ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֖ת שִׁפְחֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 though I am not like one of your female servants Possible meanings are 1) Ruth was not one of Boaz’s female servants or 2) Ruth did not think her marriage to Naomi’s son granted her any privilege in Bethlehem.
129 RUT 3 1 jdr3 writing-newevent וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖⁠הּ נָעֳמִ֣י 1 Naomi…said to her, This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth asks Boaz to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer for her and Naomi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
130 RUT 3 1 r7ar חֲמוֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 her mother-in-law Naomi is the mother of Ruth’s dead husband.
131 RUT 3 1 f1uc בִּתִּ֞⁠י 1 My daughter Ruth became Naomi’s daughter by marrying her son and further by her actions in caring for Naomi after returning to Bethlehem.
132 RUT 3 1 nxr8 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֧א אֲבַקֶּשׁ־ לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִֽיטַב־ לָֽ⁠ךְ הֲ⁠לֹ֧א אֲבַקֶּשׁ־לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִֽיטַב־לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 should I not seek rest for you, so that it may be well with you? Naomi uses this question to tell Ruth what she planned to do. Alternate translation: “I must look for a place for you to rest, so that you will be taken care of.” or “I must find a husband to care for you, so that you can live without worry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
133 RUT 3 1 uw2p figs-metaphor לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ 1 rest for you Possible meanings are 1) literally in finding a house for her to live in or 2) figuratively in finding a husband to care for her. Naomi probably had both senses in mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
134 RUT 3 2 jdr4 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that Naomi advises Ruth because she desires to find a resting place for Ruth (3:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
135 RUT 3 2 j31t figs-explicit הָיִ֖ית אֶת־נַעֲרוֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 young female workers you were with The translation can make explicit that she was working in the fields with these female workers. Alternate translation: “female workers you have been with in the fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
173 RUT 3 16 s7dr figs-idiom מִי־אַ֣תְּ בִּתִּ֑⁠י 1 How did it go, my daughter? The meaning of this question is not clear. The literal Hebrew idiom is **Who are you?** It may mean 1) ***What happened, my daughter?*** or 2) ***Did Boaz agree to marry you?*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
174 RUT 3 16 w9p9 אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָֽשָׂה־לָ֖⁠הּ הָ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 all that the man had done for her ***all that Boaz had done for her***
175 RUT 3 17 e9xx אַל־תָּב֥וֹאִי רֵיקָ֖ם 1 Do not go empty-handed ***Do not go empty-handed*** or ***Do not go with nothing*** or ***Be sure to take something***
176 RUT 3 17 abca שֵׁשׁ־ הַ⁠שְּׂעֹרִ֥ים שֵׁשׁ־הַ⁠שְּׂעֹרִ֥ים 1 six measures of barley See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15/f5zg).
177 RUT 3 18 u5rn אִם־כִּלָּ֥ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר 1 he has finished this thing This refers to the decision about who will buy Naomi’s property and marry Ruth.
178 RUT 4 intro pz6m 0 # Ruth 04 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David<br><br>Despite being a Moabitess, Ruth became an ancestor of David. David was Israel’s greatest king. It is shocking a Gentile would become a part of such an important lineage. She had great faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### **You must also acquire Ruth the Moabite woman**<br><br>Because Naomi had no son, her daughter-in-law Ruth needed to be provided for. Therefore, the relative who wanted to use her land had to also help Ruth to have a son who would come to provide for her.<br><br>### **This was the custom in former times**<br><br>This is a comment made by the writer of the text. He functions as a narrator in this instance. It indicates that there was a considerable period of time between the events that occurred and the time they were written down.
179 RUT 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וּ⁠בֹ֨עַז עָלָ֣ה הַ⁠שַּׁעַר֮ 1 Now Boaz went up to the gate This clause introduces the next part of the story, in which Boaz performs the role of kinsman-redeemer and marries Ruth. (See: [[rc:en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
188 RUT 4 5 ut23 בְּ⁠יוֹם־קְנוֹתְ⁠ךָ֥…וּ֠⁠מֵ⁠אֵת…קניתי 1 On the day that you buy…you must also acquire Boaz uses this expression to inform his relative of the additional responsibility he will have if he buys the land.
189 RUT 4 5 ymn8 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יַּ֣ד נָעֳמִ֑י 1 from the hand of Naomi Here the word **hand** represents Naomi, who owns the field. Alternate translation: “from Naomi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
190 RUT 4 5 dya3 figs-idiom וּ֠⁠מֵ⁠אֵת ר֣וּת…קניתי 1 you must also acquire Ruth ***you must also marry Ruth*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
191 RUT 4 5 b3ps אֵֽשֶׁת־ הַ⁠מֵּת֙ אֵֽשֶׁת־הַ⁠מֵּת֙ 1 the wife of the dead man ***the widow of Elimelek’s son who died***
192 RUT 4 5 b3sy לְ⁠הָקִ֥ים שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת 1 to raise up the name of the dead ***that she may have a son to inherit the property and carry on the name of her dead husband***
193 RUT 4 5 figs-nominaladj הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת 1 the dead Ruth's husband was the **dead**. This can be stated differently to remove the nominal adjective **the dead**. Alternate translation: “the man who died” of “her husband who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
194 RUT 4 6 sx9k אַשְׁחִ֖ית אֶת־נַחֲלָתִ֑⁠י 1 damaging my own inheritance If he married Ruth, he would have to give some of his own wealth to the children that Ruth might bear.
207 RUT 4 11 hg6q figs-metaphor הַ⁠בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־בֵּיתֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 who is coming into your house This has literal and figurative meaning. As Ruth marries Boaz, she will move into his house. House can also refer to becoming part of Boaz’s family by being his wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
208 RUT 4 11 q47m כְּ⁠רָחֵ֤ל׀ וּ⁠כְ⁠לֵאָה֙ 1 like Rachel and Leah These were the two wives of Jacob, whose name was changed to Israel.
209 RUT 4 11 cz4t בָּנ֤וּ…אֶת־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 built up the house of Israel ***bore many children who became the nation of Israel***
210 RUT 4 11 abcb figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־ חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־ שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 and may you prosper in Ephrathah and be renowned in Bethlehem The second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
211 RUT 4 11 uk9q וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה 1 may you prosper in Ephrathah Ephrathah was the name of the wife of Caleb, from whom the inhabitants of Bethlehem descended. It is another name for the town of Bethehem.
212 RUT 4 12 fn52 figs-metaphor וִ⁠יהִ֤י בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠בֵ֣ית פֶּ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־ יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה וִ⁠יהִ֤י בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠בֵ֣ית פֶּ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 May your house be like the house of Perez, whom Tamar bore to Judah God abundantly blessed Judah through his son Perez. The people were asking God to bless Boaz in a similar way through Ruth’s children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
213 RUT 4 12 a433 יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 Tamar bore to Judah Tamar, like Ruth, was also a widow. Judah fathered a son with Tamar, which continued the family name.
214 RUT 4 12 xym8 מִן־הַ⁠זֶּ֗רַע אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֤ן יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 through the offspring whom Yahweh will give you Yahweh would give Boaz children through Ruth.
215 RUT 4 12 abcc figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־ רוּת֙ וַ⁠תְּהִי־ ל֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ וַ⁠תְּהִי־ל֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 So Boaz took Ruth, and she became his wife The second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
216 RUT 4 13 u21g וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ 1 So Boaz took Ruth ***So Boaz married Ruth*** or ***So Boaz took Ruth as a wife***
217 RUT 4 13 gw77 figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 He went in to her This is a euphemism that refers to having sexual intercourse. Alternate translation: “He had sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
218 RUT 4 14 qj8v figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א הִשְׁבִּ֥ית לָ֛⁠ךְ גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 who has not left you today without a kinsman-redeemer This phrase can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “who has provided you today with a kinsman to redeem you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
226 RUT 4 17 f9ha figs-explicit אֲבִ֥י דָוִֽד 1 the father of David ***father of King David***. Though ***King*** is not stated, it was clear to the original audience that David was King David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
227 RUT 4 18 mzm1 תּוֹלְד֣וֹת פָּ֔רֶץ 1 the generations of Perez ***the successive descendants***. Because it was mentioned earlier that Perez was the son of Judah, the writer continues listing the family line that came from Perez.
228 RUT 4 19 rl3k translate-names וְ⁠חֶצְרוֹן֙…רָ֔ם 1 Hezron…Ram (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
229 RUT 4 22 abcd figs-explicit אֶת־ דָּוִֽד אֶת־דָּוִֽד 1 David ***father of King David***. See the note about **David** on [4:17](../04/17/f9ha)

View File

@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:119)<br>1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:119)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:673)<br>1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:136)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:126)<br>1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:2747)<br>1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:131)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.<br>
NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiahs repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br>While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br>It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiahs time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.<br>
NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה…חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah…Hakaliah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־ כסלו 1 in the month of Kislev “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־כסלו 1 in the month of Kislev “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 hn28 figs-explicit שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים 1 in the twentieth year Nehemiah is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, King of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 1 1 g6dl בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַ⁠בִּירָֽה׃ 1 fortress of Susa This was one of the royal cities of Persian kings, located in the country of Elam. It was a large, fortified city with high walls surrounding it.
NEH 1 2 f2ab translate-names חֲנָ֜נִי 1 Hanani This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 2 l6cw חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד מֵ⁠אַחַ֛⁠י 1 one of my brothers, Hanani Hanani was Nehemiahs biological brother.
NEH 1 2 lg14 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א חֲנָ֜נִי…⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 Hanani, came with some people from Judah “Hanani came from Judah with some other people”
NEH 1 2 q7zi figs-explicit הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֧ים הַ⁠פְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־ נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the Jews who had escaped, the remnant of the Jews who were there These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Possible meanings are 1) the few Jews who were taken as exiles to Babylon but escaped and returned to live in Jerusalem or 2) the few Jews who had escaped from those who were trying to take them into exile in Babylon and so remained in Jerusalem. Since it is unclear from where they escaped, it may be best not to specify in the translation. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile and who remained in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 1 2 q7zi figs-explicit הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֧ים הַ⁠פְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the Jews who had escaped, the remnant of the Jews who were there These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Possible meanings are 1) the few Jews who were taken as exiles to Babylon but escaped and returned to live in Jerusalem or 2) the few Jews who had escaped from those who were trying to take them into exile in Babylon and so remained in Jerusalem. Since it is unclear from where they escaped, it may be best not to specify in the translation. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile and who remained in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 1 3 igf2 וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֮ לִ⁠י֒ 1 They said to me Here “They” refers to Hanani and the other people who had come from Judah.
NEH 1 3 y1zg figs-explicit בַּ⁠מְּדִינָ֔ה 1 the province Here “province” refers to Judah as an administrative district under the Persian Empire. Alternate translation: “the province of Judah” or “Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 1 3 pk3f figs-activepassive וְ⁠חוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 the wall of Jerusalem has been broken open, and its gates have been set on fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “armies have broken open the wall of Jerusalem and have set its gates on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ NEH 1 5 tzl8 figs-explicit וָ⁠אֹמַ֗ר 1 Then I said Nehemiah tells what
NEH 1 5 pf2l יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
NEH 1 5 zc64 figs-123person לְ⁠אֹהֲבָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽי⁠ו 1 who love him and keep his commandments Since Nehemiah is speaking to Yahweh, the pronouns “him” and “his” can be translated as “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 1 6 g947 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠עֵינֶ֪י⁠ךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 open your eyes “look at me.” Here “open your eyes” is a metaphor that represents paying attention to someone. Alternate translation: “pay attention to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 6 qjf3 לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֣עַ אֶל־ תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֡ 1 so you may hear the prayer of your servant “so that you may hear the prayer that I, your servant, am praying.” The word “servant” refers to Nehemiah. This is how a person would address his superior in order to show humility and respect.
NEH 1 6 qjf3 לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֣עַ אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֡ 1 so you may hear the prayer of your servant “so that you may hear the prayer that I, your servant, am praying.” The word “servant” refers to Nehemiah. This is how a person would address his superior in order to show humility and respect.
NEH 1 6 v8gx figs-merism הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָ⁠לַ֔יְלָה 1 day and night By saying that he prays both during the day and during the night, Nehemiah emphasizes the frequency of his prayers. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 1 6 bxj6 figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵית־ אָבִ֖⁠י 1 Both I and my fathers house Here the word “house” represents family. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 bxj6 figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵית־אָבִ֖⁠י 1 Both I and my fathers house Here the word “house” represents family. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 8 brz7 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah continues praying to God.
NEH 1 8 pv64 figs-idiom זְכָר־ נָא֙ 1 Please call to mind To “call to mind” is an idiom that means to remember. Alternate translation: “Please remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 1 8 y5jp figs-you אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־ מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the word you commanded your servant Moses The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to God and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NEH 1 8 pv64 figs-idiom זְכָר־נָא֙ 1 Please call to mind To “call to mind” is an idiom that means to remember. Alternate translation: “Please remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 1 8 y5jp figs-you אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the word you commanded your servant Moses The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to God and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NEH 1 8 b6qh figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ אֲנִ֕י אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 If you act unfaithfully…scatter you The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NEH 1 8 evf5 figs-metaphor אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 I will scatter you among the nations Yahweh speaks of causing the Israelite people to live in other nations as if he scattered them like one would scatter seeds. Alternate translation: “I will cause you to live among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 9 dqn5 figs-you וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔⁠י וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם 1 if you return…your people The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NEH 1 9 f8jz figs-idiom בִּ⁠קְצֵ֤ה הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ 1 under the farthest skies Yahweh speaks of places on the earth that are very far away as being “under the farthest skies.” Alternate translation: “to places very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 1 9 lgh9 figs-explicit אֶל־ הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־ שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם 1 to that place where I have chosen…remain This phrase refers to Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where I have chosen…remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 1 9 g88j figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־ שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם 1 where I have chosen to make my name remain Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “where I have chosen to dwell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 9 lgh9 figs-explicit אֶל־הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם 1 to that place where I have chosen…remain This phrase refers to Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where I have chosen…remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 1 9 g88j figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם 1 where I have chosen to make my name remain Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “where I have chosen to dwell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 10 u4a8 0 General Information: Nehemiah continues his prayer.
NEH 1 10 w4qw וְ⁠הֵ֥ם 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in Nehemiahs prayer. Here he begins to make his request based on Yahwehs promise.
NEH 1 10 mjx7 וְ⁠הֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 they are your servants The word “they” refers to the Israelite people.
NEH 1 10 zu4s figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כֹחֲ⁠ךָ֣ הַ⁠גָּד֔וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠חֲזָקָֽה 1 by your great power and by your strong hand Here “hand” represents strength or power. Together, these two phrases form a doublet that emphasizes the intensity of Yahwehs power. Alternate translation: “by your great power and by your mighty strength” or “by your very powerful strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 1 11 jjm7 תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 the prayer of your servant Here “servant” refers to Nehemiah. This is how a person would address his superior in order to show humility and respect. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 1:6](../01/06.md).
NEH 1 11 j433 תְּפִלַּ֣ת עֲבָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the prayer of your servants Here “servants” refers to the rest of the Israelite people who would have been praying for Yahweh to act on behalf of his people and on behalf of Jerusalem.
NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠חֲפֵצִים֙ לְ⁠יִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־ שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 who delight to honor your name Here “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who delight to honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠חֲפֵצִים֙ לְ⁠יִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 who delight to honor your name Here “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who delight to honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 11 kr99 וּ⁠תְנֵ֣⁠הוּ לְ⁠רַחֲמִ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 grant him mercy in the sight of this man Here “him” refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God, and “this man” refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia.
NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 in the sight of this man Nehemiah speaks of the kings attitude or disposition as if it were how the king viewed something. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַ⁠אֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 I served as cupbearer to the king This is background information about Nehemiahs role in the kings court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -44,52 +44,52 @@ NEH 2 1 l63f translate-ordinal שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְ⁠אַר
NEH 2 1 k1vf writing-background וְ⁠לֹא 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Nehemiah tells background information about his demeanor before the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 2 2 n5wy וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ לִ֨⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 But the king “So the king”
NEH 2 2 ue51 figs-synecdoche מַדּ֣וּעַ׀ פָּנֶ֣י⁠ךָ רָעִ֗ים 1 Why is your face so sad Here Nehemiah is referred to by his face because the face shows ones emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 2 g1k7 figs-synecdoche אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־ אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב 1 This must be sadness of heart This speaks of Nehemiah being sad as if his heart were sad, since the heart is often considered the center of emotions. Alternate translation: “You must be very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 2 g1k7 figs-synecdoche אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב 1 This must be sadness of heart This speaks of Nehemiah being sad as if his heart were sad, since the heart is often considered the center of emotions. Alternate translation: “You must be very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 2 eyt8 וָ⁠אִירָ֖א הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 Then I became very much afraid As Nehemiah prepares to answer, he is afraid because he does not know how the king will respond.
NEH 2 3 qz4i figs-hyperbole הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה 1 May the king live forever Nehemiah is showing honor to King Artaxerxes. Here “forever” is an exaggeration that refers to a long life. Alternate translation: “Long live the king” or “May the king have a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 2 3 klj6 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־ יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗⁠י 1 Why should not my face be sad? Here Nehemiah uses this rhetorical question to tell the king that he has a reason to be sad. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 2 3 eh23 בֵּית־ קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ 1 the place of my fathers tombs “the place where my ancestors are buried”
NEH 2 3 klj6 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗⁠י 1 Why should not my face be sad? Here Nehemiah uses this rhetorical question to tell the king that he has a reason to be sad. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 2 3 eh23 בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ 1 the place of my fathers tombs “the place where my ancestors are buried”
NEH 2 3 g7f4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 its gates have been destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed its gates” or “our enemy has burned its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 5 uv1p וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 I replied to the king “Then I replied to the king”
NEH 2 5 u2zy עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your servant Nehemiah refers to himself this way to show his submission to the king.
NEH 2 5 ae4b figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 in your sight Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 2 5 df8l עִ֛יר קִבְר֥וֹת אֲבֹתַ֖⁠י 1 the city of my fathers tombs “the city where my ancestors are buried”
NEH 2 5 l6nj figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אֶבְנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 that I may rebuild it Nehemiah does not plan to do all of the building himself, but he will be the leader of the work. Alternate translation: “that I and my people may rebuild it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 7 rgj6 figs-activepassive אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־ לִ֔⁠י 1 may letters be given to me This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may you give letters to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 7 rgj6 figs-activepassive אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־לִ֔⁠י 1 may letters be given to me This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may you give letters to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 7 qp9n עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of the province that was west of the Euphrates River. It was across the river from the city of Susa.
NEH 2 8 ar5v translate-names אָסָף֩ 1 Asaph This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 8 wl1s figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַד־ אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י 1 the good hand of God was on me Gods “good hand” represents his “favor.” Alternate translation: “Gods favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 8 wl1s figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י 1 the good hand of God was on me Gods “good hand” represents his “favor.” Alternate translation: “Gods favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 10 yz8p translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַ⁠חֹרֹנִ֗י 1 Sanballat the Horonite Sanballat is the name of a man, and the Horonites were a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 10 eh4c translate-names וְ⁠טֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָ⁠עֶ֣בֶד הָֽ⁠עַמֹּנִ֔י 1 Tobiah the Ammonite servant This man was likely a freed slave now serving as an officer in Ammon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 10 vb3p וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע 1 heard this “heard that I had arrived”
NEH 2 12 s7mw figs-metonymy נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־ לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 had put into my heart Here Nehemiahs “heart” refers to his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “had inspired me” or “had led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 12 s7mw figs-metonymy נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 had put into my heart Here Nehemiahs “heart” refers to his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “had inspired me” or “had led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 12 wd63 וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ אֵ֣ין עִמִּ֔⁠י 1 There was no animal with me “There were no animals with me”
NEH 2 13 g1be figs-123person 0 General Information: A few men accompanied Nehemiah on this inspection, but he speaks in the first person because he was the primary person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 2 13 au61 וָ⁠אֵצְאָ֨⁠ה בְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־ הַ⁠גַּ֜יא לַ֗יְלָה 1 I went out by night by the Valley Gate “At night, I went out through the Valley Gate”
NEH 2 13 au61 וָ⁠אֵצְאָ֨⁠ה בְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠גַּ֜יא לַ֗יְלָה 1 I went out by night by the Valley Gate “At night, I went out through the Valley Gate”
NEH 2 13 pt1h הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 Jackal a wild dog
NEH 2 13 mif3 שַׁ֖עַר הָ⁠אַשְׁפֹּ֑ת 1 Dung Gate Presumably, refuse was removed from the city through this gate.
NEH 2 13 a8u1 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר־ ה⁠מפרוצים וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 which had been broken open, and the wooden gates were destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Israels enemies had broken open, and the wooden gates which their enemies had destroyed with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 13 a8u1 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר־ה⁠מפרוצים וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 which had been broken open, and the wooden gates were destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Israels enemies had broken open, and the wooden gates which their enemies had destroyed with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 15 l39v figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַ⁠נַּ֨חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָ⁠אֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּ⁠חוֹמָ֑ה וָ⁠אָשׁ֗וּב וָ⁠אָב֛וֹא בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠גַּ֖יְא וָ⁠אָשֽׁוּב 1 So I went up…and I turned back The other men with Nehemiah also followed him. Alternate translation: “So we went up…and we turned back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 15 b637 בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠גַּ֖יְא 1 by the Valley Gate “through the Valley Gate”
NEH 2 16 xd75 figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ עֹשֵׂ֣ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה 1 the rest who did the work This refers to the men who would later rebuild the walls. Alternate translation: “the others who would later do the work of rebuilding the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 2 17 we6m figs-you אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָ⁠רָעָה֙ 1 You see the trouble Here “you” is plural, referring to all the people mentioned in [Nehemiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NEH 2 17 f468 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 its gates have been destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “how our enemies destroyed its gates by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 17 ll6y וְ⁠לֹא־ נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה 1 so we will no longer be in disgrace “so we will no longer be ashamed”
NEH 2 18 twi7 figs-metonymy אֶת־ יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁר־ הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔⁠י 1 the good hand of my God was on me Gods “good hand” represents his “favor.” Alternate translation: “my Gods favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 17 ll6y וְ⁠לֹא־נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה 1 so we will no longer be in disgrace “so we will no longer be ashamed”
NEH 2 18 twi7 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁר־הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔⁠י 1 the good hand of my God was on me Gods “good hand” represents his “favor.” Alternate translation: “my Gods favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 18 h3cj figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֔ינוּ 1 rise up and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 18 y6ui figs-idiom וַ⁠יְחַזְּק֥וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לַ⁠טּוֹבָֽה 1 So they strengthened their hands for the good work The phrase “strengthened their hands” means to prepare to do something. Alternate translation: “So they prepared do this good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 19 et87 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֨ט…⁠טֹבִיָּ֣ה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](./10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 19 cxe8 translate-names וְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם֙ 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 19 ww1k figs-rquestion מָֽה־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים 1 What are you doing? Are you rebelling against the king? These rhetorical questions are used to mock Nehemiah. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You are acting foolishly! You should not be rebelling against the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 2 19 ww1k figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים 1 What are you doing? Are you rebelling against the king? These rhetorical questions are used to mock Nehemiah. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You are acting foolishly! You should not be rebelling against the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 2 19 u8ri הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the king This refers to Artaxerses, the king of Persia.
NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 20 a4e6 וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־ חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem “But you have no share, legal right, or religious claim to Jerusalem”
NEH 2 20 a4e6 וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem “But you have no share, legal right, or religious claim to Jerusalem”
NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.<br>
NEH 3 1 ald8 וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Then Eliashib the high priest rose up with his brother priests “Then Eliashib the high priest came forward with his brothers, the priests”
NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 1 r9wn translate-numbers מִגְדַּ֤ל הַ⁠מֵּאָה֙ 1 Tower of the Hundred “Tower of the 100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 3 1 e1th translate-names מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל 1 Tower of Hananel This is the name of a tower. It is likely named after a man named “Hananel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 2 q84s translate-names זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־ אִמְרִֽי 1 Zaccur son of Imri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 2 q84s translate-names זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אִמְרִֽי 1 Zaccur son of Imri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 2 qf25 figs-possession אַנְשֵׁ֣י יְרֵח֑וֹ 1 men of Jericho This means that the men were from Jericho. Alternate translation: “men from Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NEH 3 3 bbm9 translate-names הַ⁠סְּנָאָ֑ה 1 Hassenaah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 3 kxd6 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמִ֨ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 set its doors “installed its doors” or “put its doors in place”
@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ NEH 3 7 mj92 translate-names עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָֽר 1 the Province B
NEH 3 8 b2yh translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֤ל…חַרְהֲיָה֙…חֲנַנְיָ֖ה 1 Uzziel…Harhaiah…Hananiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 8 f4p5 צֽוֹרְפִ֔ים 1 goldsmiths A goldsmith is a person who makes gold jewelry and other gold objects.
NEH 3 8 mx88 figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק 1 goldsmiths, repaired These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “goldsmiths, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 8 mm1q figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַל־ יָד֣⁠וֹ הֶחֱזִ֔יק חֲנַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־ הָ⁠רַקָּחִ֑ים 1 next to him was Hananiah, a maker of perfumes Hananiah repaired the wall as well. Alternate translation: “next to him Hananiah, a maker of perfumes, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 8 mm1q figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַל־יָד֣⁠וֹ הֶחֱזִ֔יק חֲנַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־הָ⁠רַקָּחִ֑ים 1 next to him was Hananiah, a maker of perfumes Hananiah repaired the wall as well. Alternate translation: “next to him Hananiah, a maker of perfumes, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 8 y25y הָ⁠רַקָּחִ֑ים 1 perfumes liquid substances that people put on their body in small amounts to smell pleasant
NEH 3 9 m5at translate-names רְפָיָ֣ה…ח֔וּר 1 Rephaiah…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 9 avu2 שַׂ֕ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ NEH 3 11 g61e translate-names מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה…חָרִ֔ם וְ⁠ח
NEH 3 11 jy16 figs-ellipsis מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֗ית הֶחֱזִיק֙ 1 repaired another section These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 12 e9p4 translate-names שַׁלּוּם֙…הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ 1 Shallum…Hallohesh These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 12 wml3 figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק 1 repaired, along with his daughters These phrase refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall…repaired the wall, along with his daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 12 b7iq שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־ הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ שַׂ֕ר 1 Shallum son of Hallohesh, the ruler Shallum was the ruler, not Hallohesh.
NEH 3 12 b7iq שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ שַׂ֕ר 1 Shallum son of Hallohesh, the ruler Shallum was the ruler, not Hallohesh.
NEH 3 12 l1db שַׂ֕ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md).
NEH 3 12 b6fx translate-fraction חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 half the district “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 3 13 itt7 translate-names חָנוּן֮ 1 Hanun This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -134,21 +134,21 @@ NEH 3 13 x484 figs-explicit בָנ֔וּ⁠הוּ…וְ⁠אֶ֤לֶף אַמּ
NEH 3 13 kw6h translate-bdistance וְ⁠אֶ֤לֶף אַמָּה֙ 1 a thousand cubits “1,000 cubits.” This may be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “460 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 3 13 r9e4 שַׁ֥עַר הָ⁠שֲׁפֽוֹת 1 the Dung Gate Presumably, refuse was removed from the city through this gate. Try to translate this expression as a name, not just as a description.
NEH 3 14 w494 translate-names מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה…רֵכָ֔ב 1 Malkijah…Recab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 14 u2dk מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־ רֵכָ֔ב שַׂ֖ר 1 Malkijah son of Recab, the ruler Malkijah was the ruler, not Recab.
NEH 3 14 u2dk מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־רֵכָ֔ב שַׂ֖ר 1 Malkijah son of Recab, the ruler Malkijah was the ruler, not Recab.
NEH 3 14 d9dt שַׂ֖ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md).
NEH 3 14 d8sa translate-names בֵּית־ הַכָּ֑רֶם 1 Beth Hakkerem This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 14 d8sa translate-names בֵּית־הַכָּ֑רֶם 1 Beth Hakkerem This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 14 xn3i וְ⁠יַעֲמִיד֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 He…set its doors “He installed its doors” or “He put its doors in place”
NEH 3 14 if44 מַנְעֻלָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠בְרִיחָֽי⁠ו 1 its bolts, and its bars “its locks, and its bars.” These locked the gates securely.
NEH 3 15 bd9j translate-names שַׁלּ֣וּן…כָּל־ חֹזֶה֮ 1 Shallun…Kol-Hozeh These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 15 l7wu שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־ כָּל־ חֹזֶה֮ שַׂ֣ר 1 Shallun son of Kol-Hozeh, the ruler Shallun was the ruler, not Kol-Hozeh.
NEH 3 15 bd9j translate-names שַׁלּ֣וּן…כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ 1 Shallun…Kol-Hozeh These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 15 l7wu שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ שַׂ֣ר 1 Shallun son of Kol-Hozeh, the ruler Shallun was the ruler, not Kol-Hozeh.
NEH 3 15 c8rt figs-possession וְ֠⁠אֵת חוֹמַ֞ת בְּרֵכַ֤ת הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨לַח֙ 1 the wall of the Pool of Siloam This means that the wall was beside the Pool of Siloam. Alternate translation: “the wall that surrounded the Pool of Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NEH 3 16 x774 translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֣ה 1 Nehemiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 16 shf9 נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־ עַזְבּ֔וּק שַׂ֕ר 1 Nehemiah son of Azbuk, the ruler Nehemiah was the ruler, not Azbuk.
NEH 3 16 shf9 נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־עַזְבּ֔וּק שַׂ֕ר 1 Nehemiah son of Azbuk, the ruler Nehemiah was the ruler, not Azbuk.
NEH 3 16 l3hf נְחֶמְיָ֣ה 1 Nehemiah This is a different man named Nehemiah from the person who authored this book.
NEH 3 16 kmx6 שַׂ֕ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md).
NEH 3 16 sc4c translate-fraction חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 half the district “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 3 16 ngr2 translate-names בֵּֽית־ צ֑וּר 1 Beth Zur These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 16 c5bs figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִיק֙…עַד־ נֶ֨גֶד֙ 1 repaired to the place These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the wall up to the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 16 ngr2 translate-names בֵּֽית־צ֑וּר 1 Beth Zur These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 16 c5bs figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִיק֙…עַד־נֶ֨גֶד֙ 1 repaired to the place These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the wall up to the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 16 u2s6 הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִֽים 1 mighty men “warriors”
NEH 3 17 str7 translate-names רְח֣וּם…בָּנִ֑י עַל־…חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה 1 Rehum…Bani…Hashabiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 17 l6vw translate-names קְעִילָ֖ה 1 Keilah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -157,12 +157,12 @@ NEH 3 17 y3tu לְ⁠פִלְכּֽ⁠וֹ 1 for his district “representing h
NEH 3 18 h5qz figs-ellipsis אַחֲרָי⁠ו֙ הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 After him their countrymen repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “Next to him their countrymen repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 18 b6sj אַחֲרָי⁠ו֙ 1 After him “Next to him”
NEH 3 18 gc2h translate-names בַּוַּ֖י…חֵנָדָ֑ד 1 Binnui…Henadad These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 18 ca6t בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־ חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר 1 Binnui son of Henadad, the ruler Binnui was the ruler, not Henadad.
NEH 3 18 ca6t בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר 1 Binnui son of Henadad, the ruler Binnui was the ruler, not Henadad.
NEH 3 18 yh3z translate-names קְעִילָֽה 1 Keilah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 19 yt87 figs-ellipsis וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֨ק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 repaired another section These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 19 f6if translate-names עֵ֧זֶר…יֵשׁ֛וּעַ 1 Ezer…Jeshua These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 19 g2y6 translate-names הַ⁠מִּצְפָּ֖ה 1 Mizpah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 19 gcc6 עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־ יֵשׁ֛וּעַ שַׂ֥ר 1 Ezer son of Jeshua, the ruler Ezer was the ruler, not Jeshua.
NEH 3 19 gcc6 עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ שַׂ֥ר 1 Ezer son of Jeshua, the ruler Ezer was the ruler, not Jeshua.
NEH 3 19 c8s5 מִ⁠נֶּ֕גֶד עֲלֹ֥ת הַ⁠נֶּ֖שֶׁק 1 that faced the ascent to the armory “in front of the steps that went up to the armory”
NEH 3 19 xtj9 הַ⁠נֶּ֖שֶׁק 1 armory the place where weapons are kept
NEH 3 20 a7k9 אַחֲרָ֨י⁠ו 1 After him “Next to him”
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ NEH 3 28 d5uv לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 opposite his own house
NEH 3 29 q9qb figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֛יק 1 repaired the section…east gate, repaired These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the section of the wall…east gate, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 29 rvu2 אַחֲרָ֧י⁠ו 1 After them “Next to them”
NEH 3 29 n271 translate-names צָד֥וֹק…אִמֵּ֖ר…שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה…שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה 1 Zadok…Immer…Shemaiah…Shecaniah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 29 f74e שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־ שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 Shemaiah son of Shecaniah, the keeper of the east gate Shemaiah was the keeper of the east gate, not Shecaniah.
NEH 3 29 f74e שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 Shemaiah son of Shecaniah, the keeper of the east gate Shemaiah was the keeper of the east gate, not Shecaniah.
NEH 3 29 e9mh שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 the keeper of the east gate “the person who looked after the east gate” or “the person who opened and closed the east gate”
NEH 3 30 x9q4 figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֜יק 1 repaired another section…repaired opposite These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “priests repaired the wall…repaired the section of the wall…east gate, repaired the wall…repaired another section of the wall…repaired the wall opposite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 30 s2s5 אחר⁠י 1 After him “Next to him”
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ NEH 3 30 bv3t נֶ֖גֶד נִשְׁכָּתֽ⁠וֹ 1 opposite his living ch
NEH 3 31 ifp5 אחרי 1 After him “Next to him”
NEH 3 31 d33p translate-names מַלְכִּיָּה֙ 1 Malkijah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 31 uuc7 הַ⁠צֹּ֣רְפִ֔י 1 goldsmiths A goldsmith is a person who makes gold jewelry and other gold objects.
NEH 3 31 lb9z figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק…עַד־ בֵּ֥ית 1 repaired to the house These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the wall to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 31 lb9z figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק…עַד־בֵּ֥ית 1 repaired to the house These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the wall to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 31 ye2u וְ⁠הָ⁠רֹכְלִ֑ים 1 merchants “sellers” or “traders”
NEH 3 31 r6sv עֲלִיַּ֥ת 1 upper living chambers the higher-level rooms where people stayed
NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 merchants repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “merchants repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -214,52 +214,52 @@ NEH 4 1 rnw3 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר שָׁמַ֣ע סַנ
NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a mans name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned within him, and he was furiously angry Here “it” refers to Sanballats realization that the Jews are rebuilding the walls. This speaks of Sanballat becoming very angry as if his anger were a burning fire. Alternate translation: “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 v3qv לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֶחָ֗י⁠ו 1 In the presence of his brothers “In the presence of his kinsmen” or “In the presence of his clan”
NEH 4 2 d5n2 figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲ⁠יַעַזְב֨וּ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם הֲ⁠יִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 What are these feeble…Will they restore…Will they offer…Will they finish the work in a day? Sanballat poses these questions to mock the Jews. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “These feeble Jews can accomplish nothing. They will never restore the city for themselves. They will not offer sacrifices. They will not finish the work in a day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 2 d5n2 figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲ⁠יַעַזְב֨וּ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם הֲ⁠יִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 What are these feeble…Will they restore…Will they offer…Will they finish the work in a day? Sanballat poses these questions to mock the Jews. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “These feeble Jews can accomplish nothing. They will never restore the city for themselves. They will not offer sacrifices. They will not finish the work in a day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 2 r9lb הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים 1 feeble Jews “weak Jews”
NEH 4 2 uk3w figs-metaphor בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 in a day This speaks of not finishing something quickly by saying that it cannot be accomplished in a day. Alternate translation: “quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 ps9n figs-rquestion הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 Will they bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned? Sanballat also poses this question to mock the Jews. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “They will not bring to life again the stones from piles of rubble that were burned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 2 hr7v figs-metaphor הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned This speaks of the people rebuilding the city as if they were bring it back to life. Alternate translation: “restore the city and rebuild its walls from the useless stones that were burned and turned into rubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 ps9n figs-rquestion הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 Will they bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned? Sanballat also poses this question to mock the Jews. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “They will not bring to life again the stones from piles of rubble that were burned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 2 hr7v figs-metaphor הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned This speaks of the people rebuilding the city as if they were bring it back to life. Alternate translation: “restore the city and rebuild its walls from the useless stones that were burned and turned into rubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 b96n figs-activepassive מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 from the piles of rubble after they were burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “from piles of rubble that someone had burned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 3 alw5 translate-names וְ⁠טוֹבִיָּ֥ה 1 Tobiah This is a mans name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 3 da2t figs-hyperbole אִם־ יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּ⁠פָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 If only a fox went up on what they are building, it would break down their stone wall Sanaballat mocks the wall and exaggerates how weak it is by saying that a fox could knock it down. Alternate translation: “That wall they are building is so weak that even if a little fox climbed up on it, their stone wall would fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 3 da2t figs-hyperbole אִם־יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּ⁠פָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 If only a fox went up on what they are building, it would break down their stone wall Sanaballat mocks the wall and exaggerates how weak it is by saying that a fox could knock it down. Alternate translation: “That wall they are building is so weak that even if a little fox climbed up on it, their stone wall would fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 4 b24b 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah begins to pray to God.
NEH 4 4 buk3 figs-activepassive שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ כִּֽי־ הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה 1 Hear, our God, for we are despised Here the word “we” refers to the Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hear, our God, for our enemies despise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 4 buk3 figs-activepassive שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ כִּֽי־הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה 1 Hear, our God, for we are despised Here the word “we” refers to the Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hear, our God, for our enemies despise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 4 pgh8 figs-activepassive וּ⁠תְנֵ֥⁠ם לְ⁠בִזָּ֖ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁבְיָֽה 1 give them up to be plundered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let their enemies rob them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 4 z6nz figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖⁠ם אֶל־ רֹאשָׁ֑⁠ם 1 Turn back their taunts on their own heads The phrase “their taunts” refers to Sanballats and Tobiahs insults. Here the word “heads” refers to the whole people. Alternate translation: “Turn their taunts onto themselves” or “Cause their insulting words to mock themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 4 z6nz figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖⁠ם אֶל־רֹאשָׁ֑⁠ם 1 Turn back their taunts on their own heads The phrase “their taunts” refers to Sanballats and Tobiahs insults. Here the word “heads” refers to the whole people. Alternate translation: “Turn their taunts onto themselves” or “Cause their insulting words to mock themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 5 ae62 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah continues the prayer he began in verse 4.
NEH 4 5 mc9p וְ⁠אַל־ תְּכַס֙ עַל־ עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל־ תִּמָּחֶ֑ה כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים 1 Do…to anger. Nehemiah continues the prayer he began with the words “Hear, our God” in verse 4. You may show that this is a prayer by making it a direct quote. “Then I prayed, Hear, our God,…they are prisoners. Do not cover…the builders to anger.’”
NEH 4 5 zz8h figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־ תְּכַס֙ עַל 1 Do not cover over This speaks of a forgiving a persons sins as if they were a object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “Do not forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 5 mc9p וְ⁠אַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים 1 Do…to anger. Nehemiah continues the prayer he began with the words “Hear, our God” in verse 4. You may show that this is a prayer by making it a direct quote. “Then I prayed, Hear, our God,…they are prisoners. Do not cover…the builders to anger.’”
NEH 4 5 zz8h figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל 1 Do not cover over This speaks of a forgiving a persons sins as if they were a object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “Do not forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 5 k9rw עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל 1 do not erase their sin from before you This speaks of forgetting a persons sins as if they were something written that could be erased. Alternate translation: “do not forget their sins
NEH 4 5 mbi1 הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים 1 they have provoked the builders to anger “they have made the builders become angry”
NEH 4 6 r475 וַ⁠נִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־ הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 So we built the wall “So we rebuilt the wall”
NEH 4 6 mhm5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־ הַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה עַד־ חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 all the wall was joined together to half its height This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we joined the wall together and it was half its total height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 6 ef8p translate-fraction עַד־ חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 half its height “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 4 6 r475 וַ⁠נִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 So we built the wall “So we rebuilt the wall”
NEH 4 6 mhm5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 all the wall was joined together to half its height This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we joined the wall together and it was half its total height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 6 ef8p translate-fraction עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 half its height “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 4 7 gsb7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 a great anger burned within them This speaks of the people being very angry as if their anger were something that burned inside them. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” or “they became enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 8 b6im figs-metonymy בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 against Jerusalem Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 9 vz1d וַ⁠נַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 set a guard as protection “put men around the wall to guard the city”
NEH 4 10 vc8h וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 There is too much rubble Rubble is “burned stone” or “broken rock” or “unusable stone.”
NEH 4 11 yuc9 לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־ נָב֥וֹא אֶל־ תּוֹכָ֖⁠ם 1 They will not know or see until we come among them “They will not see us coming until we are beside them”
NEH 4 12 q1mv figs-hyperbole מִ⁠כָּל־ הַ⁠מְּקֹמ֖וֹת 1 from all directions This represents many directions. The word “all” is an exaggeration for represents “many.” Alternate translation: “from many directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 11 yuc9 לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־נָב֥וֹא אֶל־תּוֹכָ֖⁠ם 1 They will not know or see until we come among them “They will not see us coming until we are beside them”
NEH 4 12 q1mv figs-hyperbole מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמ֖וֹת 1 from all directions This represents many directions. The word “all” is an exaggeration for represents “many.” Alternate translation: “from many directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 12 t8f2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים 1 spoke to us ten times Here the number 10 is used to represent “many.” Alternate translation: “spoke to us many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 13 xc8b מִֽ⁠תַּחְתִּיּ֧וֹת לַ⁠מָּק֛וֹם 1 in the exposed areas “in the vulnerable areas”
NEH 4 13 mj33 figs-synecdoche וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת 1 I positioned each family This refers to several people from each family, this likely does not include the women and children. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 13 mj33 figs-synecdoche וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת 1 I positioned each family This refers to several people from each family, this likely does not include the women and children. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 15 puc1 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר 1 It came about “It happened that”
NEH 4 15 qxa7 figs-activepassive נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 their plans were known to us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we knew about their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 16 gh9g נְעָרַ⁠י֮ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒ 1 my servants worked “my young men worked”
NEH 4 16 f9in translate-fraction חֲצִ֣י נְעָרַ⁠י֮ …⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם 1 half of my servants…half of them “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 4 16 gl4t וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־ בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 the leaders stood behind all the people “the leaders positioned themselves behind all the people”
NEH 4 16 gl4t וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 the leaders stood behind all the people “the leaders positioned themselves behind all the people”
NEH 4 17 uya2 figs-hyperbole עֹמְשִׂ֑ים בְּ⁠אַחַ֤ת יָד⁠וֹ֙ עֹשֶׂ֣ה בַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה וְ⁠אַחַ֖ת מַחֲזֶ֥קֶת הַ⁠שָּֽׁלַח 1 Everyone worked with one hand, and with the other hand he held his weapon This is an exaggeration. They did not always work with only one hand, but they always had their weapon with them so that they were prepared to protect themselves and those around them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 19 yn7h וָ⁠אֹמַ֞ר 1 I said Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 4 19 xi9g הַ⁠חֹרִ֤ים…הַ⁠סְּגָנִים֙ 1 the nobles…the officials These are the leaders referred to in [Nehemiah 4:16](../04/16.md).
NEH 4 19 agy3 הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֥ה הַרְבֵּ֖ה 1 The work is great Here the word “great” means “large-scale” or “huge.”
NEH 4 20 tm9s figs-metonymy אֶת־ ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 the trumpet sound This refers to someone blowing a trumpet. Alternate translation: “someone blowing a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 20 tm9s figs-metonymy אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 the trumpet sound This refers to someone blowing a trumpet. Alternate translation: “someone blowing a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 21 ca45 translate-fraction וְ⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם 1 Half of them Here “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 4 21 w4uu מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים 1 from the rising of the dawn until the coming out of the stars This refers to the whole day, while it is light outside. Alternate translation: “from the first light of day until the very beginning of the night”
NEH 4 21 jl3h figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר 1 the rising of the dawn It is the point in time that the sun rises that is “dawn.” Here the sun rising is spoken of as if the “dawn” rose. Alternate translation: “the rising of the sun” or “dawn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 22 r87p בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the middle of Jerusalem “within Jerusalem”
NEH 4 23 v2e1 פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 changed our clothes “took off our clothes”
NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.<br>
NEH 5 1 za4u figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־ אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 1 za4u figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 the men and their wives This refers to the men who were working on building the wall.
NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת…גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 raised a great outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 3 dt2m שְׂדֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בָתֵּ֖י⁠נוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים 1 We are mortgaging our fields “We are having to pledge” or “We are having to give in pledge”
@ -267,18 +267,18 @@ NEH 5 5 z4ru figs-explicit וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה כִּ⁠בְשַׂ֤ר אַח
NEH 5 5 rdp9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יֵ֨שׁ מִ⁠בְּנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ נִכְבָּשׁוֹת֙ 1 Some of our daughters have already been enslaved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We have already sold some of our daughters into slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 5 z783 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔⁠נוּ וּ⁠שְׂדֹתֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵ֖י⁠נוּ לַ⁠אֲחֵרִֽים 1 But it is not in our power to help it because other men now own our fields and our vineyards Since the mens fields and vineyards are not in their possession, they are unable to produce the money they need to support their families. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But we are unable to change this situation because other men now own our fields and our vineyards which we need to support our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 5 jr7j figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֣ין לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 it is not in our power This is an idiom which means that they do not have the resources to do something. Alternate translation: “we are unable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 6 ryx1 figs-abstractnouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־ זַֽעֲקָתָ֔⁠ם 1 when I heard their outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “when I heard them cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 7 sn56 figs-explicit מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־ בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 You are exacting interest, each from his own brother Every Jew would have known that it is wrong under the Law to charge interest to another Jew. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you is charging interest to your own brother, and that is wrong under the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 6 ryx1 figs-abstractnouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔⁠ם 1 when I heard their outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “when I heard them cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 7 sn56 figs-explicit מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 You are exacting interest, each from his own brother Every Jew would have known that it is wrong under the Law to charge interest to another Jew. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you is charging interest to your own brother, and that is wrong under the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 7 r7yl figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה 1 I held a great assembly against them This means that he brought together a large group of people and brought these charges against them. The meaning of statement this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “I held a great assembly and brought these charges against them” or “I held them on trial in front of the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 pzy8 figs-explicit אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠נִמְכְּרוּ־ לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 but you even sell your brothers that they may be sold back to us This means that they are selling their family members, both men and women, as slaves to their fellow Jews. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Now you are selling your own people to be slaves of your fellow Jews, so that they might later sell them back to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 pzy8 figs-explicit אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠נִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 but you even sell your brothers that they may be sold back to us This means that they are selling their family members, both men and women, as slaves to their fellow Jews. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Now you are selling your own people to be slaves of your fellow Jews, so that they might later sell them back to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 kn82 figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ 1 who had been sold to the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who people had sold as slaves to the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 9 lm7c ו⁠יאמר 1 Also I said The pronoun “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 5 9 ecd1 הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים 1 What you are doing “You” here refers to the Jewish nobles.
NEH 5 9 ecd1 הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים 1 What you are doing “You” here refers to the Jewish nobles.
NEH 5 9 kr1t figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֞וֹא בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ מֵ⁠חֶרְפַּ֖ת הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Should you not walk in the fear of our God to prevent the taunts of the nations that are our enemies? This is a rhetorical question that Nehemiah is using to scold the nobles. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should walk in the fear of our God to prevent the taunts of the nations that are our enemies.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 5 9 v6ux figs-idiom הֲ⁠ל֞וֹא בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ 1 walk in the fear of our God This is and idiom. Here “walk” refers to a persons behavior and the way he lives. Alternate translation: “live your life in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 9 s7qt figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠חֶרְפַּ֖ת הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 the taunts of the nations that are our enemies The word “taunt” means “slander” or “mockery” and it can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “the nations who are our enemies from taunting us” or “the enemy nations from mocking us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 10 xbp5 נֹשִׁ֥ים 1 lending borrowing or giving something to someone expecting repayment
NEH 5 10 j3dq אֶת־ הַ⁠מַּשָּׁ֥א הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 loans This is any money, food, or property that one person could let another person borrow in order to repay debts. The borrower would then be indebted to the lender.
NEH 5 10 j3dq אֶת־הַ⁠מַּשָּׁ֥א הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 loans This is any money, food, or property that one person could let another person borrow in order to repay debts. The borrower would then be indebted to the lender.
NEH 5 11 vkz7 וּ⁠מְאַ֨ת 1 percentage A part of the value of the loan that the borrower was charged in interest.
NEH 5 11 dim5 אַתֶּ֖ם נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּ⁠הֶֽם 1 you exacted from them “you charged them” or “you made them pay”
NEH 5 12 e9y2 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 Then they said Here “they” refers to the Jewish leaders.
@ -286,38 +286,38 @@ NEH 5 12 q7t5 נָשִׁ֗יב וּ⁠מֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 We will return what we
NEH 5 12 i1gi וָֽ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֔⁠ם 1 made them swear Here the word “them” refers to the Jewish leaders.
NEH 5 12 e2yv וָ⁠אֶקְרָא֙ 1 Then I called “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 5 13 neg1 translate-symaction חָצְנִ֣⁠י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 I shook out the fold of my robe “I shook out the pockets of my robe.” Many times in the Old Testament, oaths were physically demonstrated as a witness to what was promised. Nehemiah is demonstrating to the Jewish leaders what will happen if they break the promise they had made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 5 13 f5p4 figs-metaphor כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־ כָּל־ הָ⁠אִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־ יָקִ֜ים אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה מִ⁠בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק 1 So may God shake out of his house…So may he be shaken out and emptied Here Nehemiah speaks of God taking away all of a mans possessions as if God were shaking him out of his home and possessions like Nehemiah shook out his robe. Alternate translation: “So may God take away from every man who does not keep his promise all of his possessions and his home like I have taken everything out of the fold of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 14 zur1 מִ⁠יּ֣וֹם׀ אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗⁠י 1 from the time I was appointed Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 5 13 f5p4 figs-metaphor כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה מִ⁠בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק 1 So may God shake out of his house…So may he be shaken out and emptied Here Nehemiah speaks of God taking away all of a mans possessions as if God were shaking him out of his home and possessions like Nehemiah shook out his robe. Alternate translation: “So may God take away from every man who does not keep his promise all of his possessions and his home like I have taken everything out of the fold of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 14 zur1 מִ⁠יּ֣וֹם׀ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗⁠י 1 from the time I was appointed Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 5 14 ri8l translate-ordinal מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים וְ֠⁠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠שְׁתַּ֨יִם֙ 1 from the twentieth year until the thirty-second year “from the 20th year until the 32 year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 5 14 i31d לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 of Artaxerxes the king “that Artaxerxes was king”
NEH 5 14 ga6u translate-numbers שָׁנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֑ה 1 twelve years “12 years” or “during those 12 years.” Nehemiah is restating the number of years to emphasize that he did this continually for the full time he was governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 5 14 nqt2 לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פֶּ֖חָה 1 the food provided for the governor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ate the food that the people provided for the governor”
NEH 5 15 uu9k וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּחוֹת֩ הָ⁠רִאשֹׁנִ֨ים 1 former governors “previous governors” or “governors from the past.” Nehemiah was not the first governor of Judah.
NEH 5 15 w4zk translate-numbers כֶּֽסֶף־ שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 forty shekels “40 shekels” or “40 silver coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NEH 5 15 egg7 וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹא־ עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 But I did not do so because of the fear of God “But because my fear of God I did not take the food” or “But I did not take the food because I feared God”
NEH 5 15 w4zk translate-numbers כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 forty shekels “40 shekels” or “40 silver coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NEH 5 15 egg7 וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹא־עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 But I did not do so because of the fear of God “But because my fear of God I did not take the food” or “But I did not take the food because I feared God”
NEH 5 16 gx42 הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי 1 I also continued “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 5 16 lm7t קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 we bought The word “we” refers to Nehemiah and his servants.
NEH 5 16 xpb3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־ נְעָרַ֔⁠י קְבוּצִ֥ים 1 all my servants were gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I gathered all of my servants there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 16 m3s9 עַל־ הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 for the work “to work on the wall”
NEH 5 16 xpb3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־נְעָרַ֔⁠י קְבוּצִ֥ים 1 all my servants were gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I gathered all of my servants there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 16 m3s9 עַל־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 for the work “to work on the wall”
NEH 5 17 a1g4 translate-numbers מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ 1 150 men “one hundred and fifty men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 5 17 q9x7 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֨ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ מִן־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־ סְבִיבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ עַל־ שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 At my table were the Jews…from among the nations who were around us Nehemiah was responsible for providing food for all of these people. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Also, every day I was responsible to feed at our table the Jews and the officials, 150 people; and we also fed the visitors who came from other countries around us (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 17 w7i4 עַל־ שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 my table This refers to the governors table. It was a communal table for the community and for discussion of issues.
NEH 5 17 q9x7 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֨ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ מִן־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־סְבִיבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 At my table were the Jews…from among the nations who were around us Nehemiah was responsible for providing food for all of these people. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Also, every day I was responsible to feed at our table the Jews and the officials, 150 people; and we also fed the visitors who came from other countries around us (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 17 w7i4 עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 my table This refers to the governors table. It was a communal table for the community and for discussion of issues.
NEH 5 17 j2af וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים 1 officials government leaders
NEH 5 18 fa32 figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד שׁ֣וֹר אֶחָ֞ד 1 Now what was prepared each day was This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Each day I told my servants to prepare” or “Each day I told my servants to serve us the meat from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 18 gqe2 יַ֖יִן לְ⁠הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 wine in abundance “enough wine for everyone”
NEH 5 18 sp6n וְ⁠עִם־ זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַ⁠פֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 yet for all this I did not demand the food allowance of the governor “yet I never asked for the governors food allowance”
NEH 5 18 sp6n וְ⁠עִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַ⁠פֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 yet for all this I did not demand the food allowance of the governor “yet I never asked for the governors food allowance”
NEH 5 19 mil3 figs-idiom לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 for good This idiom is a request for God to reward him with good things because of the good that he has done for the people. Alternate translation: “and reward me” or “cause good to happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.<br>
NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠⁠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־ הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־ הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי 1 I had rebuilt the wall…I had not yet Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall and did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “we had rebuilt the wall…we had not yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי 1 I had rebuilt the wall…I had not yet Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall and did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “we had rebuilt the wall…we had not yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 1 ap2q figs-ellipsis פָּ֑רֶץ 1 any sections This refers to sections of the wall. Alternate translation: “any sections of the wall” or “any gaps in the city wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 6 2 n5nu figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח…אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 sent to me This means that they sent a messenger with a message. Alternate translation: “sent a messenger to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 6 2 rbv9 translate-names אוֹנ֑וֹ 1 Ono This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 3 d84v figs-synecdoche מְלָאכָ֤ה גְדוֹלָה֙ אֲנִ֣י עֹשֶׂ֔ה 1 I am doing a great work Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall. He did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “We are doing a great work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 3 ee8i figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה תִשְׁבַּ֤ת הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַרְפֶּ֔⁠הָ וְ⁠יָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Why should the work stop while I leave it and come down to you? This rhetorical question is used to challenge Sanballats request. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I cannot let the work stop and come down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 6 3 t9gf וְ⁠יָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 down to you The word “down” is used here because the plain of Ono where they were requesting Nehemiah to come is at a lower elevation than Jerusalem.
NEH 6 5 r8xc translate-ordinal וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨⁠י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־ נַעֲר֑⁠וֹ 1 Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way the fifth time Identifying this message separately means it is distinct in some way from the previous four messages and, therefore, should be noted. Alternate translation: “ Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way yet again” or “Sanballat sent his servant to me to deliver a fifth message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 6 5 r8xc translate-ordinal וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨⁠י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־נַעֲר֑⁠וֹ 1 Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way the fifth time Identifying this message separately means it is distinct in some way from the previous four messages and, therefore, should be noted. Alternate translation: “ Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way yet again” or “Sanballat sent his servant to me to deliver a fifth message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 6 5 s6ag וְ⁠אִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה 1 an open letter The letter was an unsealed diplomatic communication. This was an insult to the recipient because the courier was free to read it and spread its contents among the people of the region.
NEH 6 5 rx5j figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 in his hand This means he had the letter in his possession, but he did not necessarily carry it in his hand at all times. Alternate translation: “in his possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 6 6 wy84 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֤ם נִשְׁמָע֙ 1 It is reported among the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The rumor in the region is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -328,11 +328,11 @@ NEH 6 8 ei6j וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֤⁠ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔
NEH 6 8 ab7x לֹ֤א נִֽהְיָה֙ כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר 1 No such things have occurred as you say “None of the things you have written have occurred”
NEH 6 8 ds1y figs-metonymy כִּ֥י מִֽ⁠לִּבְּ⁠ךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽא⁠ם 1 for within your heart you invented them Here the “heart” refers to the “mind,” that is, to ones desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: “for within your mind you invented them” or “for you have made this up in your own imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 6 9 p45k כִּ֣י כֻלָּ֗⁠ם מְיָֽרְאִ֤ים אוֹתָ֨⁠נוּ֙ 1 For they all wanted to make us afraid Here “they” refers to Nehemiahs enemies, Sanballat, Tobiah, Geshem, and their followers. The word “us” refers to the Jews.
NEH 6 9 b5ij figs-explicit יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־ הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 They will drop their hands from doing the work This is a descriptive phrase that means that they are stopping their work on the wall. Alternate translation: “The workers on the wall will stop doing the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 9 j1dj figs-synecdoche חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־ יָדָֽ⁠י 1 strengthen my hands Here Nehemiah requests for God to strengthen him by asking him to strengthen his “hands.” Alternate translation: “strengthen me” or “give me courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 9 b5ij figs-explicit יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 They will drop their hands from doing the work This is a descriptive phrase that means that they are stopping their work on the wall. Alternate translation: “The workers on the wall will stop doing the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 9 j1dj figs-synecdoche חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠י 1 strengthen my hands Here Nehemiah requests for God to strengthen him by asking him to strengthen his “hands.” Alternate translation: “strengthen me” or “give me courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 10 ybj6 translate-names שְֽׁמַֽעְיָ֧ה…דְּלָיָ֛ה…מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵ֖ל 1 Shemaiah…Delaiah…Mehetabel These are mens names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 10 k8xd figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר 1 who was confined in his home The writer does not give the reason for him being confined, so it is best to say that he was staying at home using the most general words possible. Alternate translation: “who could not leave his house” or “whom the authorities had ordered to stay in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 6 11 syw3 figs-rquestion הַ⁠אִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֨וֹ⁠נִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח וּ⁠מִ֥י כָמ֛וֹ⁠נִי אֲשֶׁר־ יָב֥וֹא אֶל־ הַ⁠הֵיכָ֖ל וָ⁠חָ֑י 1 Would a man like me run away? Would a man like me go into the temple just so he could save his own life? Nehemiah uses these rhetorical questions to emphasize that he will not do what Shemaiah has suggested. These questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not run away. A man like me would not go into the temple just to hide to stay alive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 6 11 syw3 figs-rquestion הַ⁠אִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֨וֹ⁠נִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח וּ⁠מִ֥י כָמ֛וֹ⁠נִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠הֵיכָ֖ל וָ⁠חָ֑י 1 Would a man like me run away? Would a man like me go into the temple just so he could save his own life? Nehemiah uses these rhetorical questions to emphasize that he will not do what Shemaiah has suggested. These questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not run away. A man like me would not go into the temple just to hide to stay alive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 6 12 s2sf כִּ֤י הַ⁠נְּבוּאָה֙ דִּבֶּ֣ר עָלַ֔⁠י 1 but that he had prophesied against me “but that he had prophesied in order to oppose me”
NEH 6 13 b27k וְ⁠חָטָ֑אתִי 1 and sin Using the temple as a place to hide was sinful. It may be helpful to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and sin by misusing the temple”
NEH 6 13 ji1g figs-idiom לְ⁠שֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע 1 a bad name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “so that they could give me a bad reputation” or “so that they could give a bad report about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -359,11 +359,11 @@ NEH 7 1 wkp3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַ⁠שּׁ
NEH 7 1 lk9v הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים 1 gatekeepers people assigned to each gate, responsible to control access to the city or temple, as well as to open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the administrator
NEH 7 1 f8ks וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 singers vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion
NEH 7 2 ykr9 translate-names חֲנָ֣נִי…חֲנַנְיָ֛ה 1 Hanani…Hananiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 2 zy5q וָ⁠אֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־ חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־ חֲנַנְיָ֛ה שַׂ֥ר 1 I gave my brother Hanani charge “I gave the order for my brother Hanani to be the manager”
NEH 7 2 zy5q וָ⁠אֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־חֲנַנְיָ֛ה שַׂ֥ר 1 I gave my brother Hanani charge “I gave the order for my brother Hanani to be the manager”
NEH 7 2 iqf3 שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠בִּירָ֖ה 1 who had oversight of the fortress “who was in charge of the fortress”
NEH 7 2 dx6d וְ⁠יָרֵ֥א אֶת־ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵ⁠רַבִּֽים 1 feared God more than many “feared God more than many other people”
NEH 7 2 dx6d וְ⁠יָרֵ֥א אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵ⁠רַבִּֽים 1 feared God more than many “feared God more than many other people”
NEH 7 3 y2jk ו⁠יאמר לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 I said to them The word “them” refers to Hanani and Hananiah.
NEH 7 3 n55g לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עַד־ חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 Do not open the gates of Jerusalem until the sun is hot. While the gatekeepers are on guard, you may shut the doors and bar them Possible meanings are 1) these actions were done by Hanani and Hananiah or 2) these actions were done by Hanani and Hananiah with the help of the gatekeepers or 3) the gatekeepers did these actions under the direction of Hanani and Hananiah.
NEH 7 3 n55g לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עַד־חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 Do not open the gates of Jerusalem until the sun is hot. While the gatekeepers are on guard, you may shut the doors and bar them Possible meanings are 1) these actions were done by Hanani and Hananiah or 2) these actions were done by Hanani and Hananiah with the help of the gatekeepers or 3) the gatekeepers did these actions under the direction of Hanani and Hananiah.
NEH 7 3 w3hi חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 the sun is hot “the sun is high in the sky”
NEH 7 3 b2es וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 While the gatekeepers are on guard, you may shut the doors and bar them “Shut the doors and bar them while the gatekeepers are still on guard”
NEH 7 3 mir9 מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ 1 gatekeepers See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md)
@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ NEH 7 3 ed9m יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑ז
NEH 7 3 he4e וְ⁠הַעֲמֵ֗יד מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ יֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 Appoint guards from those who live in Jerusalem “Assign guards from those people who live in Jerusalem”
NEH 7 3 wf26 בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָר֔⁠וֹ 1 guard station “guard post” or “guard duty place”
NEH 7 4 y6y8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥ין בָּתִּ֖ים בְּנוּיִֽם 1 no houses had yet been rebuilt This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people had not yet rebuilt the houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 5 wjd3 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־ לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 put into my heart Here Nehemiahs “heart” refers to his thoughts and will. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “inspired me” or “led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 7 5 wjd3 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 put into my heart Here Nehemiahs “heart” refers to his thoughts and will. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “inspired me” or “led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 7 5 pzu6 לְ⁠הִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ 1 to enroll them “to list and register them”
NEH 7 5 avw2 סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠יַּ֨חַשׂ֙ 1 the book of the genealogy This was a book that no longer exists.
NEH 7 5 bz2p figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֶמְצָ֖א כָּת֥וּב בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 found the following written in it This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “found that someone had written the following in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -400,21 +400,21 @@ NEH 7 19 lhq4 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing
NEH 7 19 iy74 translate-names בִגְוָ֔ 1 Bigvai This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 20 d5wk translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 21 mxg1 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר 1 Ater This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 21 l797 figs-ellipsis בְּנֵֽי־ אָטֵ֥ר לְ⁠חִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 The descendants of Ater, of Hezekiah The writer has shortened this sentence. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ater, who is a descendant of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 7 21 l797 figs-ellipsis בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְ⁠חִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 The descendants of Ater, of Hezekiah The writer has shortened this sentence. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ater, who is a descendant of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 7 22 r3ee translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 23 yyf7 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 7 23 v6eh translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 24 j9rb translate-names חָרִ֔יף 1 Hariph This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 25 sj6p translate-names גִבְע֖וֹן 1 Gibeon This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 26 sde6 translate-names בֵֽית־ לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּ⁠נְטֹפָ֔ה 1 Bethlehem and Netophah These are the names of places in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 26 sde6 translate-names בֵֽית־לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּ⁠נְטֹפָ֔ה 1 Bethlehem and Netophah These are the names of places in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 27 xmr1 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 7 27 v2tb translate-names עֲנָת֔וֹת 1 Anathoth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 28 b1sd translate-names בֵית־ עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Beth Azmaveth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 28 b1sd translate-names בֵית־עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Beth Azmaveth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 29 y9ek translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת יְעָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kiriath Jearim, Kephirah, and Beeroth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 30 ncc2 translate-names הָֽ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע 1 Ramah and Geba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 31 i39d translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 7 31 ty2q translate-names מִכְמָ֔ס 1 Michmas This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 32 b4qw translate-names בֵֽית־ אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י 1 Bethel and Ai This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 32 b4qw translate-names בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י 1 Bethel and Ai This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 33 dbu1 translate-names נְב֛וֹ 1 Nebo This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 34 d1vy translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 35 wz53 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -463,12 +463,12 @@ NEH 7 63 i59a translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְז
NEH 7 64 m2qd אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים 1 These sought their records among those enrolled by their genealogy “They sought their written genealogical records” or “They searched their written genealogical records”
NEH 7 64 n9vy אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ 1 These sought “These” refers to the descendants of Hobaiah, Hakkoz and Barzillai ([Nehemiah 7:63](../07/63.md)).
NEH 7 64 bl4n figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑א 1 but they could not be found This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but they could not find their records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 64 iyy1 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־ הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as unclean This can be translated in active form. The abstract noun “priesthood” can be translated as the verb “work as priests.” Alternate translation: “the governor treated them as if they were unclean and did not allow them to work as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 7 64 iyy1 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as unclean This can be translated in active form. The abstract noun “priesthood” can be translated as the verb “work as priests.” Alternate translation: “the governor treated them as if they were unclean and did not allow them to work as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 7 65 qnn2 figs-activepassive עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וְ⁠תוּמִּֽים 1 until there rose up a priest with Urim and Thummim This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until a priest with Urim and Thummim approved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 65 cij9 translate-unknown לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וְ⁠תוּמִּֽים 1 Urim and Thummim These were sacred stones that the high priest carried on his breastplate and used at times to determine Gods will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 7 66 t4xj translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 7 66 j9fe כָּל־ הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד 1 The whole assembly together “The whole group together”
NEH 7 66 av51 אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־ מֵא֥וֹת וְ⁠שִׁשִּֽׁים 1 was 42,360 “was 42,360 people”
NEH 7 66 j9fe כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד 1 The whole assembly together “The whole group together”
NEH 7 66 av51 אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת וְ⁠שִׁשִּֽׁים 1 was 42,360 “was 42,360 people”
NEH 7 67 se3x מִ֠⁠לְּ⁠בַד עַבְדֵי⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠אַמְהֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 singing men and women “male singers and female singers”
NEH 7 69 d72q translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑הס…שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 435…6,720 “four hundred and thirty-five…six thousand seven hundred and twenty.” These are numbers of animals brought back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 7 70 e1e9 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת 1 the heads of ancestors families “the chief patriarchs” or “the leaders of the clans”
@ -483,33 +483,33 @@ NEH 7 72 zg2v translate-numbers מָנִ֣ים אַלְפָּ֑יִם 1 two thou
NEH 7 72 g529 translate-numbers וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּֽהֲנִ֖ים שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה 1 sixty-seven priestly garments “67 priestly garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 7 73 e7np וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ 1 gatekeepers See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
NEH 7 73 a2ub וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים 1 singers See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
NEH 7 73 jaj3 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִן־ הָ⁠עָ֧ם 1 some of the people The implied information is that this refers to some of the Israelites who were not priests or other temple workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 7 73 znc4 וְ⁠כָל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 all Israel Possible meanings are: 1) all the groups of Israelites that are listed in this verse or 2) the rest of the Israelites who did not work in the temple.
NEH 7 73 jaj3 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֧ם 1 some of the people The implied information is that this refers to some of the Israelites who were not priests or other temple workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 7 73 znc4 וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 all Israel Possible meanings are: 1) all the groups of Israelites that are listed in this verse or 2) the rest of the Israelites who did not work in the temple.
NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month “month 7.” This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 7 73 gdj2 בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 were settled in their cities “lived in their own cities”
NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.<br>
NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 All the people gathered as one man The word “all” is a generalization that indicates the people as a whole came together. Alternate translation: “The people gathered all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 1 f6t8 שַֽׁעַר־ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Water Gate This was the name of a large opening or doorway in the wall.
NEH 8 1 fdh4 אֶת־ סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 the book of the law of Moses This would have been all or part of the first five books of the Old Testament.
NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 All the people gathered as one man The word “all” is a generalization that indicates the people as a whole came together. Alternate translation: “The people gathered all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 1 f6t8 שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Water Gate This was the name of a large opening or doorway in the wall.
NEH 8 1 fdh4 אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 the book of the law of Moses This would have been all or part of the first five books of the Old Testament.
NEH 8 2 id7q translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 On the first day of the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day of the seventh month is near the middle of September on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 8 2 e89a וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־ הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֞ה 1 brought the law “brought The Book of the Law”
NEH 8 2 e89a וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֞ה 1 brought the law “brought The Book of the Law”
NEH 8 2 j8yl וְ⁠כֹ֖ל מֵבִ֣ין לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֑עַ 1 all who could hear and understand This would include children who were old enough to understand what was being read.
NEH 8 3 iv9y לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י הָ⁠רְח֜וֹב 1 He faced the open area “He turned towards the open area”
NEH 8 3 pkz7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָא 1 he read from it Here “it” refers to the Book of the law of Moses.
NEH 8 4 lk8k translate-names מַתִּתְיָ֡ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֡מַע וַ֠⁠עֲנָיָה וְ⁠אוּרִיָּ֧ה וְ⁠חִלְקִיָּ֛ה וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֖ה…פְּ֠דָיָה וּ⁠מִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל וּ⁠מַלְכִּיָּ֛ה וְ⁠חָשֻׁ֥ם וְ⁠חַשְׁבַּדָּ֖נָה זְכַרְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Mattithiah, Shema, Anaiah, Uriah, Hilkiah, and Maaseiah…Pedaiah, Mishael, Malkijah, Hashum, Hashbaddanah, Zechariah, and Meshullam These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 5 t5lf figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠סֵּ֨פֶר֙ לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Ezra opened the book in the sight of all the people The abstract noun “sight” can be expressed with the verb “see.” Alternate translation: “Everyone saw Ezra open the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 5 t5lf figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠סֵּ֨פֶר֙ לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Ezra opened the book in the sight of all the people The abstract noun “sight” can be expressed with the verb “see.” Alternate translation: “Everyone saw Ezra open the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 5 wqg8 הַ⁠סֵּ֨פֶר֙ 1 the book “The Book of the Law”
NEH 8 5 ln1z מֵ⁠עַ֥ל כָּל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הָיָ֑ה 1 he was standing above the people “he was standing higher than the people”
NEH 8 5 yv2u figs-explicit וּ⁠כְ⁠פִתְח֖⁠וֹ עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־ הָ⁠עָֽם 1 when he opened it all the people stood up The people stood up out of respect for Gods word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 6 x9v8 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־ יְהוָ֥ה 1 Ezra gave thanks to Yahweh The abstract noun “thanks” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Ezra thanked Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 5 ln1z מֵ⁠עַ֥ל כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם הָיָ֑ה 1 he was standing above the people “he was standing higher than the people”
NEH 8 5 yv2u figs-explicit וּ⁠כְ⁠פִתְח֖⁠וֹ עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 when he opened it all the people stood up The people stood up out of respect for Gods word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 6 x9v8 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה 1 Ezra gave thanks to Yahweh The abstract noun “thanks” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Ezra thanked Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 8 s5er וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ בַ⁠סֵּ֛פֶר 1 They read in the book The word “They” here refers to the Levites.
NEH 8 8 vsq9 figs-abstractnouns מְפֹרָ֑שׁ וְ⁠שׂ֣וֹם שֶׂ֔כֶל וַ⁠יָּבִ֖ינוּ בַּ⁠מִּקְרָֽא 1 making it clear with interpretation and giving the meaning The abstract nouns “interpretation” and “meaning” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “clearly interpreting and explaining it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 9 wky3 figs-hyperbole כִּ֤י בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 For all the people wept This is a generalization that indicates there was great weeping among the people. Alternate translation: “For the people wept greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 9 wky3 figs-hyperbole כִּ֤י בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 For all the people wept This is a generalization that indicates there was great weeping among the people. Alternate translation: “For the people wept greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 10 smq2 figs-explicit אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 eat the fat and have something sweet to drink The implied information is that the people were told to feast on rich food and sweet drinks. Alternate translation: “eat rich food and drink something sweet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 10 ach1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ 1 Do not be grieved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 8 10 sni7 figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־ חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 for the joy of Yahweh is your strength The abstract nouns “joy” and “strength” can be expressed as verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “rejoicing in Yahweh will protect you” or “being joyful in Yahweh will be your strong refuge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 10 ach1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אַל־תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ 1 Do not be grieved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 8 10 sni7 figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 for the joy of Yahweh is your strength The abstract nouns “joy” and “strength” can be expressed as verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “rejoicing in Yahweh will protect you” or “being joyful in Yahweh will be your strong refuge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 11 sxx6 הַ֔סּוּ 1 Hush! “Be quiet!” or “Be silent!”
NEH 8 11 fjz6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 Do not be grieved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 8 11 fjz6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 Do not be grieved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 8 12 z1gc figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 celebrate with great joy The abstract noun “joy” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 12 xsf5 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 the words that were made known to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that he declared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 8 13 uj5j translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֡י 1 On the second day “On day 2” or “On the next day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -524,46 +524,46 @@ NEH 8 16 dl2y וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ֩ לָ⁠הֶ֨ם סֻכּ֜וֹת 1 ma
NEH 8 16 krx4 שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם…שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 Water Gate…Gate of Ephraim These are names of large openings or doorways in the wall.
NEH 8 16 b74m וּ⁠בִ⁠רְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 in the square at the Gate of Ephraim “in the open place by the Gate of Ephraim”
NEH 8 17 n31n מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ 1 For since the days of Joshua “From the days of Joshua”
NEH 8 17 e32u translate-names בִּן־ נ֥וּן 1 son of Nun “Nun” here is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 17 e32u translate-names בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 son of Nun “Nun” here is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 17 wyd6 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שִׂמְחָ֖ה גְּדוֹלָ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 their joy was very great The abstract noun “joy” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the people were very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 18 g9rl figs-idiom י֣וֹם׀ בְּ⁠י֔וֹם 1 day by day This idiom means “each day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 18 j9aj figs-explicit מִן־ הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הָ⁠אַחֲר֑וֹן 1 from the first day to the last The implied information is that it was during the entire week of the festival. Alternate translation: “from the first day to the last day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 18 c1cp וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ חָג֙ 1 They kept the festival “They made a feast” or “They celebrated the festival”
NEH 8 18 j9aj figs-explicit מִן־הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הָ⁠אַחֲר֑וֹן 1 from the first day to the last The implied information is that it was during the entire week of the festival. Alternate translation: “from the first day to the last day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 18 c1cp וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ 1 They kept the festival “They made a feast” or “They celebrated the festival”
NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 on the eighth day “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 8 18 sfx4 עֲצֶ֖רֶת 1 solemn assembly This was a special religious gathering.
NEH 8 18 cey3 figs-explicit כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 in obedience to the decree The implied information is that “the decree” was the command of Yahweh about how the Festival of Shelters was to end. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestors mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of Gods power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 the twenty-fourth day of the same month “the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month” This is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 9 1 lm7m נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 the people of Israel were assembled “the people of Israel came together”
NEH 9 1 lm7m נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 the people of Israel were assembled “the people of Israel came together”
NEH 9 1 irv4 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠שַׂקִּ֔ים וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 they were wearing sackcloth, and they put dust on their heads This was in order to show how sorry they were for the wrong things they and their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 2 xbs1 זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The descendants of Israel “The Israelites”
NEH 9 2 qx58 וַ⁠יִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙…מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 separated themselves from all the foreigners “no longer had anything to do with those who were not Israelites”
NEH 9 2 vhc6 וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ וַ⁠יִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־ חַטֹּ֣אתֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 They stood and confessed their own sins and the evil actions of their ancestors “They admitted the wrong things that they had done and also the wrong things their forefathers had done”
NEH 9 2 vhc6 וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ וַ⁠יִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 They stood and confessed their own sins and the evil actions of their ancestors “They admitted the wrong things that they had done and also the wrong things their forefathers had done”
NEH 9 3 q5p1 וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ 1 They stood up All the Israelites stood up
NEH 9 3 je9t מִתְוַדִּ֣ים 1 they were confessing “they were admitting the wrong things they had done”
NEH 9 3 qe6e וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֔ים 1 bowing down before “worshiping” or “praising”
NEH 9 4 bc94 וַ⁠יָּ֜קָם עַֽל־ מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּ⁠בָנִ֜י 1 The Levites, Jeshua, Bani…stood on the stairs Some versions translate, “Jeshua, Bani…stood on the stairs built for the Levites”
NEH 9 4 bc94 וַ⁠יָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּ⁠בָנִ֜י 1 The Levites, Jeshua, Bani…stood on the stairs Some versions translate, “Jeshua, Bani…stood on the stairs built for the Levites”
NEH 9 4 zl5j translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּ⁠בָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי 1 Jeshua, Bani, Kadmiel, Shebaniah, Bunni, Sherebiah, Bani, and Kenani mens names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 5 j96x וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֡ם…ק֗וּמוּ 1 Then the Levites…said, “Stand up…ever.” Here the Levites are speaking to the people of Israel.
NEH 9 5 u4pu בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־ יְהוָ֣ה 1 give praise to Yahweh “bless Yahweh”
NEH 9 5 u4pu בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה 1 give praise to Yahweh “bless Yahweh”
NEH 9 5 yk5b translate-names יֵשׁ֣וּעַ וְ֠⁠קַדְמִיאֵל בָּנִ֨י…שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה…שְׁבַנְיָ֣ה 1 Jeshua…Kadmiel…Bani…Sherebiah…Shebaniah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 9:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 5 m3eu translate-names חֲשַׁבְנְיָ֜ה שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה הֽוֹדִיָּה֙…פְתַֽחְיָ֔ה 1 Hashabneiah…Hodiah…Pethahiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 5 tve4 וִ⁠יבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 May they bless your glorious name the Levites are speaking to Yahweh. “May the people of Judah bless your glorious name, Yahweh”
NEH 9 6 k5l3 figs-metaphor שְׁמֵ֨י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם וְ⁠כָל־ צְבָאָ֗⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ הַ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־ כֻּלָּ֑⁠ם וּ⁠צְבָ֥א הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לְ⁠ךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים 1 the highest heavens, with all their host…the host of heaven worship you A host is an army. The “host of heaven” speaks in a metaphor of the many stars as if they were an army. The stars in turn are a metaphor for the many angels. The stars worshiping Yahweh is a metaphor for the angels worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 6 k5l3 figs-metaphor שְׁמֵ֨י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם וְ⁠כָל־צְבָאָ֗⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ הַ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־כֻּלָּ֑⁠ם וּ⁠צְבָ֥א הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לְ⁠ךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים 1 the highest heavens, with all their host…the host of heaven worship you A host is an army. The “host of heaven” speaks in a metaphor of the many stars as if they were an army. The stars in turn are a metaphor for the many angels. The stars worshiping Yahweh is a metaphor for the angels worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 7 id6f 0 Connecting Statement: The Levites continue their prayer before all the people.
NEH 9 7 us45 מֵ⁠א֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים 1 Ur of the Chaldees “Ur, where the Chaldean people group lived”
NEH 9 8 ej7e figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־ לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 You found his heart was faithful before you The heart, the inner being of the person, represents the person. Alternate translation: “You saw that he was completely faithful to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 8 ej7e figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 You found his heart was faithful before you The heart, the inner being of the person, represents the person. Alternate translation: “You saw that he was completely faithful to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 8 vbx8 translate-names הַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֧י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֛י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֥י וְ⁠הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י 1 Canaanites…Hittites…Amorites…Perizzites…Jebusites…Girgashites people group names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 9 p3f4 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 9 vp1y וַ⁠תֵּ֛רֶא 1 You saw Yahweh saw
NEH 9 9 j256 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־ זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 you heard their cry The implied information is that God was moved to action because of the Israelites cries for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 9 j256 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 you heard their cry The implied information is that God was moved to action because of the Israelites cries for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 10 ge61 figs-explicit וַ֠⁠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּ⁠מֹֽפְתִ֜ים בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֤ה 1 signs and wonders against Pharaoh The plagues tested Pharaohs heart, and they became a witness against his hardness of heart. Alternate translation: “signs and wonders that testified against Pharaoh” or “signs and wonders that condemned Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 10 i7c3 וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔⁠וֹ 1 all the people of his land “all the Egyptians”
NEH 9 10 i7c3 וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔⁠וֹ 1 all the people of his land “all the Egyptians”
NEH 9 10 s54a הֵזִ֖ידוּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 acted with arrogance against them “were arrogant toward the Israelites” or “mistreated Gods chosen people”
NEH 9 10 m6zr figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּֽעַשׂ־ לְ⁠ךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 you made a name for yourself which stands to this day Here “name” represents a reputation. Alternate translation: “you made yourself famous and even now people still remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 10 m6zr figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּֽעַשׂ־לְ⁠ךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 you made a name for yourself which stands to this day Here “name” represents a reputation. Alternate translation: “you made yourself famous and even now people still remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 11 n7jm 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 11 d1kp וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּם֙ בָּקַ֣עְתָּ 1 you divided the sea God divided
NEH 9 11 l5ar figs-simile הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֛ת כְּמוֹ־ אֶ֖בֶן בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים 1 you…threw those who pursued them into the depths, as a stone into deep waters In this simile, the writer describes God throwing the Egyptians into the sea as easily as a person would throw a stone into water, and the stone would disappear under the water completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NEH 9 11 l5ar figs-simile הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֛ת כְּמוֹ־אֶ֖בֶן בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים 1 you…threw those who pursued them into the depths, as a stone into deep waters In this simile, the writer describes God throwing the Egyptians into the sea as easily as a person would throw a stone into water, and the stone would disappear under the water completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NEH 9 12 n4i2 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 12 m7vx הִנְחִיתָ֖⁠ם 1 You led them Yahweh led the Israelites.
NEH 9 13 z2ds figs-idiom יָרַ֔דְתָּ 1 you came down When God talks with his people, he is often described as “coming down” or “coming down from heaven.” This is a descriptive way of saying that God appeared to that person. Alternate translation: “you appeared” or “you came down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -572,20 +572,20 @@ NEH 9 14 w3q6 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to
NEH 9 14 h9f4 figs-doublet וּ⁠מִצְו֤וֹת וְ⁠חֻקִּים֙ וְ⁠תוֹרָ֔ה 1 commandments…statutes…law Each of these three words refers to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 16 g6tt 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 16 m753 וְ⁠הֵ֥ם וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 they and our ancestors the Israelites at the time of Moses and the people of Israel after the time of Moses
NEH 9 16 t1he figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־ עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 they were stiff-necked This is an idiom that means that they were stubborn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 17 v9ib figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־ עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 were stiff-necked This is an idiom that means that they were stubborn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 16 t1he figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 they were stiff-necked This is an idiom that means that they were stubborn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 17 v9ib figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 were stiff-necked This is an idiom that means that they were stubborn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 17 f1m1 נִפְלְאֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֣יתָ עִמָּ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 the wonders that you had done among them “the miracles that you had done among them”
NEH 9 17 gd2b figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתְּנוּ־ רֹ֛אשׁ לָ⁠שׁ֥וּב לְ⁠עַבְדֻתָ֖⁠ם 1 they appointed a leader to return to their slavery The Israelites would know that this referred to their ancestors wanting to return to Egypt. Alternate translation: “they appointed a leader to take them back to Egypt where they had been slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 17 gd2b figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתְּנוּ־רֹ֛אשׁ לָ⁠שׁ֥וּב לְ⁠עַבְדֻתָ֖⁠ם 1 they appointed a leader to return to their slavery The Israelites would know that this referred to their ancestors wanting to return to Egypt. Alternate translation: “they appointed a leader to take them back to Egypt where they had been slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 17 p6nm figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַתָּה֩ אֱל֨וֹהַּ סְלִיח֜וֹת 1 who is full of forgiveness The desire to forgive is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could fill a container. Alternate translation: “who is ready to forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 17 c986 figs-metaphor וְ⁠רַב־ ו⁠חסד 1 abounding in steadfast love Love is spoken of as if it were a food crop that Yahweh could share with people. Alternate translation: “loves his people very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 17 c986 figs-metaphor וְ⁠רַב־ו⁠חסד 1 abounding in steadfast love Love is spoken of as if it were a food crop that Yahweh could share with people. Alternate translation: “loves his people very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 18 hw32 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 18 ind6 עָשׂ֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֔ה 1 cast a calf out of molten metal melted metal and molded it in the shape of a calf
NEH 9 19 eqh4 וְ⁠אַתָּה֙…הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֔ים לֹ֥א 1 you…did not abandon them Yahweh did not abandon the Israelites.
NEH 9 19 x6bf אֶת־ עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠⁠עָנָן…וְ⁠אֶת־ עַמּ֨וּד הָ⁠אֵ֤שׁ 1 The pillar of cloud…the pillar of fire See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 9:12](../09/12.md).
NEH 9 19 x6bf אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠⁠עָנָן…וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֨וּד הָ⁠אֵ֤שׁ 1 The pillar of cloud…the pillar of fire See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 9:12](../09/12.md).
NEH 9 20 buh1 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 20 e7m4 וְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֨ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֔ה…וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙…וּ⁠מַ֛יִם 1 Your good Spirit…your manna…water The writer changes the usual word order to emphasize the good things Yahweh gave his people. Your language may have another way of emphasizing these items.
NEH 9 20 ncd6 לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּילָ֑⁠ם 1 instruct teach
NEH 9 20 gyd6 figs-litotes וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹא־ מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 your manna you did not withhold from their mouths This litotes can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “you generously gave them manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
NEH 9 20 gyd6 figs-litotes וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 your manna you did not withhold from their mouths This litotes can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “you generously gave them manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
NEH 9 20 qka1 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 from their mouths The mouth is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 22 f462 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 22 xc6v וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ 1 You gave them kingdoms Yahweh gave the Israelites kingdoms.
@ -602,37 +602,37 @@ NEH 9 25 gs7a וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ 1 a productive land
NEH 9 25 ke4u בֹּר֨וֹת 1 cisterns holes in the ground where people store water
NEH 9 25 s544 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂבְּעוּ֙ 1 grew fat This might be a metaphor for “stopped thinking about Yahweh” or “became complacent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 26 t19v 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 26 q9sz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־ תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔⁠ם 1 They threw your law behind their backs The law is spoken of as if it were a worthless item that a person could throw away. Alternate translation: “They considered your law worthless and paid no attention to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 26 vbj5 וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־ תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 They threw your law The Israelites threw Yahwehs law.
NEH 9 26 q9sz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔⁠ם 1 They threw your law behind their backs The law is spoken of as if it were a worthless item that a person could throw away. Alternate translation: “They considered your law worthless and paid no attention to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 26 vbj5 וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 They threw your law The Israelites threw Yahwehs law.
NEH 9 27 v5lz figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד צָֽרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּצֵ֖רוּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 you gave them into the hand of their enemies, who made them suffer Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 27 z213 figs-metonymy תִּתֵּ֤ן לָ⁠הֶם֙ מֽוֹשִׁיעִ֔ים וְ⁠יוֹשִׁיע֖וּ⁠ם מִ⁠יַּ֥ד צָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you sent them rescuers who rescued them out of the hand of their enemies Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “you sent people to stop their enemies from harming them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 28 u77m 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 28 ds4w וּ⁠כְ⁠נ֣וֹחַ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 they had rest, they did evil again before you Here “they” refers to the Israelites and “you” to Yahweh.
NEH 9 28 puz2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּֽעַזְבֵ֞⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 you abandoned them to the hand of their enemies Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “you abandoned them and allow their enemies to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 pm9h וְ⁠לֹא־ שָׁמְע֤וּ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 did not listen to your commands If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “obey,” use it here.
NEH 9 29 una2 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁפָּטֶ֣י⁠ךָ חָֽטְאוּ־ בָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠חָיָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 your decrees which give life to anyone who obeys them Yahweh himself is spoken of as if he were the decrees themselves. Alternate translation: “you even though you give life to everyone who obeys your decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 pm9h וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁמְע֤וּ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 did not listen to your commands If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “obey,” use it here.
NEH 9 29 una2 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁפָּטֶ֣י⁠ךָ חָֽטְאוּ־בָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠חָיָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 your decrees which give life to anyone who obeys them Yahweh himself is spoken of as if he were the decrees themselves. Alternate translation: “you even though you give life to everyone who obeys your decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 k1ew figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ כָתֵף֙ סוֹרֶ֔רֶת וְ⁠עָרְפָּ֥⁠ם הִקְשׁ֖וּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמֵֽעוּ 1 They gave the stubborn shoulder-blade and stiffened their neck These are images of an ox refusing to allow its owner to put a yoke on its shoulders. Here they are a metaphor that represents the people being stubborn. Alternate translation: “They became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 30 sj6k 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 30 tqa5 figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֖ד עַמֵּ֥י הָ⁠אֲרָצֹֽת 1 you gave them into the hand of the neighboring peoples Here “hand” represents power or control. See how you translated these words in [Nehemiah 9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “you allowed the neighboring peoples to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 30 ym8i וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֔⁠ם 1 you gave Yahweh gave
NEH 9 31 cl3n לֹֽא־ עֲשִׂיתָ֥⁠ם כָּלָ֖ה 1 you did not make a complete end of them “you did not destroy them”
NEH 9 31 cl3n לֹֽא־עֲשִׂיתָ֥⁠ם כָּלָ֖ה 1 you did not make a complete end of them “you did not destroy them”
NEH 9 32 j1rz 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 32 j5fk אַל־ יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־ הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־ מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ לִ⁠מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ לְ⁠שָׂרֵ֧י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֲנֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְבִיאֵ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־ עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ מִ⁠ימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 do not let all this hardship seem little to you that has come on us…until today It is possible to divide this into two sentences. “Do not let all this hardship seem little to you. The hardship has come upon us…until today”
NEH 9 32 u6i9 figs-personification הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־ מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ 1 hardship…has come on us The phrase “come on us” speaks of bad things that happen as if they are people who cause harm. Alternate translation: “harm…we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 32 j5fk אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ לִ⁠מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ לְ⁠שָׂרֵ֧י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֲנֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְבִיאֵ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ מִ⁠ימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 do not let all this hardship seem little to you that has come on us…until today It is possible to divide this into two sentences. “Do not let all this hardship seem little to you. The hardship has come upon us…until today”
NEH 9 32 u6i9 figs-personification הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ 1 hardship…has come on us The phrase “come on us” speaks of bad things that happen as if they are people who cause harm. Alternate translation: “harm…we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 33 pl1f figs-personification הַ⁠בָּ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 everything that has come on us The phrase “come on us” speaks of bad things that happen as if they are people who cause harm. Alternate translation: “everything we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 35 af8m 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 35 nxv9 וּ⁠בְ⁠טוּבְ⁠ךָ֨ הָ⁠רָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־ נָתַ֣תָּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 while they enjoyed your great goodness to them “while they enjoyed the good things you gave them”
NEH 9 35 nxv9 וּ⁠בְ⁠טוּבְ⁠ךָ֨ הָ⁠רָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 while they enjoyed your great goodness to them “while they enjoyed the good things you gave them”
NEH 9 35 ibf9 לֹ֣א עֲבָד֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 they did not serve you “they were not obedient to your law or teaching”
NEH 9 36 q7xj 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 36 qh7f וְ⁠אֶת־ טוּבָ֔⁠הּ 1 its good gifts “all the good things in it” or “all the good things we can get from it”
NEH 9 36 qh7f וְ⁠אֶת־טוּבָ֔⁠הּ 1 its good gifts “all the good things in it” or “all the good things we can get from it”
NEH 9 37 q3dz וּ⁠תְבוּאָתָ֣⁠הּ מַרְבָּ֗ה לַ⁠מְּלָכִ֛ים 1 The rich yield from our land goes to the kings “We pay tribute to kings for working our own land”
NEH 9 37 x15l מֹשְׁלִ֤ים 1 They rule The kings rule.
NEH 9 38 g7s3 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 38 t4ag וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ זֹ֕את 1 Because of all this because the people had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them
NEH 9 38 t4ag וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֹ֕את 1 Because of all this because the people had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them
NEH 9 38 xee9 וְ⁠עַל֙ הֶֽ⁠חָת֔וּם 1 On the sealed document are the names The reader should understand that the men wrote their names on the document before it was sealed.
NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
NEH 10 1 ijh7 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins a list of the people whose names were on the sealed document.
NEH 10 1 jc8x figs-explicit וְ⁠עַ֖ל הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־ חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְ⁠צִדְקִיָּֽה 1 On the sealed documents were Nehemiah…Zedekiah The names of these people were written on the documents. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On the sealed documents were the names of Nehemiah…Zedekiah” or “On the sealed documents were the names of the following people: Nehemiah…Zedekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 1 jc8x figs-explicit וְ⁠עַ֖ל הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְ⁠צִדְקִיָּֽה 1 On the sealed documents were Nehemiah…Zedekiah The names of these people were written on the documents. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On the sealed documents were the names of Nehemiah…Zedekiah” or “On the sealed documents were the names of the following people: Nehemiah…Zedekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 1 j4ny הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים 1 sealed documents The documents were sealed after the names had been signed on the documents.
NEH 10 1 mu7u figs-pronouns נְחֶמְיָ֧ה 1 Nehemiah Some people believe that Nehemiah wrote this book and is speaking of himself as if he were someone else because this is an official list. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
NEH 10 1 r4sg translate-names חֲכַלְיָ֖ה 1 Hakaliah This is a mans name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -730,16 +730,16 @@ NEH 10 28 qej9 figs-explicit כֹּ֖ל יוֹדֵ֥עַ מֵבִֽין 1 all wh
NEH 10 29 l6ns אֲחֵי⁠הֶם֮ אַדִּירֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 their brothers, their nobles “their fellow brothers the nobles” or “their brothers the leaders.” These phrases refer to the same people.
NEH 10 29 x6i9 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָאִ֞ים בְּ⁠אָלָ֣ה וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 bound themselves with both a curse and an oath This speaks of the people taking an oath and a curse as if the oath and the curse were a rope that physically bound them. Alternate translation: “swore themselves to an oath and a curse” or “they took an oath and called for a curse to come on themselves if they failed to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 k971 figs-idiom לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 to walk in Gods law This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to live by Gods law” or “to obey Gods law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 29 p6ry figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 which was given by Moses the servant of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses the servant of God had given to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 29 p6ry figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 which was given by Moses the servant of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses the servant of God had given to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 29 ny6b וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁמ֣וֹר 1 to observe “to follow”
NEH 10 30 t8sp 0 General Information: In these verses, the people describe the content of the oath they were making in [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md).
NEH 10 30 s4sx figs-explicit לֹא־ נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠אֶת־ בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְ⁠בָנֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 would not give our daughters to the people of the land or take their daughters for our sons This means that they would not allow their sons and daughters to marry them. Alternate translation: “would not give our daughters to marry the people of the land, and we would not take their daughters to marry our sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 30 s4sx figs-explicit לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠אֶת־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְ⁠בָנֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 would not give our daughters to the people of the land or take their daughters for our sons This means that they would not allow their sons and daughters to marry them. Alternate translation: “would not give our daughters to marry the people of the land, and we would not take their daughters to marry our sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 30 iqq1 figs-explicit לְ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the people of the land This refers to the people who live in their land who do not worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the people of this land who do not worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 30 lx8c figs-exclusive לֹא־ נִתֵּ֥ן…לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח 1 We promised…we would not give… or take The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 10 31 m39f figs-exclusive לֹא־ נִקַּ֥ח…וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ 1 We also promised…we would not buy…we will let…we will cancel The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 10 31 ek18 translate-ordinal אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 seventh year “year 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 10 30 lx8c figs-exclusive לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן…לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח 1 We promised…we would not give… or take The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 10 31 m39f figs-exclusive לֹא־נִקַּ֥ח…וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ 1 We also promised…we would not buy…we will let…we will cancel The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 10 31 ek18 translate-ordinal אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 seventh year “year 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 10 31 hf7z figs-idiom וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ 1 we will let our fields rest This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “we will not plow our fields” or “we will not grow anything in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 31 ur3t וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־ יָֽד 1 we will cancel all debts This means that they will not require that people pay them what they owe. Alternate translation: “we will cancel all debts that people owe us” or “we will tell people that they no longer have to pay us back”
NEH 10 31 ur3t וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 we will cancel all debts This means that they will not require that people pay them what they owe. Alternate translation: “we will cancel all debts that people owe us” or “we will tell people that they no longer have to pay us back”
NEH 10 32 bh3h 0 General Information: In these verses, the people continue describing the content of the oath they were making in [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md).
NEH 10 32 h9gt וְ⁠הֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת 1 We accepted the commands “We promised to obey the command”
NEH 10 32 ljm2 figs-exclusive וְ⁠הֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 We accepted The pronoun “we” here includes all the Israelites including Nehemiah except for the priest and Levites, and does not include the reader of this book (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -755,29 +755,29 @@ NEH 10 37 j9sj 0 General Information: In these verses, the people continue des
NEH 10 37 s7s2 figs-exclusive נָבִ֤יא 1 We will bring…We will bring The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Israelites except for the priests and the Levites, and also does not include the reader of this book (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 10 37 rk7x עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣י⁠נוּ 1 our dough Possible meanings are that this refers to 1) dough made from coarse flour, 2) coarse flour, or 3) ground grain.
NEH 10 37 uc2w figs-ellipsis תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְ⁠יִצְהָ֗ר 1 the new wine and the oil The words “first of” are understood from the begininng of the sentnces. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “the first of the new wine and of the oil” or “the best of the new wine and of the oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 10 37 e92l לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 the storerooms of the house of our God “the places where things are stored in the temple”
NEH 10 37 e92l לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 the storerooms of the house of our God “the places where things are stored in the temple”
NEH 10 37 r776 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 the tithes from our soil Here “our soil” refers to everything that is grown in the ground. Alternate translation: “the tithes of what we grow in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 10 38 by9z figs-activepassive בַּ⁠עְשֵׂ֣ר 1 they receive the tithes This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people give them the tithes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 38 eb51 translate-fraction אֶת־ מַעֲשַׂ֤ר 1 a tenth This means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 10 38 eb51 translate-fraction אֶת־מַעֲשַׂ֤ר 1 a tenth This means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 10 38 zl4a הַ⁠לְּשָׁכ֖וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אוֹצָֽר 1 the storerooms of the treasury “the storerooms in the temple”
NEH 10 39 qzf8 0 General Information: In these verses, the people finish describing the content of the oath they were making in [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md).
NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-activepassive אֶל־ הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 the storerooms where the articles of the sanctuary are kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rooms where the priests keep the things that are used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 39 u1sq וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־ בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 We will not neglect the house of our God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will care for the temple”
NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-activepassive אֶל־הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 the storerooms where the articles of the sanctuary are kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rooms where the priests keep the things that are used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 39 u1sq וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 We will not neglect the house of our God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will care for the temple”
NEH 10 39 b23h figs-exclusive נַעֲזֹ֖ב 1 We will The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and all the people of Israel but does not include the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.<br>
NEH 11 1 e2yg הָ֠⁠עָם הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 the people cast lots “the people threw marked stones”
NEH 11 1 beq5 לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־ הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 to bring one of ten “to bring one family out of every ten families”
NEH 11 1 beq5 לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 to bring one of ten “to bring one family out of every ten families”
NEH 11 3 l7mb בַּ⁠אֲחֻזָּת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠עָ֣רֵי⁠הֶ֔ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 on his own land, including some Israelites “on his own land: Israelites”
NEH 11 4 n2a7 מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 some of the descendants of Judah and some of the descendants of Benjamin “some of the people of Judah and some of the people of Benjamin”
NEH 11 4 nm8y מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה 1 The people from Judah included: “From the descendants of Judah:”
NEH 11 4 wl7r translate-names יְהוּדָ֖ה…בִנְיָמִ֑ן…יְ֠עֲתָיָ֨ה…עֻזִּיָּ֜ה…זְכַרְיָ֧ה…אֲמַרְיָ֛ה…שְׁפַטְיָ֥ה…מַהֲלַלְאֵ֖ל…פָֽרֶץ 1 Judah…Benjamin…Athaiah…Uzziah…Zechariah…Amariah…Shephatiah…Mahalalel…Perez These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 4 vx6k מִ⁠בְּנֵי־ פָֽרֶץ 1 a descendant of Perez “from the descendants of Perez”
NEH 11 4 vx6k מִ⁠בְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ 1 a descendant of Perez “from the descendants of Perez”
NEH 11 5 l727 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, Nehemiah continues to list the provincial officers who lived in Jerusalem.
NEH 11 5 ml8b translate-names וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה…בָּר֣וּךְ…כָּל־ חֹ֠זֶה…חֲזָיָ֨ה…עֲדָיָ֧ה…יוֹיָרִ֛יב…זְכַרְיָ֖ה 1 Maaseiah…Baruch…Kol-Hozeh…Hazaiah…Adaiah…Joiarib…Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 5 ml8b translate-names וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה…בָּר֣וּךְ…כָּל־חֹ֠זֶה…חֲזָיָ֨ה…עֲדָיָ֧ה…יוֹיָרִ֛יב…זְכַרְיָ֖ה 1 Maaseiah…Baruch…Kol-Hozeh…Hazaiah…Adaiah…Joiarib…Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 5 dxb8 הַ⁠שִּׁלֹנִֽי 1 Shilonite This refers to a person who comes from the town of Shiloh.
NEH 11 6 y8t2 translate-names פֶ֕רֶץ 1 Perez This is a mans name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 6 hcr6 translate-numbers כָּל־…בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה 1 All…were 468 “All…were four hundred and sixty-eight.” Perez had 468 descendants who lived in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 11 6 ej3g אַנְשֵׁי־ חָֽיִל 1 They were outstanding men “They were courageous men” or “They were valiant men”
NEH 11 6 ej3g אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל 1 They were outstanding men “They were courageous men” or “They were valiant men”
NEH 11 7 m8mp 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, Nehemiah continues to list the provincial officers who lived in Jerusalem.
NEH 11 7 md67 וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 These are the descendants “These are some of the descendants.” Your language may need to specify that this is not a list of every descendant.
NEH 11 7 w8c5 translate-names בִנְיָמִ֑ן סַלֻּ֡א…מְשֻׁלָּ֡ם…יוֹעֵ֡ד…פְּדָיָה֩…ק֨וֹלָיָ֧ה…מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה…אִֽיתִיאֵ֖ל…יְשַֽׁעְיָֽה 1 Benjamin…Sallu…Meshullam…Joed…Pedaiah…Kolaiah…Maaseiah…Ithiel…Jeshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -812,16 +812,16 @@ NEH 11 21 eu4g translate-names וְ⁠צִיחָ֥א וְ⁠גִשְׁפָּ֖א
NEH 11 21 vct4 translate-names בָּ⁠עֹ֑פֶל 1 Ophel This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 22 l3ba וּ⁠פְקִ֤יד 1 The chief officer over “The overseer of”
NEH 11 22 rr5e translate-names עֻזִּ֤י…בָּנִי֙…חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…מַתַּנְיָ֖ה…מִיכָ֑א…אָסָף֙ 1 Uzzi…Bani…Hashabiah…Mattaniah…Mika…Asaph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 23 km8l כִּֽי־ מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 They were under orders from the king “The king had told them what to do”
NEH 11 23 a9fz figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־ הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 firm orders were given for the singers This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had told them specifically what to do about the singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 11 23 km8l כִּֽי־מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 They were under orders from the king “The king had told them what to do”
NEH 11 23 a9fz figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 firm orders were given for the singers This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had told them specifically what to do about the singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 11 24 aee9 translate-names וּ⁠פְתַֽחְיָ֨ה…מְשֵֽׁיזַבְאֵ֜ל…זֶ֤רַח…יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Pethahiah…Meshezabel…Zerah…Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 24 dqa4 לְ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠כָל־ דָּבָ֖ר לָ⁠עָֽם 1 at the kings side in all matters concerning the people “at the Persian kings side as an adviser in all matters concerning the Jewish people”
NEH 11 24 dqa4 לְ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠כָל־דָּבָ֖ר לָ⁠עָֽם 1 at the kings side in all matters concerning the people “at the Persian kings side as an adviser in all matters concerning the Jewish people”
NEH 11 25 rg1f translate-names בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠דִיבֹן֙…וּ⁠בִֽ⁠יקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל 1 Kiriath Arba…Dibon…Jekabzeel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 26 d9f4 translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠יֵשׁ֥וּעַ וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹלָדָ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֥ית פָּֽלֶט 1 Jeshua…Moladah…Beth Pelet These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 27 nu5z translate-names וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲצַ֥ר שׁוּעָ֛ל וּ⁠בִ⁠בְאֵ֥ר שֶׁ֖בַע 1 Hazar Shual…Beersheba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 28 dl5v translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג וּ⁠בִ⁠מְכֹנָ֖ה 1 Ziklag…Mekonah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 29 t41a translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥ין רִמּ֛וֹן וּ⁠בְ⁠צָרְעָ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠יַרְמֽוּ 1 Enrimmon…Zorah…Jarmuth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 30 vn2z translate-names זָנֹ֤חַ עֲדֻלָּם֙…לָכִישׁ֙…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מִ⁠בְּאֵֽר־ שֶׁ֖בַע…גֵּֽיא־ הִנֹּֽם 1 Zanoah…Adullam…Lachish…Azekah…Beersheba…Valley of Hinnom These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 30 vn2z translate-names זָנֹ֤חַ עֲדֻלָּם֙…לָכִישׁ֙…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מִ⁠בְּאֵֽר־שֶׁ֖בַע…גֵּֽיא־הִנֹּֽם 1 Zanoah…Adullam…Lachish…Azekah…Beersheba…Valley of Hinnom These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 30 mzq1 וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֥וּ 1 they lived Here “they” refers to the people of Judah.
NEH 11 31 n61t וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י בִנְיָמִ֖ן מִ⁠גָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְ⁠עַיָּ֔ה 1 The people of Benjamin also lived from Geba onward, at Mikmash and Aija “The people of Benjamin lived in Geba, Mikmash and Aija”
NEH 11 31 uha3 translate-names מִ⁠גָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְ⁠עַיָּ֔ה וּ⁠בֵֽית 1 Geba…Mikmash…Aija…Bethel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -830,10 +830,10 @@ NEH 11 32 ucv8 translate-names עֲנָת֥וֹת נֹ֖ב עֲנָֽנְיָֽ
NEH 11 33 jwf7 translate-names חָצ֥וֹר׀ רָמָ֖ה גִּתָּֽיִם 1 Hazor, Ramah, Gittaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 34 e1ls translate-names חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט 1 Hadid, Zeboim, Neballat These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 35 qu5n translate-names גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים 1 the valley of craftsmen Possible meanings are 1) this is a description of Ono or 2) it is “Craftsmens Valley” or “the Valley of Craftsmen,” another name for Ono, or 3) it is a different place from Ono, “and the Valley of Craftsmen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 36 y212 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠בִנְיָמִֽין 1 Some of the Levites who lived in Judah were assigned to the people of Benjamin It is not clear who assigned these Levites to live with the people of Benjamin. Alternate translation: “They assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” or “The officials assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 11 36 y212 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠בִנְיָמִֽין 1 Some of the Levites who lived in Judah were assigned to the people of Benjamin It is not clear who assigned these Levites to live with the people of Benjamin. Alternate translation: “They assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” or “The officials assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication of the wall<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
NEH 12 1 ixs5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ 1 who came up “who arrived from Babylonia”
NEH 12 1 b4x7 עִם־ זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל 1 with Zerubbabel “under the leadership of Zerubbabel”
NEH 12 1 b4x7 עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל 1 with Zerubbabel “under the leadership of Zerubbabel”
NEH 12 1 b8ry translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל…שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֑וּעַ שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Jeshua…Seraiah…Jeremiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 1 myj6 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֑וּעַ 1 Jeshua The original readers would have understood that Jeshua was the high priest. Alternate translation: “Jeshua the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 2 p4ml translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה מַלּ֖וּךְ חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Amariah…Malluk…Hattush These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ NEH 12 8 xy1h translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ בִּנּ֛וּי קַדְמִ
NEH 12 9 nnn1 translate-names וּ⁠בַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֨ה ו⁠ענו 1 Bakbukiah…Unni These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 9 nhn4 לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֖⁠ם לְ⁠מִשְׁמָרֽוֹת 1 stood opposite them during the service Possible meanings are 1) this was during a worship service and these were two groups of singers or other worshipers, or 2) these groups guarded the temple at different times, or “took turns guarding the temple.”
NEH 12 10 ri33 translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ…יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים…אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב…יוֹיָדָֽע 1 Jeshua…Joiakim…Eliashib…Joiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 10 xd69 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־ יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים 1 Jeshua was the father of Joiakim This is the same Jeshua named in [Nehemiah 12:1](../12/01.md). The original readers would have understood that Jeshua was the high priest. Alternate translation: “Jeshua the high priest was the father of Joiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 10 xd69 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים 1 Jeshua was the father of Joiakim This is the same Jeshua named in [Nehemiah 12:1](../12/01.md). The original readers would have understood that Jeshua was the high priest. Alternate translation: “Jeshua the high priest was the father of Joiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 11 a7yv translate-names וְ⁠יוֹיָדָע֙…יוֹנָתָ֔ן…יַדּֽוּעַ 1 Joiada…Jonathan…Jaddua These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 12 j9qv translate-names יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים…מְרָיָ֔ה…חֲנַנְיָֽה 1 Joiakim…Meraiah…Hananiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 12 vv32 translate-names לִ⁠שְׂרָיָ֣ה…לְ⁠יִרְמְיָ֖ה 1 Seraiah…Jeremiah These are names of families named after men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -874,11 +874,11 @@ NEH 12 20 p8dg translate-names לְ⁠סַלַּ֥י…לְ⁠עָמ֥וֹק 1 S
NEH 12 21 v16d translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…נְתַנְאֵֽל 1 Hashabiah…Nethanel These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 21 vwp6 translate-names לְ⁠חִלְקִיָּ֣ה…לִֽ⁠ידַֽעְיָ֖ה 1 Hilkiah…Jedaiah These are all names of families that are named after men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 22 snj3 translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְ⁠יוֹחָנָן֙ וְ⁠יַדּ֔וּעַ 1 Eliashib…Joiada, Johanan…Jaddua names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 22 cr6d עַל־ מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 during the reign of Darius Another possible meaning is “until the reign of Darius”
NEH 12 23 q9hz כְּתוּבִ֕ים עַל־ סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י 1 recorded in the book of the annals This may refer to the Book of Chronicles. The scribes wrote the words in the verses above in a book that recorded the events of each day.
NEH 12 23 d2rp וְ⁠עַד־ יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן בֶּן־ אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 up to the days of Johanan son of Eliashib The records in the temple recorded only up until Johanan.
NEH 12 22 cr6d עַל־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 during the reign of Darius Another possible meaning is “until the reign of Darius”
NEH 12 23 q9hz כְּתוּבִ֕ים עַל־סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י 1 recorded in the book of the annals This may refer to the Book of Chronicles. The scribes wrote the words in the verses above in a book that recorded the events of each day.
NEH 12 23 d2rp וְ⁠עַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 up to the days of Johanan son of Eliashib The records in the temple recorded only up until Johanan.
NEH 12 24 kx4z translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֨ה שֵֽׁרֵבְיָ֜ה וְ⁠יֵשׁ֤וּעַ…קַדְמִיאֵל֙ 1 Hashabiah, Sherebiah…Jeshua…Kadmiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 24 d373 לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֔⁠ם לְ⁠הַלֵּ֣ל לְ⁠הוֹד֔וֹת בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְ⁠עֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר 1 who stood opposite them to give praise and to give thanks, responding section by section This refers to how they sang some of their songs in worship. A leader or one group would sing a phrase, then one or two groups that “stood opposite them” would sing a phrase in response.
NEH 12 24 d373 לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֔⁠ם לְ⁠הַלֵּ֣ל לְ⁠הוֹד֔וֹת בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְ⁠עֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר 1 who stood opposite them to give praise and to give thanks, responding section by section This refers to how they sang some of their songs in worship. A leader or one group would sing a phrase, then one or two groups that “stood opposite them” would sing a phrase in response.
NEH 12 24 dl8r בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד 1 obedience to the command of David King David had commanded the Levites how they were to organize and lead worship.
NEH 12 25 p55l translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֧ה וּ⁠בַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֛ה עֹבַדְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם טַלְמ֣וֹן עַקּ֑וּב 1 Mattaniah, Bakbukiah, Obadiah, Meshullam, Talmon, and Akkub These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 26 wk2z translate-names יוֹיָקִ֥ים…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ…יוֹצָדָ֑ק…נְחֶמְיָ֣ה…וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א 1 Joiakim…Jeshua…Jozadak…Nehemiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -886,13 +886,13 @@ NEH 12 26 k9bk בִּ⁠ימֵ֛י יוֹיָקִ֥ים…יוֹצָדָ֑ק ו
NEH 12 27 e63y וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 At the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem Possible meanings are 1) “At the time when they dedicated the wall of Jerusalem” or 2) “So that the dedication of Jerusalems wall could take place.”
NEH 12 27 s6xv translate-unknown מְצִלְתַּ֖יִם 1 cymbals two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 12 29 lnm1 translate-names וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל…גֶּ֖בַע וְ⁠עַזְמָ֑וֶת 1 Beth Gilgal…Geba and Azmaveth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 31 zsj6 אֶת־ שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the leaders of Judah the leaders of the people who lived in the region of Judah
NEH 12 31 zsj6 אֶת־שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the leaders of Judah the leaders of the people who lived in the region of Judah
NEH 12 32 ni9q translate-names הוֹשַׁ֣עְיָ֔ה 1 Hoshaiah These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 33 x16d translate-names וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֥ה עֶזְרָ֖א וּ⁠מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Azariah, Ezra, Meshullam These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 34 t5un translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ןוּֽ⁠שְׁמַֽעְיָ֖ה וְ⁠יִרְמְיָֽה 1 Judah, Benjamin, Shemaiah, Jeremiah These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 35 h1hm translate-names זְכַרְיָ֨ה…יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן…שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה…מַתַּנְיָה֙…מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה…זַכּ֖וּר…אָסָֽף 1 Zechariah…Jonathan…Shemaiah…Mattaniah…Micaiah…Zaccur…Asaph These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 35 cp3q וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹצְר֑וֹת זְכַרְיָ֨ה 1 some of the priests sons with trumpets, and Zechariah Some versions read, “from among the priests with trumpets, Zechariah”
NEH 12 35 q33v זְכַרְיָ֨ה בֶן־ יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן בֶּן־ שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה בֶּן־ מַתַּנְיָה֙ בֶּן־ מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה בֶּן־ זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־ אָסָֽף 1 Zechariah son of Jonathan son of Shemaiah son of Mattaniah son of Micaiah son of Zaccur son of Asaph All of the names after “Zechariah” are the ancestors of Zechariah. This list connects Zechariah with the famous singer Asaph. “Zechariah who was the son of Jonathan, who was the son of Shemaiah, who was the son of Mattaniah, who was the son of Micaiah, who was the son of Zaccur son of Asaph”
NEH 12 35 q33v זְכַרְיָ֨ה בֶן־יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן בֶּן־שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָה֙ בֶּן־מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה בֶּן־זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אָסָֽף 1 Zechariah son of Jonathan son of Shemaiah son of Mattaniah son of Micaiah son of Zaccur son of Asaph All of the names after “Zechariah” are the ancestors of Zechariah. This list connects Zechariah with the famous singer Asaph. “Zechariah who was the son of Jonathan, who was the son of Shemaiah, who was the son of Mattaniah, who was the son of Micaiah, who was the son of Zaccur son of Asaph”
NEH 12 36 kmk3 translate-names שְֽׁמַעְיָ֡ה וַ⁠עֲזַרְאֵ֡ל מִֽלֲלַ֡י גִּֽלֲלַ֡י מָעַ֞י נְתַנְאֵ֤ל וִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ חֲנָ֔נִי…דָּוִ֖יד…וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א 1 Zechariah…Shemaiah, Azarel, Milalai, Gilalai, Maai, Nethanel, Judah, Hanani…David…Ezra These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 36 n2tl וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠סּוֹפֵ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽ 1 Ezra the scribe was in front of them “Ezra the scribe was leading them”
NEH 12 37 c38r שַׁ֨עַר הָ⁠עַ֜יִן…שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 Fountain Gate…Water Gate These are the names of openings in the wall.
@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ NEH 12 38 t11k וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 I followed them Ne
NEH 12 38 j2zn translate-names לְ⁠מִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠תַּנּוּרִ֔ים 1 Tower of Ovens This is the name of a tall structure where people kept watch for danger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 38 a5ww הַ⁠חוֹמָ֥ה הָ⁠רְחָבָֽה 1 Broad Wall This is a name for part of the wall.
NEH 12 39 v1ni translate-names וּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל חֲנַנְאֵל֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠מֵּאָ֔ה 1 Tower of Hananel…Tower of the Hundred These are the names of tall structures where people kept watch for danger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 39 v264 לְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־ אֶ֠פְרַיִם…שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠דָּגִ֗ים…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן…בְּ⁠שַׁ֖עַר הַ⁠מַּטָּרָֽה 1 Gate of Ephraim…Old Gate…Fish Gate…Sheep Gate…Gate of the Guard These are the names of openings in the wall.
NEH 12 39 v264 לְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־אֶ֠פְרַיִם…שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠דָּגִ֗ים…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן…בְּ⁠שַׁ֖עַר הַ⁠מַּטָּרָֽה 1 Gate of Ephraim…Old Gate…Fish Gate…Sheep Gate…Gate of the Guard These are the names of openings in the wall.
NEH 12 40 ai1v וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י 1 I also took my place Nehemiah is speaking here. Alternate translation: “I, Nehemiah, also took my place”
NEH 12 41 s4t8 translate-names אֶלְיָקִ֡ים מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה מִ֠נְיָמִין מִיכָיָ֧ה אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֛י זְכַרְיָ֥ה חֲנַנְיָ֖ה 1 Eliakim…Maaseiah…Miniamin…Micaiah…Elioenai…Zechariah…Hananiah These are the names of males who were the priests at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 41 bnz5 בַּ⁠חֲצֹצְרֽוֹת 1 with the trumpets Possible meanings are 1) only the first seven priests listed from Eliakim to Hananiah carried trumpets or 2) all 15 priests listed from Eliakim to Ezer carried trumpets.
@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ NEH 12 43 jgp9 שִׂמְּחָ⁠ם֙ שִׂמְחָ֣ה 1 rejoice with great
NEH 12 43 p5fe figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 So the joy of Jerusalem could be heard far away “The joy of Jerusalem” here is a metonym for “the sound that the people of Jerusalem made.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people far away from Jerusalem could hear the sound that the people of Jerusalem made as they celebrated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 12 44 fsb6 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפָּקְד֣וּ בַ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא אֲנָשִׁ֜ים עַל 1 men were appointed to be in charge This can be stated in active form. It is not clear who appointed the men. Alternate translation: “they appointed men to be in charge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 12 44 bnw2 לָ⁠א֨וֹצָר֥וֹת 1 the contributions things the people gave to the priests
NEH 12 44 g347 כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 For Judah rejoiced over the priests and the Levites It seems that the people appointed the men because the people of Judah were grateful for the priests and Levites who were serving.
NEH 12 44 g347 כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 For Judah rejoiced over the priests and the Levites It seems that the people appointed the men because the people of Judah were grateful for the priests and Levites who were serving.
NEH 12 44 g9pg figs-explicit הָ⁠עֹמְדִֽים 1 who were standing before them The Levites and priests were not just standing, they were serving in their roles. The meaning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who were standing before them serving God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 45 lm4j וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 gatekeepers These were people assigned to each gate, responsible to control access to the city or temple, as well as to open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
NEH 12 46 py1c ראש הַ⁠מְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 there were directors of singers This sentence tells why the people did what they did in [Nehemiah 12:45](../12/45.md) and gives us more information about the time when David told people how to worship at the temple.
@ -921,45 +921,45 @@ NEH 12 47 mu9s נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת 1 They set aside the por
NEH 12 47 e72p לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן 1 the descendants of Aaron the priests in Israel, who descended from Aaron, the brother of Moses
NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem<br><br>Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br>
NEH 13 1 k9za בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 in the hearing of the people “so that the people could hear it”
NEH 13 1 j6si יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־ עוֹלָֽם 1 should come into the assembly of God, forever “should ever come into the assembly of God”
NEH 13 1 j6si יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 should come into the assembly of God, forever “should ever come into the assembly of God”
NEH 13 2 tf8z כִּ֣י 1 This was because “They could not come into the assembly because”
NEH 13 4 bq8k figs-activepassive אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן נָת֖וּן 1 Eliashib the priest was appointed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they appointed Eliashib the priest” or “the leaders appointed Eliashib the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 4 adq9 קָר֖וֹב לְ⁠טוֹבִיָּֽה 1 He was related to Tobiah “Eliashib and Tobiah worked closely together”
NEH 13 4 c9hf אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙…לְ⁠טוֹבִיָּֽה 1 Eliashib…Tobiah These are the names of men.
NEH 13 5 xi14 וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ ל֜⁠וֹ לִשְׁכָּ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֗ה 1 Eliashib prepared for Tobiah a large storeroom “Eliashib prepared a large storeroom for Tobiah to use”
NEH 13 5 v2in וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 gatekeepers people assigned to each gate, responsible to control access to the city or temple, as well as to open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
NEH 13 6 hxp8 וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ זֶ֕ה לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי בִּֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 But in all this time I was not in Jerusalem “During the time all this was happening, I was away from Jerusalem”
NEH 13 6 hxp8 וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי בִּֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 But in all this time I was not in Jerusalem “During the time all this was happening, I was away from Jerusalem”
NEH 13 6 dpk4 לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי 1 I was not Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
NEH 13 7 up8j נִשְׁכָּ֔ה בְּ⁠חַצְרֵ֖י בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 a storeroom in the courts of the house of God This was a room which had previously been purified to store offering supplies ([Nehemiah 13:5](../13/05.md)).
NEH 13 10 k9k6 figs-explicit מְנָי֥וֹת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 the Levites portions had not been given to them The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people had not been bringing into the storerooms their tithes and offerings of food for the temple priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 10 f2ng וַ⁠יִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־ לְ⁠שָׂדֵ֛⁠הוּ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֥ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 they had run away, each to his own field, the Levites and the singers who did the work “the Levites and the singers who did the work had left the temple, each one going to his own field”
NEH 13 11 mx4v figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ נֶעֱזַ֣ב בֵּית־ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Why is the house of God neglected? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to challenge or even ridicule the officials who had not done their work. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have neglected the house of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 12 a9ux figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־ יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 all Judah The name of the land is a metonym for the people of the land. This is probably a generalization. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 13 10 f2ng וַ⁠יִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־לְ⁠שָׂדֵ֛⁠הוּ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֥ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 they had run away, each to his own field, the Levites and the singers who did the work “the Levites and the singers who did the work had left the temple, each one going to his own field”
NEH 13 11 mx4v figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ נֶעֱזַ֣ב בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Why is the house of God neglected? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to challenge or even ridicule the officials who had not done their work. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have neglected the house of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 12 a9ux figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 all Judah The name of the land is a metonym for the people of the land. This is probably a generalization. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 13 13 mu7f translate-names שֶׁלֶמְיָ֨ה…וְ⁠צָד֣וֹק…וּ⁠פְדָיָה֙…חָנָ֥ן…זַכּ֖וּר…מַתַּנְיָ֑ה 1 Shelemiah…Zadok…Pedaiah…Hanan…Zaccur…Mattaniah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 13 e8x3 figs-activepassive נֶאֱמָנִים֙ נֶחְשָׁ֔בוּ 1 they were counted as trustworthy This can be translated in active form. The abstract noun “trustworthy” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “I knew that I could trust them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 13 14 v861 זָכְרָ⁠ה־ לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י עַל־ זֹ֑את 1 Call me to mind, my God, concerning this “My God, remember me concerning this”
NEH 13 15 cp44 figs-metonymy דֹּֽרְכִֽים־ גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 treading winepresses The word “winepresses” is a metonym for the grapes that were in the winepresses. The people were walking on grapes to get the juice out of them to make wine. Alternate translation: “walking on grapes in winepresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 14 v861 זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Call me to mind, my God, concerning this “My God, remember me concerning this”
NEH 13 15 cp44 figs-metonymy דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 treading winepresses The word “winepresses” is a metonym for the grapes that were in the winepresses. The people were walking on grapes to get the juice out of them to make wine. Alternate translation: “walking on grapes in winepresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 15 z3xh דֹּֽרְכִֽים 1 treading walking on something to crush or press it
NEH 13 16 yvh1 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּרִים֙ 1 Tyre This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 17 w5nr figs-rquestion מָֽה־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֨ר הָ⁠רָ֤ע הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽ⁠מְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־ י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 What is this evil thing you are doing, profaning the Sabbath day? Nehemiah is using a rhetorical question to scold the leaders of Judah. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are doing an evil thing by profaning the Sabbath day.” or “God will punish you for doing this evil thing, for profaning the Sabbath day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 18 ge49 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜י⁠נוּ עָלֵ֗י⁠נוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־ הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠עַ֖ל הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 Did not your fathers do this? Did not our God bring all this evil on us and on this city? Nehemiah is using these rhetorical questions to scold the leaders of Judah. These questions can be combined and translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that your fathers did this, and that is why God brought all this evil on us and on this city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 17 w5nr figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֨ר הָ⁠רָ֤ע הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽ⁠מְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 What is this evil thing you are doing, profaning the Sabbath day? Nehemiah is using a rhetorical question to scold the leaders of Judah. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are doing an evil thing by profaning the Sabbath day.” or “God will punish you for doing this evil thing, for profaning the Sabbath day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 18 ge49 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜י⁠נוּ עָלֵ֗י⁠נוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠עַ֖ל הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 Did not your fathers do this? Did not our God bring all this evil on us and on this city? Nehemiah is using these rhetorical questions to scold the leaders of Judah. These questions can be combined and translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that your fathers did this, and that is why God brought all this evil on us and on this city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 19 p31h וַ⁠יְהִ֡י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 As soon as it became dark…before the Sabbath “When the sun went down…and it was time for the Sabbath to begin”
NEH 13 19 vk4t figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּסָּגְר֣וּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֔וֹת וָ⁠אֹ֣מְרָ֔⁠ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִפְתָּח֔וּ⁠ם עַ֖ד אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 that the doors be shut and that they should not be opened until This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the guards shut the doors and not open them until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 19 wy3q figs-activepassive לֹא־ יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א 1 no load could be brought in This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could bring in things they wanted to sell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 20 s2hv וּ⁠מֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־ מִמְכָּ֛ר 1 sellers of all kinds of wares “people who had brought many different things they wanted to sell”
NEH 13 19 wy3q figs-activepassive לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א 1 no load could be brought in This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could bring in things they wanted to sell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 20 s2hv וּ⁠מֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־מִמְכָּ֛ר 1 sellers of all kinds of wares “people who had brought many different things they wanted to sell”
NEH 13 21 hi84 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙ נֶ֣גֶד הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 Why do you camp outside the wall? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to rebuke merchants and to emphasize his command. This question can be translated as a statement. The full meaning of this statement can also be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You are camping outside the wall against what I commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 21 hfv7 figs-metonymy יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח בָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 I will lay hands on you! The word “hands” is a metonym for forceful action. Alternate translation: “I will send you away by force!” or “I will remove you by force!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 22 mis6 גַּם־ זֹאת֙ זָכְרָ⁠ה־ לִּ֣⁠י אֱלֹהַ֔⁠י 1 Call me to mind for this also, my God “My God, remember me concerning this also.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).
NEH 13 22 mis6 גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֣⁠י אֱלֹהַ֔⁠י 1 Call me to mind for this also, my God “My God, remember me concerning this also.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).
NEH 13 23 zxc2 0 Connecting Statement: These verses introduce the action that follows.
NEH 13 23 jp2w figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ נָשִׁים֙ אשדודיות עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 Jews that had married women of Ashdod, Ammon, and Moab “Jews that had married foreign women.” God had forbidden intermarriage. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 23 jp2w figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ נָשִׁים֙ אשדודיות עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 Jews that had married women of Ashdod, Ammon, and Moab “Jews that had married foreign women.” God had forbidden intermarriage. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 23 l9c2 translate-names אשדודיות 1 Ashdod This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 23 b4nt translate-names עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 Ammon…Moab These are the names of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 24 w247 וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם חֲצִי֙ 1 Half of their children “As a result, half of their children”
NEH 13 25 dzu5 וָ⁠אָרִ֤יב עִמָּ⁠ם֙ 1 I confronted them “I spoke directly to them about what they had done”
NEH 13 25 hg44 וָ⁠אַכֶּ֥ה מֵ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 I hit some of them Nehemiah hit some of them with his hands.
NEH 13 25 gzx6 וָ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣⁠ם בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֗ים 1 I made them swear by God “I made them say a promise before God”
NEH 13 26 l9xm figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא עַל־ אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־ שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 Did not Solomon king of Israel sin on account of these women? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the men. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Solomon king of Israel sinned on account of these women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 27 vp56 figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־ הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Should we then listen to you and do all this great evil, and act treacherously against our God by marrying foreign women? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the men. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We will not listen to you or do this great evil or act treacherously against our God by marrying foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 26 l9xm figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא עַל־אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 Did not Solomon king of Israel sin on account of these women? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the men. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Solomon king of Israel sinned on account of these women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 27 vp56 figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Should we then listen to you and do all this great evil, and act treacherously against our God by marrying foreign women? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the men. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We will not listen to you or do this great evil or act treacherously against our God by marrying foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 28 dft4 translate-names יוֹיָדָ֤ע…אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙…לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט 1 Joiada…Eliashib…Sanballat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 28 f8ak translate-names הַ⁠חֹרֹנִ֑י 1 the Horonite This refers to a person from the city of Beth Horon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 28 rhs8 וָ⁠אַבְרִיחֵ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠עָלָֽ⁠י 1 I caused him to flee from my presence “I chased him away” or “I made him leave Jerusalem”
@ -969,4 +969,4 @@ NEH 13 30 gd16 וְ⁠טִֽהַרְתִּ֖י⁠ם 1 Thus I cleansed them “I
NEH 13 30 s3y9 וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֧ידָ⁠ה מִשְׁמָר֛וֹת לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 established the duties of the priests and the Levites “told the priests and Levites what they were to do”
NEH 13 31 vl4a וּ⁠לְ⁠קֻרְבַּ֧ן הָ⁠עֵצִ֛ים 1 I provided for the wood offering “I arranged for a supply of wood for the wood offerings”
NEH 13 31 sh91 וְ⁠לַ⁠בִּכּוּרִ֑ים 1 for the firstfruits “for the offering of firstfruits at harvest time”
NEH 13 31 ae94 זָכְרָ⁠ה־ לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י לְ⁠טוֹבָֽה 1 Call me to mind, my God, for good “Think about all I have done, my God, and bless me because of the good things I have done.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).
NEH 13 31 ae94 זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י לְ⁠טוֹבָֽה 1 Call me to mind, my God, for good “Think about all I have done, my God, and bless me because of the good things I have done.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.<br>
3 NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br>While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br>It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.<br>
4 NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה…חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah…Hakaliah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־ כסלו בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־כסלו 1 in the month of Kislev “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 NEH 1 1 hn28 figs-explicit שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים 1 in the twentieth year Nehemiah is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, King of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
7 NEH 1 1 g6dl בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַ⁠בִּירָֽה׃ 1 fortress of Susa This was one of the royal cities of Persian kings, located in the country of Elam. It was a large, fortified city with high walls surrounding it.
8 NEH 1 2 f2ab translate-names חֲנָ֜נִי 1 Hanani This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9 NEH 1 2 l6cw חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד מֵ⁠אַחַ֛⁠י 1 one of my brothers, Hanani Hanani was Nehemiah’s biological brother.
10 NEH 1 2 lg14 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א חֲנָ֜נִי…⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 Hanani, came with some people from Judah “Hanani came from Judah with some other people”
11 NEH 1 2 q7zi figs-explicit הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֧ים הַ⁠פְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־ נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖בִי הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֧ים הַ⁠פְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the Jews who had escaped, the remnant of the Jews who were there These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Possible meanings are 1) the few Jews who were taken as exiles to Babylon but escaped and returned to live in Jerusalem or 2) the few Jews who had escaped from those who were trying to take them into exile in Babylon and so remained in Jerusalem. Since it is unclear from where they escaped, it may be best not to specify in the translation. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile and who remained in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12 NEH 1 3 igf2 וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֮ לִ⁠י֒ 1 They said to me Here “They” refers to Hanani and the other people who had come from Judah.
13 NEH 1 3 y1zg figs-explicit בַּ⁠מְּדִינָ֔ה 1 the province Here “province” refers to Judah as an administrative district under the Persian Empire. Alternate translation: “the province of Judah” or “Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14 NEH 1 3 pk3f figs-activepassive וְ⁠חוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 the wall of Jerusalem has been broken open, and its gates have been set on fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “armies have broken open the wall of Jerusalem and have set its gates on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16 NEH 1 5 pf2l יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
17 NEH 1 5 zc64 figs-123person לְ⁠אֹהֲבָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽי⁠ו 1 who love him and keep his commandments Since Nehemiah is speaking to Yahweh, the pronouns “him” and “his” can be translated as “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18 NEH 1 6 g947 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠עֵינֶ֪י⁠ךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 open your eyes “look at me.” Here “open your eyes” is a metaphor that represents paying attention to someone. Alternate translation: “pay attention to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19 NEH 1 6 qjf3 לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֣עַ אֶל־ תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֡ לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֣עַ אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֡ 1 so you may hear the prayer of your servant “so that you may hear the prayer that I, your servant, am praying.” The word “servant” refers to Nehemiah. This is how a person would address his superior in order to show humility and respect.
20 NEH 1 6 v8gx figs-merism הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָ⁠לַ֔יְלָה 1 day and night By saying that he prays both during the day and during the night, Nehemiah emphasizes the frequency of his prayers. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
21 NEH 1 6 bxj6 figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵית־ אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵית־אָבִ֖⁠י 1 Both I and my father’s house Here the word “house” represents family. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22 NEH 1 8 brz7 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah continues praying to God.
23 NEH 1 8 pv64 figs-idiom זְכָר־ נָא֙ זְכָר־נָא֙ 1 Please call to mind To “call to mind” is an idiom that means to remember. Alternate translation: “Please remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24 NEH 1 8 y5jp figs-you אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־ מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the word you commanded your servant Moses The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to God and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25 NEH 1 8 b6qh figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ אֲנִ֕י אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 If you act unfaithfully…scatter you The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26 NEH 1 8 evf5 figs-metaphor אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 I will scatter you among the nations Yahweh speaks of causing the Israelite people to live in other nations as if he scattered them like one would scatter seeds. Alternate translation: “I will cause you to live among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
27 NEH 1 9 dqn5 figs-you וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔⁠י וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם 1 if you return…your people The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural and refer to the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28 NEH 1 9 f8jz figs-idiom בִּ⁠קְצֵ֤ה הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ 1 under the farthest skies Yahweh speaks of places on the earth that are very far away as being “under the farthest skies.” Alternate translation: “to places very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29 NEH 1 9 lgh9 figs-explicit אֶל־ הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־ שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם אֶל־הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם 1 to that place where I have chosen…remain This phrase refers to Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where I have chosen…remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30 NEH 1 9 g88j figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־ שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְ⁠שַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖⁠י שָֽׁם 1 where I have chosen to make my name remain Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “where I have chosen to dwell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
31 NEH 1 10 u4a8 0 General Information: Nehemiah continues his prayer.
32 NEH 1 10 w4qw וְ⁠הֵ֥ם 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in Nehemiah’s prayer. Here he begins to make his request based on Yahweh’s promise.
33 NEH 1 10 mjx7 וְ⁠הֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 they are your servants The word “they” refers to the Israelite people.
34 NEH 1 10 zu4s figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כֹחֲ⁠ךָ֣ הַ⁠גָּד֔וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠חֲזָקָֽה 1 by your great power and by your strong hand Here “hand” represents strength or power. Together, these two phrases form a doublet that emphasizes the intensity of Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “by your great power and by your mighty strength” or “by your very powerful strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
35 NEH 1 11 jjm7 תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 the prayer of your servant Here “servant” refers to Nehemiah. This is how a person would address his superior in order to show humility and respect. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 1:6](../01/06.md).
36 NEH 1 11 j433 תְּפִלַּ֣ת עֲבָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the prayer of your servants Here “servants” refers to the rest of the Israelite people who would have been praying for Yahweh to act on behalf of his people and on behalf of Jerusalem.
37 NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠חֲפֵצִים֙ לְ⁠יִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־ שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ הַֽ⁠חֲפֵצִים֙ לְ⁠יִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 who delight to honor your name Here “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who delight to honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
38 NEH 1 11 kr99 וּ⁠תְנֵ֣⁠הוּ לְ⁠רַחֲמִ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 grant him mercy in the sight of this man Here “him” refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God, and “this man” refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia.
39 NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 in the sight of this man Nehemiah speaks of the king’s attitude or disposition as if it were how the king viewed something. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40 NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַ⁠אֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 I served as cupbearer to the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
44 NEH 2 1 k1vf writing-background וְ⁠לֹא 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Nehemiah tells background information about his demeanor before the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
45 NEH 2 2 n5wy וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ לִ֨⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 But the king “So the king”
46 NEH 2 2 ue51 figs-synecdoche מַדּ֣וּעַ׀ פָּנֶ֣י⁠ךָ רָעִ֗ים 1 Why is your face so sad Here Nehemiah is referred to by his face because the face shows one’s emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
47 NEH 2 2 g1k7 figs-synecdoche אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־ אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב 1 This must be sadness of heart This speaks of Nehemiah being sad as if his heart were sad, since the heart is often considered the center of emotions. Alternate translation: “You must be very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
48 NEH 2 2 eyt8 וָ⁠אִירָ֖א הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 Then I became very much afraid As Nehemiah prepares to answer, he is afraid because he does not know how the king will respond.
49 NEH 2 3 qz4i figs-hyperbole הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה 1 May the king live forever Nehemiah is showing honor to King Artaxerxes. Here “forever” is an exaggeration that refers to a long life. Alternate translation: “Long live the king” or “May the king have a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
50 NEH 2 3 klj6 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־ יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗⁠י מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗⁠י 1 Why should not my face be sad? Here Nehemiah uses this rhetorical question to tell the king that he has a reason to be sad. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
51 NEH 2 3 eh23 בֵּית־ קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ 1 the place of my fathers’ tombs “the place where my ancestors are buried”
52 NEH 2 3 g7f4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 its gates have been destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed its gates” or “our enemy has burned its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53 NEH 2 5 uv1p וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 I replied to the king “Then I replied to the king”
54 NEH 2 5 u2zy עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your servant Nehemiah refers to himself this way to show his submission to the king.
55 NEH 2 5 ae4b figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 in your sight Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 NEH 2 5 df8l עִ֛יר קִבְר֥וֹת אֲבֹתַ֖⁠י 1 the city of my fathers’ tombs “the city where my ancestors are buried”
57 NEH 2 5 l6nj figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אֶבְנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 that I may rebuild it Nehemiah does not plan to do all of the building himself, but he will be the leader of the work. Alternate translation: “that I and my people may rebuild it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
58 NEH 2 7 rgj6 figs-activepassive אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־ לִ֔⁠י אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־לִ֔⁠י 1 may letters be given to me This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may you give letters to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
59 NEH 2 7 qp9n עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of the province that was west of the Euphrates River. It was across the river from the city of Susa.
60 NEH 2 8 ar5v translate-names אָסָף֩ 1 Asaph This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
61 NEH 2 8 wl1s figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַד־ אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י 1 the good hand of God was on me God’s “good hand” represents his “favor.” Alternate translation: “God’s favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
62 NEH 2 10 yz8p translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַ⁠חֹרֹנִ֗י 1 Sanballat the Horonite Sanballat is the name of a man, and the Horonites were a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
63 NEH 2 10 eh4c translate-names וְ⁠טֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָ⁠עֶ֣בֶד הָֽ⁠עַמֹּנִ֔י 1 Tobiah the Ammonite servant This man was likely a freed slave now serving as an officer in Ammon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
64 NEH 2 10 vb3p וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע 1 heard this “heard that I had arrived”
65 NEH 2 12 s7mw figs-metonymy נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־ לִבִּ֔⁠י נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 had put into my heart Here Nehemiah’s “heart” refers to his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “had inspired me” or “had led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 NEH 2 12 wd63 וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ אֵ֣ין עִמִּ֔⁠י 1 There was no animal with me “There were no animals with me”
67 NEH 2 13 g1be figs-123person 0 General Information: A few men accompanied Nehemiah on this inspection, but he speaks in the first person because he was the primary person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
68 NEH 2 13 au61 וָ⁠אֵצְאָ֨⁠ה בְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־ הַ⁠גַּ֜יא לַ֗יְלָה וָ⁠אֵצְאָ֨⁠ה בְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠גַּ֜יא לַ֗יְלָה 1 I went out by night by the Valley Gate “At night, I went out through the Valley Gate”
69 NEH 2 13 pt1h הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 Jackal a wild dog
70 NEH 2 13 mif3 שַׁ֖עַר הָ⁠אַשְׁפֹּ֑ת 1 Dung Gate Presumably, refuse was removed from the city through this gate.
71 NEH 2 13 a8u1 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר־ ה⁠מפרוצים וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ה⁠מפרוצים וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 which had been broken open, and the wooden gates were destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Israel’s enemies had broken open, and the wooden gates which their enemies had destroyed with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 NEH 2 15 l39v figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַ⁠נַּ֨חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָ⁠אֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּ⁠חוֹמָ֑ה וָ⁠אָשׁ֗וּב וָ⁠אָב֛וֹא בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠גַּ֖יְא וָ⁠אָשֽׁוּב 1 So I went up…and I turned back The other men with Nehemiah also followed him. Alternate translation: “So we went up…and we turned back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
73 NEH 2 15 b637 בְּ⁠שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠גַּ֖יְא 1 by the Valley Gate “through the Valley Gate”
74 NEH 2 16 xd75 figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ עֹשֵׂ֣ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה 1 the rest who did the work This refers to the men who would later rebuild the walls. Alternate translation: “the others who would later do the work of rebuilding the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 NEH 2 17 we6m figs-you אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָ⁠רָעָה֙ 1 You see the trouble Here “you” is plural, referring to all the people mentioned in [Nehemiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
76 NEH 2 17 f468 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 its gates have been destroyed by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “how our enemies destroyed its gates by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
77 NEH 2 17 ll6y וְ⁠לֹא־ נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה וְ⁠לֹא־נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה 1 so we will no longer be in disgrace “so we will no longer be ashamed”
78 NEH 2 18 twi7 figs-metonymy אֶת־ יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁר־ הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔⁠י אֶת־יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁר־הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔⁠י 1 the good hand of my God was on me God’s “good hand” represents his “favor.” Alternate translation: “my God’s favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
79 NEH 2 18 h3cj figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֔ינוּ 1 rise up and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
80 NEH 2 18 y6ui figs-idiom וַ⁠יְחַזְּק֥וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לַ⁠טּוֹבָֽה 1 So they strengthened their hands for the good work The phrase “strengthened their hands” means to prepare to do something. Alternate translation: “So they prepared do this good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
81 NEH 2 19 et87 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֨ט…⁠טֹבִיָּ֣ה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](./10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82 NEH 2 19 cxe8 translate-names וְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם֙ 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
83 NEH 2 19 ww1k figs-rquestion מָֽה־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים 1 What are you doing? Are you rebelling against the king? These rhetorical questions are used to mock Nehemiah. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You are acting foolishly! You should not be rebelling against the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
84 NEH 2 19 u8ri הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the king This refers to Artaxerses, the king of Persia.
85 NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
86 NEH 2 20 a4e6 וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־ חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem “But you have no share, legal right, or religious claim to Jerusalem”
87 NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.<br>
88 NEH 3 1 ald8 וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Then Eliashib the high priest rose up with his brother priests “Then Eliashib the high priest came forward with his brothers, the priests”
89 NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
90 NEH 3 1 r9wn translate-numbers מִגְדַּ֤ל הַ⁠מֵּאָה֙ 1 Tower of the Hundred “Tower of the 100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
91 NEH 3 1 e1th translate-names מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל 1 Tower of Hananel This is the name of a tower. It is likely named after a man named “Hananel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
92 NEH 3 2 q84s translate-names זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־ אִמְרִֽי זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אִמְרִֽי 1 Zaccur son of Imri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
93 NEH 3 2 qf25 figs-possession אַנְשֵׁ֣י יְרֵח֑וֹ 1 men of Jericho This means that the men were from Jericho. Alternate translation: “men from Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
94 NEH 3 3 bbm9 translate-names הַ⁠סְּנָאָ֑ה 1 Hassenaah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
95 NEH 3 3 kxd6 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמִ֨ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 set its doors “installed its doors” or “put its doors in place”
109 NEH 3 8 b2yh translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֤ל…חַרְהֲיָה֙…חֲנַנְיָ֖ה 1 Uzziel…Harhaiah…Hananiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
110 NEH 3 8 f4p5 צֽוֹרְפִ֔ים 1 goldsmiths A goldsmith is a person who makes gold jewelry and other gold objects.
111 NEH 3 8 mx88 figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק 1 goldsmiths, repaired These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “goldsmiths, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
112 NEH 3 8 mm1q figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַל־ יָד֣⁠וֹ הֶחֱזִ֔יק חֲנַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־ הָ⁠רַקָּחִ֑ים וְ⁠עַל־יָד֣⁠וֹ הֶחֱזִ֔יק חֲנַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־הָ⁠רַקָּחִ֑ים 1 next to him was Hananiah, a maker of perfumes Hananiah repaired the wall as well. Alternate translation: “next to him Hananiah, a maker of perfumes, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
113 NEH 3 8 y25y הָ⁠רַקָּחִ֑ים 1 perfumes liquid substances that people put on their body in small amounts to smell pleasant
114 NEH 3 9 m5at translate-names רְפָיָ֣ה…ח֔וּר 1 Rephaiah…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115 NEH 3 9 avu2 שַׂ֕ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator
120 NEH 3 11 jy16 figs-ellipsis מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֗ית הֶחֱזִיק֙ 1 repaired another section These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
121 NEH 3 12 e9p4 translate-names שַׁלּוּם֙…הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ 1 Shallum…Hallohesh These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
122 NEH 3 12 wml3 figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק 1 repaired, along with his daughters These phrase refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall…repaired the wall, along with his daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
123 NEH 3 12 b7iq שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־ הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ שַׂ֕ר שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ שַׂ֕ר 1 Shallum son of Hallohesh, the ruler Shallum was the ruler, not Hallohesh.
124 NEH 3 12 l1db שַׂ֕ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md).
125 NEH 3 12 b6fx translate-fraction חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 half the district “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
126 NEH 3 13 itt7 translate-names חָנוּן֮ 1 Hanun This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
134 NEH 3 13 kw6h translate-bdistance וְ⁠אֶ֤לֶף אַמָּה֙ 1 a thousand cubits “1,000 cubits.” This may be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “460 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
135 NEH 3 13 r9e4 שַׁ֥עַר הָ⁠שֲׁפֽוֹת 1 the Dung Gate Presumably, refuse was removed from the city through this gate. Try to translate this expression as a name, not just as a description.
136 NEH 3 14 w494 translate-names מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה…רֵכָ֔ב 1 Malkijah…Recab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
137 NEH 3 14 u2dk מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־ רֵכָ֔ב שַׂ֖ר מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־רֵכָ֔ב שַׂ֖ר 1 Malkijah son of Recab, the ruler Malkijah was the ruler, not Recab.
138 NEH 3 14 d9dt שַׂ֖ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md).
139 NEH 3 14 d8sa translate-names בֵּית־ הַכָּ֑רֶם בֵּית־הַכָּ֑רֶם 1 Beth Hakkerem This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
140 NEH 3 14 xn3i וְ⁠יַעֲמִיד֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 He…set its doors “He installed its doors” or “He put its doors in place”
141 NEH 3 14 if44 מַנְעֻלָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠בְרִיחָֽי⁠ו 1 its bolts, and its bars “its locks, and its bars.” These locked the gates securely.
142 NEH 3 15 bd9j translate-names שַׁלּ֣וּן…כָּל־ חֹזֶה֮ שַׁלּ֣וּן…כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ 1 Shallun…Kol-Hozeh These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
143 NEH 3 15 l7wu שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־ כָּל־ חֹזֶה֮ שַׂ֣ר שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ שַׂ֣ר 1 Shallun son of Kol-Hozeh, the ruler Shallun was the ruler, not Kol-Hozeh.
144 NEH 3 15 c8rt figs-possession וְ֠⁠אֵת חוֹמַ֞ת בְּרֵכַ֤ת הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨לַח֙ 1 the wall of the Pool of Siloam This means that the wall was beside the Pool of Siloam. Alternate translation: “the wall that surrounded the Pool of Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
145 NEH 3 16 x774 translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֣ה 1 Nehemiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
146 NEH 3 16 shf9 נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־ עַזְבּ֔וּק שַׂ֕ר נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־עַזְבּ֔וּק שַׂ֕ר 1 Nehemiah son of Azbuk, the ruler Nehemiah was the ruler, not Azbuk.
147 NEH 3 16 l3hf נְחֶמְיָ֣ה 1 Nehemiah This is a different man named Nehemiah from the person who authored this book.
148 NEH 3 16 kmx6 שַׂ֕ר 1 ruler leader or chief administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md).
149 NEH 3 16 sc4c translate-fraction חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 half the district “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
150 NEH 3 16 ngr2 translate-names בֵּֽית־ צ֑וּר בֵּֽית־צ֑וּר 1 Beth Zur These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
151 NEH 3 16 c5bs figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִיק֙…עַד־ נֶ֨גֶד֙ הֶחֱזִיק֙…עַד־נֶ֨גֶד֙ 1 repaired to the place These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the wall up to the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
152 NEH 3 16 u2s6 הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִֽים 1 mighty men “warriors”
153 NEH 3 17 str7 translate-names רְח֣וּם…בָּנִ֑י עַל־…חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה 1 Rehum…Bani…Hashabiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
154 NEH 3 17 l6vw translate-names קְעִילָ֖ה 1 Keilah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
157 NEH 3 18 h5qz figs-ellipsis אַחֲרָי⁠ו֙ הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 After him their countrymen repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “Next to him their countrymen repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
158 NEH 3 18 b6sj אַחֲרָי⁠ו֙ 1 After him “Next to him”
159 NEH 3 18 gc2h translate-names בַּוַּ֖י…חֵנָדָ֑ד 1 Binnui…Henadad These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
160 NEH 3 18 ca6t בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־ חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר 1 Binnui son of Henadad, the ruler Binnui was the ruler, not Henadad.
161 NEH 3 18 yh3z translate-names קְעִילָֽה 1 Keilah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
162 NEH 3 19 yt87 figs-ellipsis וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֨ק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 repaired another section These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
163 NEH 3 19 f6if translate-names עֵ֧זֶר…יֵשׁ֛וּעַ 1 Ezer…Jeshua These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
164 NEH 3 19 g2y6 translate-names הַ⁠מִּצְפָּ֖ה 1 Mizpah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
165 NEH 3 19 gcc6 עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־ יֵשׁ֛וּעַ שַׂ֥ר עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ שַׂ֥ר 1 Ezer son of Jeshua, the ruler Ezer was the ruler, not Jeshua.
166 NEH 3 19 c8s5 מִ⁠נֶּ֕גֶד עֲלֹ֥ת הַ⁠נֶּ֖שֶׁק 1 that faced the ascent to the armory “in front of the steps that went up to the armory”
167 NEH 3 19 xtj9 הַ⁠נֶּ֖שֶׁק 1 armory the place where weapons are kept
168 NEH 3 20 a7k9 אַחֲרָ֨י⁠ו 1 After him “Next to him”
194 NEH 3 29 q9qb figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֛יק 1 repaired the section…east gate, repaired These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the section of the wall…east gate, repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
195 NEH 3 29 rvu2 אַחֲרָ֧י⁠ו 1 After them “Next to them”
196 NEH 3 29 n271 translate-names צָד֥וֹק…אִמֵּ֖ר…שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה…שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה 1 Zadok…Immer…Shemaiah…Shecaniah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
197 NEH 3 29 f74e שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־ שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מִּזְרָֽח שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 Shemaiah son of Shecaniah, the keeper of the east gate Shemaiah was the keeper of the east gate, not Shecaniah.
198 NEH 3 29 e9mh שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 the keeper of the east gate “the person who looked after the east gate” or “the person who opened and closed the east gate”
199 NEH 3 30 x9q4 figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֜יק 1 repaired another section…repaired opposite These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “priests repaired the wall…repaired the section of the wall…east gate, repaired the wall…repaired another section of the wall…repaired the wall opposite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
200 NEH 3 30 s2s5 אחר⁠י 1 After him “Next to him”
204 NEH 3 31 ifp5 אחרי 1 After him “Next to him”
205 NEH 3 31 d33p translate-names מַלְכִּיָּה֙ 1 Malkijah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
206 NEH 3 31 uuc7 הַ⁠צֹּ֣רְפִ֔י 1 goldsmiths A goldsmith is a person who makes gold jewelry and other gold objects.
207 NEH 3 31 lb9z figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק…עַד־ בֵּ֥ית הֶחֱזִ֗יק…עַד־בֵּ֥ית 1 repaired to the house These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “repaired the wall to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
208 NEH 3 31 ye2u וְ⁠הָ⁠רֹכְלִ֑ים 1 merchants “sellers” or “traders”
209 NEH 3 31 r6sv עֲלִיַּ֥ת 1 upper living chambers the higher-level rooms where people stayed
210 NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 merchants repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “merchants repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
214 NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
215 NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned within him, and he was furiously angry Here “it” refers to Sanballat’s realization that the Jews are rebuilding the walls. This speaks of Sanballat becoming very angry as if his anger were a burning fire. Alternate translation: “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
216 NEH 4 2 v3qv לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֶחָ֗י⁠ו 1 In the presence of his brothers “In the presence of his kinsmen” or “In the presence of his clan”
217 NEH 4 2 d5n2 figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲ⁠יַעַזְב֨וּ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם הֲ⁠יִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת מָ֛ה הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲ⁠יַעַזְב֨וּ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם הֲ⁠יִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 What are these feeble…Will they restore…Will they offer…Will they finish the work in a day? Sanballat poses these questions to mock the Jews. These can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “These feeble Jews can accomplish nothing. They will never restore the city for themselves. They will not offer sacrifices. They will not finish the work in a day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
218 NEH 4 2 r9lb הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים 1 feeble Jews “weak Jews”
219 NEH 4 2 uk3w figs-metaphor בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 in a day This speaks of not finishing something quickly by saying that it cannot be accomplished in a day. Alternate translation: “quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220 NEH 4 2 ps9n figs-rquestion הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 Will they bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned? Sanballat also poses this question to mock the Jews. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “They will not bring to life again the stones from piles of rubble that were burned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
221 NEH 4 2 hr7v figs-metaphor הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת הַ⁠יְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֛ים מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned This speaks of the people rebuilding the city as if they were bring it back to life. Alternate translation: “restore the city and rebuild its walls from the useless stones that were burned and turned into rubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 NEH 4 2 b96n figs-activepassive מֵ⁠עֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר וְ⁠הֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 from the piles of rubble after they were burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “from piles of rubble that someone had burned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
223 NEH 4 3 alw5 translate-names וְ⁠טוֹבִיָּ֥ה 1 Tobiah This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
224 NEH 4 3 da2t figs-hyperbole אִם־ יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּ⁠פָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵי⁠הֶֽם אִם־יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּ⁠פָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 If only a fox went up on what they are building, it would break down their stone wall Sanaballat mocks the wall and exaggerates how weak it is by saying that a fox could knock it down. Alternate translation: “That wall they are building is so weak that even if a little fox climbed up on it, their stone wall would fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
225 NEH 4 4 b24b 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah begins to pray to God.
226 NEH 4 4 buk3 figs-activepassive שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ כִּֽי־ הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ כִּֽי־הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה 1 Hear, our God, for we are despised Here the word “we” refers to the Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hear, our God, for our enemies despise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
227 NEH 4 4 pgh8 figs-activepassive וּ⁠תְנֵ֥⁠ם לְ⁠בִזָּ֖ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁבְיָֽה 1 give them up to be plundered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let their enemies rob them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
228 NEH 4 4 z6nz figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖⁠ם אֶל־ רֹאשָׁ֑⁠ם וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖⁠ם אֶל־רֹאשָׁ֑⁠ם 1 Turn back their taunts on their own heads The phrase “their taunts” refers to Sanballat’s and Tobiah’s insults. Here the word “heads” refers to the whole people. Alternate translation: “Turn their taunts onto themselves” or “Cause their insulting words to mock themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
229 NEH 4 5 ae62 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah continues the prayer he began in verse 4.
230 NEH 4 5 mc9p וְ⁠אַל־ תְּכַס֙ עַל־ עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל־ תִּמָּחֶ֑ה כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים וְ⁠אַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים 1 Do…to anger. Nehemiah continues the prayer he began with the words “Hear, our God” in verse 4. You may show that this is a prayer by making it a direct quote. “Then I prayed, ‘Hear, our God,…they are prisoners. Do not cover…the builders to anger.’”
231 NEH 4 5 zz8h figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־ תְּכַס֙ עַל וְ⁠אַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל 1 Do not cover over This speaks of a forgiving a person’s sins as if they were a object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “Do not forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
232 NEH 4 5 k9rw עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל 1 do not erase their sin from before you This speaks of forgetting a person’s sins as if they were something written that could be erased. Alternate translation: “do not forget their sins
233 NEH 4 5 mbi1 הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים 1 they have provoked the builders to anger “they have made the builders become angry”
234 NEH 4 6 r475 וַ⁠נִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־ הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה וַ⁠נִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 So we built the wall “So we rebuilt the wall”
235 NEH 4 6 mhm5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־ הַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה עַד־ חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ וַ⁠תִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 all the wall was joined together to half its height This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we joined the wall together and it was half its total height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
236 NEH 4 6 ef8p translate-fraction עַד־ חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 half its height “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
237 NEH 4 7 gsb7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 a great anger burned within them This speaks of the people being very angry as if their anger were something that burned inside them. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” or “they became enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
238 NEH 4 8 b6im figs-metonymy בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 against Jerusalem Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
239 NEH 4 9 vz1d וַ⁠נַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 set a guard as protection “put men around the wall to guard the city”
240 NEH 4 10 vc8h וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 There is too much rubble Rubble is “burned stone” or “broken rock” or “unusable stone.”
241 NEH 4 11 yuc9 לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־ נָב֥וֹא אֶל־ תּוֹכָ֖⁠ם לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־נָב֥וֹא אֶל־תּוֹכָ֖⁠ם 1 They will not know or see until we come among them “They will not see us coming until we are beside them”
242 NEH 4 12 q1mv figs-hyperbole מִ⁠כָּל־ הַ⁠מְּקֹמ֖וֹת מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמ֖וֹת 1 from all directions This represents many directions. The word “all” is an exaggeration for represents “many.” Alternate translation: “from many directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
243 NEH 4 12 t8f2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים 1 spoke to us ten times Here the number 10 is used to represent “many.” Alternate translation: “spoke to us many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
244 NEH 4 13 xc8b מִֽ⁠תַּחְתִּיּ֧וֹת לַ⁠מָּק֛וֹם 1 in the exposed areas “in the vulnerable areas”
245 NEH 4 13 mj33 figs-synecdoche וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־ הָ⁠עָם֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת 1 I positioned each family This refers to several people from each family, this likely does not include the women and children. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
246 NEH 4 15 puc1 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר 1 It came about “It happened that”
247 NEH 4 15 qxa7 figs-activepassive נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 their plans were known to us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we knew about their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
248 NEH 4 16 gh9g נְעָרַ⁠י֮ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒ 1 my servants worked “my young men worked”
249 NEH 4 16 f9in translate-fraction חֲצִ֣י נְעָרַ⁠י֮ …⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם 1 half of my servants…half of them “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
250 NEH 4 16 gl4t וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־ בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 the leaders stood behind all the people “the leaders positioned themselves behind all the people”
251 NEH 4 17 uya2 figs-hyperbole עֹמְשִׂ֑ים בְּ⁠אַחַ֤ת יָד⁠וֹ֙ עֹשֶׂ֣ה בַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה וְ⁠אַחַ֖ת מַחֲזֶ֥קֶת הַ⁠שָּֽׁלַח 1 Everyone worked with one hand, and with the other hand he held his weapon This is an exaggeration. They did not always work with only one hand, but they always had their weapon with them so that they were prepared to protect themselves and those around them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
252 NEH 4 19 yn7h וָ⁠אֹמַ֞ר 1 I said Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
253 NEH 4 19 xi9g הַ⁠חֹרִ֤ים…הַ⁠סְּגָנִים֙ 1 the nobles…the officials These are the leaders referred to in [Nehemiah 4:16](../04/16.md).
254 NEH 4 19 agy3 הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֥ה הַרְבֵּ֖ה 1 The work is great Here the word “great” means “large-scale” or “huge.”
255 NEH 4 20 tm9s figs-metonymy אֶת־ ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 the trumpet sound This refers to someone blowing a trumpet. Alternate translation: “someone blowing a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
256 NEH 4 21 ca45 translate-fraction וְ⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם 1 Half of them Here “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
257 NEH 4 21 w4uu מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים 1 from the rising of the dawn until the coming out of the stars This refers to the whole day, while it is light outside. Alternate translation: “from the first light of day until the very beginning of the night”
258 NEH 4 21 jl3h figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר 1 the rising of the dawn It is the point in time that the sun rises that is “dawn.” Here the sun rising is spoken of as if the “dawn” rose. Alternate translation: “the rising of the sun” or “dawn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
259 NEH 4 22 r87p בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the middle of Jerusalem “within Jerusalem”
260 NEH 4 23 v2e1 פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 changed our clothes “took off our clothes”
261 NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.<br>
262 NEH 5 1 za4u figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־ אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
263 NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 the men and their wives This refers to the men who were working on building the wall.
264 NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת…גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 raised a great outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
265 NEH 5 3 dt2m שְׂדֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בָתֵּ֖י⁠נוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים 1 We are mortgaging our fields “We are having to pledge” or “We are having to give in pledge”
267 NEH 5 5 rdp9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יֵ֨שׁ מִ⁠בְּנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ נִכְבָּשׁוֹת֙ 1 Some of our daughters have already been enslaved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We have already sold some of our daughters into slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
268 NEH 5 5 z783 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔⁠נוּ וּ⁠שְׂדֹתֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵ֖י⁠נוּ לַ⁠אֲחֵרִֽים 1 But it is not in our power to help it because other men now own our fields and our vineyards Since the mens’ fields and vineyards are not in their possession, they are unable to produce the money they need to support their families. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But we are unable to change this situation because other men now own our fields and our vineyards which we need to support our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
269 NEH 5 5 jr7j figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֣ין לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 it is not in our power This is an idiom which means that they do not have the resources to do something. Alternate translation: “we are unable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
270 NEH 5 6 ryx1 figs-abstractnouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־ זַֽעֲקָתָ֔⁠ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔⁠ם 1 when I heard their outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “when I heard them cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
271 NEH 5 7 sn56 figs-explicit מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־ בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 You are exacting interest, each from his own brother Every Jew would have known that it is wrong under the Law to charge interest to another Jew. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you is charging interest to your own brother, and that is wrong under the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
272 NEH 5 7 r7yl figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה 1 I held a great assembly against them This means that he brought together a large group of people and brought these charges against them. The meaning of statement this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “I held a great assembly and brought these charges against them” or “I held them on trial in front of the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
273 NEH 5 8 pzy8 figs-explicit אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠נִמְכְּרוּ־ לָ֑⁠נוּ אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠נִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 but you even sell your brothers that they may be sold back to us This means that they are selling their family members, both men and women, as slaves to their fellow Jews. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Now you are selling your own people to be slaves of your fellow Jews, so that they might later sell them back to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
274 NEH 5 8 kn82 figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ 1 who had been sold to the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who people had sold as slaves to the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
275 NEH 5 9 lm7c ו⁠יאמר 1 Also I said The pronoun “I” refers to Nehemiah.
276 NEH 5 9 ecd1 הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים 1 What you are doing “You” here refers to the Jewish nobles.
277 NEH 5 9 kr1t figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֞וֹא בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ מֵ⁠חֶרְפַּ֖ת הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Should you not walk in the fear of our God to prevent the taunts of the nations that are our enemies? This is a rhetorical question that Nehemiah is using to scold the nobles. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should walk in the fear of our God to prevent the taunts of the nations that are our enemies.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
278 NEH 5 9 v6ux figs-idiom הֲ⁠ל֞וֹא בְּ⁠יִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ 1 walk in the fear of our God This is and idiom. Here “walk” refers to a person’s behavior and the way he lives. Alternate translation: “live your life in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
279 NEH 5 9 s7qt figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠חֶרְפַּ֖ת הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 the taunts of the nations that are our enemies The word “taunt” means “slander” or “mockery” and it can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “the nations who are our enemies from taunting us” or “the enemy nations from mocking us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
280 NEH 5 10 xbp5 נֹשִׁ֥ים 1 lending borrowing or giving something to someone expecting repayment
281 NEH 5 10 j3dq אֶת־ הַ⁠מַּשָּׁ֥א הַ⁠זֶּֽ אֶת־הַ⁠מַּשָּׁ֥א הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 loans This is any money, food, or property that one person could let another person borrow in order to repay debts. The borrower would then be indebted to the lender.
282 NEH 5 11 vkz7 וּ⁠מְאַ֨ת 1 percentage A part of the value of the loan that the borrower was charged in interest.
283 NEH 5 11 dim5 אַתֶּ֖ם נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּ⁠הֶֽם 1 you exacted from them “you charged them” or “you made them pay”
284 NEH 5 12 e9y2 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 Then they said Here “they” refers to the Jewish leaders.
286 NEH 5 12 i1gi וָֽ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֔⁠ם 1 made them swear Here the word “them” refers to the Jewish leaders.
287 NEH 5 12 e2yv וָ⁠אֶקְרָא֙ 1 Then I called “I” refers to Nehemiah.
288 NEH 5 13 neg1 translate-symaction חָצְנִ֣⁠י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 I shook out the fold of my robe “I shook out the pockets of my robe.” Many times in the Old Testament, oaths were physically demonstrated as a witness to what was promised. Nehemiah is demonstrating to the Jewish leaders what will happen if they break the promise they had made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
289 NEH 5 13 f5p4 figs-metaphor כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־ כָּל־ הָ⁠אִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־ יָקִ֜ים אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה מִ⁠בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה מִ⁠בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק 1 So may God shake out of his house…So may he be shaken out and emptied Here Nehemiah speaks of God taking away all of a man’s possessions as if God were shaking him out of his home and possessions like Nehemiah shook out his robe. Alternate translation: “So may God take away from every man who does not keep his promise all of his possessions and his home like I have taken everything out of the fold of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
290 NEH 5 14 zur1 מִ⁠יּ֣וֹם׀ אֲשֶׁר־ צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗⁠י מִ⁠יּ֣וֹם׀ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗⁠י 1 from the time I was appointed Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
291 NEH 5 14 ri8l translate-ordinal מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים וְ֠⁠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠שְׁתַּ֨יִם֙ 1 from the twentieth year until the thirty-second year “from the 20th year until the 32 year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
292 NEH 5 14 i31d לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 of Artaxerxes the king “that Artaxerxes was king”
293 NEH 5 14 ga6u translate-numbers שָׁנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֑ה 1 twelve years “12 years” or “during those 12 years.” Nehemiah is restating the number of years to emphasize that he did this continually for the full time he was governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
294 NEH 5 14 nqt2 לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פֶּ֖חָה 1 the food provided for the governor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ate the food that the people provided for the governor”
295 NEH 5 15 uu9k וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּחוֹת֩ הָ⁠רִאשֹׁנִ֨ים 1 former governors “previous governors” or “governors from the past.” Nehemiah was not the first governor of Judah.
296 NEH 5 15 w4zk translate-numbers כֶּֽסֶף־ שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 forty shekels “40 shekels” or “40 silver coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
297 NEH 5 15 egg7 וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹא־ עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹא־עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 But I did not do so because of the fear of God “But because my fear of God I did not take the food” or “But I did not take the food because I feared God”
298 NEH 5 16 gx42 הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי 1 I also continued “I” refers to Nehemiah.
299 NEH 5 16 lm7t קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 we bought The word “we” refers to Nehemiah and his servants.
300 NEH 5 16 xpb3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־ נְעָרַ֔⁠י קְבוּצִ֥ים וְ⁠כָל־נְעָרַ֔⁠י קְבוּצִ֥ים 1 all my servants were gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I gathered all of my servants there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301 NEH 5 16 m3s9 עַל־ הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה עַל־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 for the work “to work on the wall”
302 NEH 5 17 a1g4 translate-numbers מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ 1 150 men “one hundred and fifty men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
303 NEH 5 17 q9x7 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֨ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ מִן־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־ סְבִיבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ עַל־ שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֨ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ מִן־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־סְבִיבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 At my table were the Jews…from among the nations who were around us Nehemiah was responsible for providing food for all of these people. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Also, every day I was responsible to feed at our table the Jews and the officials, 150 people; and we also fed the visitors who came from other countries around us (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304 NEH 5 17 w7i4 עַל־ שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 my table This refers to the governor’s table. It was a communal table for the community and for discussion of issues.
305 NEH 5 17 j2af וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים 1 officials government leaders
306 NEH 5 18 fa32 figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד שׁ֣וֹר אֶחָ֞ד 1 Now what was prepared each day was This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Each day I told my servants to prepare” or “Each day I told my servants to serve us the meat from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
307 NEH 5 18 gqe2 יַ֖יִן לְ⁠הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 wine in abundance “enough wine for everyone”
308 NEH 5 18 sp6n וְ⁠עִם־ זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַ⁠פֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי וְ⁠עִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַ⁠פֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 yet for all this I did not demand the food allowance of the governor “yet I never asked for the governor’s food allowance”
309 NEH 5 19 mil3 figs-idiom לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 for good This idiom is a request for God to reward him with good things because of the good that he has done for the people. Alternate translation: “and reward me” or “cause good to happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
310 NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.<br>
311 NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠⁠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
312 NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־ הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־ הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי 1 I had rebuilt the wall…I had not yet Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall and did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “we had rebuilt the wall…we had not yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
314 NEH 6 1 ap2q figs-ellipsis פָּ֑רֶץ 1 any sections This refers to sections of the wall. Alternate translation: “any sections of the wall” or “any gaps in the city wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
315 NEH 6 2 n5nu figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח…אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 sent to me This means that they sent a messenger with a message. Alternate translation: “sent a messenger to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
316 NEH 6 2 rbv9 translate-names אוֹנ֑וֹ 1 Ono This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
317 NEH 6 3 d84v figs-synecdoche מְלָאכָ֤ה גְדוֹלָה֙ אֲנִ֣י עֹשֶׂ֔ה 1 I am doing a great work Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall. He did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “We are doing a great work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
318 NEH 6 3 ee8i figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה תִשְׁבַּ֤ת הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַרְפֶּ֔⁠הָ וְ⁠יָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Why should the work stop while I leave it and come down to you? This rhetorical question is used to challenge Sanballat’s request. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I cannot let the work stop and come down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
319 NEH 6 3 t9gf וְ⁠יָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 down to you The word “down” is used here because the plain of Ono where they were requesting Nehemiah to come is at a lower elevation than Jerusalem.
320 NEH 6 5 r8xc translate-ordinal וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨⁠י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־ נַעֲר֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨⁠י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־נַעֲר֑⁠וֹ 1 Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way the fifth time Identifying this message separately means it is distinct in some way from the previous four messages and, therefore, should be noted. Alternate translation: “ Sanballat sent his servant to me in the same way yet again” or “Sanballat sent his servant to me to deliver a fifth message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
321 NEH 6 5 s6ag וְ⁠אִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה 1 an open letter The letter was an unsealed diplomatic communication. This was an insult to the recipient because the courier was free to read it and spread its contents among the people of the region.
322 NEH 6 5 rx5j figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 in his hand This means he had the letter in his possession, but he did not necessarily carry it in his hand at all times. Alternate translation: “in his possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323 NEH 6 6 wy84 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֤ם נִשְׁמָע֙ 1 It is reported among the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The rumor in the region is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
328 NEH 6 8 ab7x לֹ֤א נִֽהְיָה֙ כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר 1 No such things have occurred as you say “None of the things you have written have occurred”
329 NEH 6 8 ds1y figs-metonymy כִּ֥י מִֽ⁠לִּבְּ⁠ךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽא⁠ם 1 for within your heart you invented them Here the “heart” refers to the “mind,” that is, to one’s desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: “for within your mind you invented them” or “for you have made this up in your own imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
330 NEH 6 9 p45k כִּ֣י כֻלָּ֗⁠ם מְיָֽרְאִ֤ים אוֹתָ֨⁠נוּ֙ 1 For they all wanted to make us afraid Here “they” refers to Nehemiah’s enemies, Sanballat, Tobiah, Geshem, and their followers. The word “us” refers to the Jews.
331 NEH 6 9 b5ij figs-explicit יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־ הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 They will drop their hands from doing the work This is a descriptive phrase that means that they are stopping their work on the wall. Alternate translation: “The workers on the wall will stop doing the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
332 NEH 6 9 j1dj figs-synecdoche חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־ יָדָֽ⁠י חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠י 1 strengthen my hands Here Nehemiah requests for God to strengthen him by asking him to strengthen his “hands.” Alternate translation: “strengthen me” or “give me courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
333 NEH 6 10 ybj6 translate-names שְֽׁמַֽעְיָ֧ה…דְּלָיָ֛ה…מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵ֖ל 1 Shemaiah…Delaiah…Mehetabel These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
334 NEH 6 10 k8xd figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר 1 who was confined in his home The writer does not give the reason for him being confined, so it is best to say that he was staying at home using the most general words possible. Alternate translation: “who could not leave his house” or “whom the authorities had ordered to stay in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
335 NEH 6 11 syw3 figs-rquestion הַ⁠אִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֨וֹ⁠נִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח וּ⁠מִ֥י כָמ֛וֹ⁠נִי אֲשֶׁר־ יָב֥וֹא אֶל־ הַ⁠הֵיכָ֖ל וָ⁠חָ֑י הַ⁠אִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֨וֹ⁠נִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח וּ⁠מִ֥י כָמ֛וֹ⁠נִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַ⁠הֵיכָ֖ל וָ⁠חָ֑י 1 Would a man like me run away? Would a man like me go into the temple just so he could save his own life? Nehemiah uses these rhetorical questions to emphasize that he will not do what Shemaiah has suggested. These questions may be written as statements. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not run away. A man like me would not go into the temple just to hide to stay alive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
336 NEH 6 12 s2sf כִּ֤י הַ⁠נְּבוּאָה֙ דִּבֶּ֣ר עָלַ֔⁠י 1 but that he had prophesied against me “but that he had prophesied in order to oppose me”
337 NEH 6 13 b27k וְ⁠חָטָ֑אתִי 1 and sin Using the temple as a place to hide was sinful. It may be helpful to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and sin by misusing the temple”
338 NEH 6 13 ji1g figs-idiom לְ⁠שֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע 1 a bad name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “so that they could give me a bad reputation” or “so that they could give a bad report about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
359 NEH 7 1 lk9v הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים 1 gatekeepers people assigned to each gate, responsible to control access to the city or temple, as well as to open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the administrator
360 NEH 7 1 f8ks וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 singers vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion
361 NEH 7 2 ykr9 translate-names חֲנָ֣נִי…חֲנַנְיָ֛ה 1 Hanani…Hananiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 NEH 7 2 zy5q וָ⁠אֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־ חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־ חֲנַנְיָ֛ה שַׂ֥ר וָ⁠אֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־חֲנַנְיָ֛ה שַׂ֥ר 1 I gave my brother Hanani charge “I gave the order for my brother Hanani to be the manager”
363 NEH 7 2 iqf3 שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠בִּירָ֖ה 1 who had oversight of the fortress “who was in charge of the fortress”
364 NEH 7 2 dx6d וְ⁠יָרֵ֥א אֶת־ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵ⁠רַבִּֽים וְ⁠יָרֵ֥א אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵ⁠רַבִּֽים 1 feared God more than many “feared God more than many other people”
365 NEH 7 3 y2jk ו⁠יאמר לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 I said to them The word “them” refers to Hanani and Hananiah.
366 NEH 7 3 n55g לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עַד־ חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עַד־חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 Do not open the gates of Jerusalem until the sun is hot. While the gatekeepers are on guard, you may shut the doors and bar them Possible meanings are 1) these actions were done by Hanani and Hananiah or 2) these actions were done by Hanani and Hananiah with the help of the gatekeepers or 3) the gatekeepers did these actions under the direction of Hanani and Hananiah.
367 NEH 7 3 w3hi חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 the sun is hot “the sun is high in the sky”
368 NEH 7 3 b2es וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 While the gatekeepers are on guard, you may shut the doors and bar them “Shut the doors and bar them while the gatekeepers are still on guard”
369 NEH 7 3 mir9 מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ 1 gatekeepers See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md)
371 NEH 7 3 he4e וְ⁠הַעֲמֵ֗יד מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ יֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 Appoint guards from those who live in Jerusalem “Assign guards from those people who live in Jerusalem”
372 NEH 7 3 wf26 בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָר֔⁠וֹ 1 guard station “guard post” or “guard duty place”
373 NEH 7 4 y6y8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥ין בָּתִּ֖ים בְּנוּיִֽם 1 no houses had yet been rebuilt This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people had not yet rebuilt the houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
374 NEH 7 5 wjd3 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־ לִבִּ֔⁠י וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 put into my heart Here Nehemiah’s “heart” refers to his thoughts and will. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “inspired me” or “led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
375 NEH 7 5 pzu6 לְ⁠הִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ 1 to enroll them “to list and register them”
376 NEH 7 5 avw2 סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠יַּ֨חַשׂ֙ 1 the book of the genealogy This was a book that no longer exists.
377 NEH 7 5 bz2p figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֶמְצָ֖א כָּת֥וּב בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 found the following written in it This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “found that someone had written the following in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
400 NEH 7 19 iy74 translate-names בִגְוָ֔ 1 Bigvai This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
401 NEH 7 20 d5wk translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
402 NEH 7 21 mxg1 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר 1 Ater This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
403 NEH 7 21 l797 figs-ellipsis בְּנֵֽי־ אָטֵ֥ר לְ⁠חִזְקִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְ⁠חִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 The descendants of Ater, of Hezekiah The writer has shortened this sentence. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ater, who is a descendant of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
404 NEH 7 22 r3ee translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
405 NEH 7 23 yyf7 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
406 NEH 7 23 v6eh translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
407 NEH 7 24 j9rb translate-names חָרִ֔יף 1 Hariph This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
408 NEH 7 25 sj6p translate-names גִבְע֖וֹן 1 Gibeon This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
409 NEH 7 26 sde6 translate-names בֵֽית־ לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּ⁠נְטֹפָ֔ה בֵֽית־לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּ⁠נְטֹפָ֔ה 1 Bethlehem and Netophah These are the names of places in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
410 NEH 7 27 xmr1 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
411 NEH 7 27 v2tb translate-names עֲנָת֔וֹת 1 Anathoth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
412 NEH 7 28 b1sd translate-names בֵית־ עַזְמָ֖וֶת בֵית־עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Beth Azmaveth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
413 NEH 7 29 y9ek translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת יְעָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kiriath Jearim, Kephirah, and Beeroth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
414 NEH 7 30 ncc2 translate-names הָֽ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע 1 Ramah and Geba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
415 NEH 7 31 i39d translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
416 NEH 7 31 ty2q translate-names מִכְמָ֔ס 1 Michmas This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
417 NEH 7 32 b4qw translate-names בֵֽית־ אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י 1 Bethel and Ai This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
418 NEH 7 33 dbu1 translate-names נְב֛וֹ 1 Nebo This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
419 NEH 7 34 d1vy translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam This is the name of a place. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
420 NEH 7 35 wz53 translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
463 NEH 7 64 m2qd אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים 1 These sought their records among those enrolled by their genealogy “They sought their written genealogical records” or “They searched their written genealogical records”
464 NEH 7 64 n9vy אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ 1 These sought “These” refers to the descendants of Hobaiah, Hakkoz and Barzillai ([Nehemiah 7:63](../07/63.md)).
465 NEH 7 64 bl4n figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑א 1 but they could not be found This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but they could not find their records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
466 NEH 7 64 iyy1 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־ הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה וַ⁠יְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as unclean This can be translated in active form. The abstract noun “priesthood” can be translated as the verb “work as priests.” Alternate translation: “the governor treated them as if they were unclean and did not allow them to work as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
467 NEH 7 65 qnn2 figs-activepassive עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וְ⁠תוּמִּֽים 1 until there rose up a priest with Urim and Thummim This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until a priest with Urim and Thummim approved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
468 NEH 7 65 cij9 translate-unknown לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וְ⁠תוּמִּֽים 1 Urim and Thummim These were sacred stones that the high priest carried on his breastplate and used at times to determine God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
469 NEH 7 66 t4xj translate-numbers 0 Connecting Statement: Nehemiah is continuing to recount the number of people who returned from exile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
470 NEH 7 66 j9fe כָּל־ הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד 1 The whole assembly together “The whole group together”
471 NEH 7 66 av51 אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־ מֵא֥וֹת וְ⁠שִׁשִּֽׁים אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת וְ⁠שִׁשִּֽׁים 1 was 42,360 “was 42,360 people”
472 NEH 7 67 se3x מִ֠⁠לְּ⁠בַד עַבְדֵי⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠אַמְהֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 singing men and women “male singers and female singers”
473 NEH 7 69 d72q translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑הס…שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 435…6,720 “four hundred and thirty-five…six thousand seven hundred and twenty.” These are numbers of animals brought back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
474 NEH 7 70 e1e9 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת 1 the heads of ancestors’ families “the chief patriarchs” or “the leaders of the clans”
483 NEH 7 72 g529 translate-numbers וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּֽהֲנִ֖ים שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה 1 sixty-seven priestly garments “67 priestly garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
484 NEH 7 73 e7np וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ 1 gatekeepers See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
485 NEH 7 73 a2ub וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים 1 singers See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
486 NEH 7 73 jaj3 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִן־ הָ⁠עָ֧ם וּ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֧ם 1 some of the people The implied information is that this refers to some of the Israelites who were not priests or other temple workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
487 NEH 7 73 znc4 וְ⁠כָל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 all Israel Possible meanings are: 1) all the groups of Israelites that are listed in this verse or 2) the rest of the Israelites who did not work in the temple.
488 NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month “month 7.” This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
489 NEH 7 73 gdj2 בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 were settled in their cities “lived in their own cities”
490 NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.<br>
491 NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־ הָ⁠עָם֙ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 All the people gathered as one man The word “all” is a generalization that indicates the people as a whole came together. Alternate translation: “The people gathered all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
492 NEH 8 1 f6t8 שַֽׁעַר־ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Water Gate This was the name of a large opening or doorway in the wall.
493 NEH 8 1 fdh4 אֶת־ סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 the book of the law of Moses This would have been all or part of the first five books of the Old Testament.
494 NEH 8 2 id7q translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 On the first day of the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day of the seventh month is near the middle of September on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
495 NEH 8 2 e89a וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־ הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֞ה וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֞ה 1 brought the law “brought The Book of the Law”
496 NEH 8 2 j8yl וְ⁠כֹ֖ל מֵבִ֣ין לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֑עַ 1 all who could hear and understand This would include children who were old enough to understand what was being read.
497 NEH 8 3 iv9y לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י הָ⁠רְח֜וֹב 1 He faced the open area “He turned towards the open area”
498 NEH 8 3 pkz7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָא 1 he read from it Here “it” refers to the Book of the law of Moses.
499 NEH 8 4 lk8k translate-names מַתִּתְיָ֡ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֡מַע וַ֠⁠עֲנָיָה וְ⁠אוּרִיָּ֧ה וְ⁠חִלְקִיָּ֛ה וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֖ה…פְּ֠דָיָה וּ⁠מִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל וּ⁠מַלְכִּיָּ֛ה וְ⁠חָשֻׁ֥ם וְ⁠חַשְׁבַּדָּ֖נָה זְכַרְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Mattithiah, Shema, Anaiah, Uriah, Hilkiah, and Maaseiah…Pedaiah, Mishael, Malkijah, Hashum, Hashbaddanah, Zechariah, and Meshullam These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
500 NEH 8 5 t5lf figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠סֵּ֨פֶר֙ לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠סֵּ֨פֶר֙ לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Ezra opened the book in the sight of all the people The abstract noun “sight” can be expressed with the verb “see.” Alternate translation: “Everyone saw Ezra open the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
501 NEH 8 5 wqg8 הַ⁠סֵּ֨פֶר֙ 1 the book “The Book of the Law”
502 NEH 8 5 ln1z מֵ⁠עַ֥ל כָּל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הָיָ֑ה מֵ⁠עַ֥ל כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם הָיָ֑ה 1 he was standing above the people “he was standing higher than the people”
503 NEH 8 5 yv2u figs-explicit וּ⁠כְ⁠פִתְח֖⁠וֹ עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־ הָ⁠עָֽם וּ⁠כְ⁠פִתְח֖⁠וֹ עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 when he opened it all the people stood up The people stood up out of respect for God’s word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
504 NEH 8 6 x9v8 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־ יְהוָ֥ה וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה 1 Ezra gave thanks to Yahweh The abstract noun “thanks” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Ezra thanked Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
505 NEH 8 8 s5er וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ בַ⁠סֵּ֛פֶר 1 They read in the book The word “They” here refers to the Levites.
506 NEH 8 8 vsq9 figs-abstractnouns מְפֹרָ֑שׁ וְ⁠שׂ֣וֹם שֶׂ֔כֶל וַ⁠יָּבִ֖ינוּ בַּ⁠מִּקְרָֽא 1 making it clear with interpretation and giving the meaning The abstract nouns “interpretation” and “meaning” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “clearly interpreting and explaining it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
507 NEH 8 9 wky3 figs-hyperbole כִּ֤י בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָ֔ם כִּ֤י בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 For all the people wept This is a generalization that indicates there was great weeping among the people. Alternate translation: “For the people wept greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
508 NEH 8 10 smq2 figs-explicit אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 eat the fat and have something sweet to drink The implied information is that the people were told to feast on rich food and sweet drinks. Alternate translation: “eat rich food and drink something sweet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
509 NEH 8 10 ach1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ וְ⁠אַל־תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ 1 Do not be grieved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
510 NEH 8 10 sni7 figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־ חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּ⁠כֶֽם כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 for the joy of Yahweh is your strength The abstract nouns “joy” and “strength” can be expressed as verbs or adjectives. Alternate translation: “rejoicing in Yahweh will protect you” or “being joyful in Yahweh will be your strong refuge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
511 NEH 8 11 sxx6 הַ֔סּוּ 1 Hush! “Be quiet!” or “Be silent!”
512 NEH 8 11 fjz6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ וְ⁠אַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 Do not be grieved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
513 NEH 8 12 z1gc figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 celebrate with great joy The abstract noun “joy” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
514 NEH 8 12 xsf5 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 the words that were made known to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that he declared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
515 NEH 8 13 uj5j translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֡י 1 On the second day “On day 2” or “On the next day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
524 NEH 8 16 krx4 שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם…שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 Water Gate…Gate of Ephraim These are names of large openings or doorways in the wall.
525 NEH 8 16 b74m וּ⁠בִ⁠רְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 in the square at the Gate of Ephraim “in the open place by the Gate of Ephraim”
526 NEH 8 17 n31n מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ 1 For since the days of Joshua “From the days of Joshua”
527 NEH 8 17 e32u translate-names בִּן־ נ֥וּן בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 son of Nun “Nun” here is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
528 NEH 8 17 wyd6 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שִׂמְחָ֖ה גְּדוֹלָ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 their joy was very great The abstract noun “joy” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the people were very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
529 NEH 8 18 g9rl figs-idiom י֣וֹם׀ בְּ⁠י֔וֹם 1 day by day This idiom means “each day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
530 NEH 8 18 j9aj figs-explicit מִן־ הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הָ⁠אַחֲר֑וֹן מִן־הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הָ⁠אַחֲר֑וֹן 1 from the first day to the last The implied information is that it was during the entire week of the festival. Alternate translation: “from the first day to the last day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
531 NEH 8 18 c1cp וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ חָג֙ וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ 1 They kept the festival “They made a feast” or “They celebrated the festival”
532 NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 on the eighth day “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
533 NEH 8 18 sfx4 עֲצֶ֖רֶת 1 solemn assembly This was a special religious gathering.
534 NEH 8 18 cey3 figs-explicit כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 in obedience to the decree The implied information is that “the decree” was the command of Yahweh about how the Festival of Shelters was to end. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535 NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
536 NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 the twenty-fourth day of the same month “the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month” This is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
537 NEH 9 1 lm7m נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 the people of Israel were assembled “the people of Israel came together”
538 NEH 9 1 irv4 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠שַׂקִּ֔ים וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 they were wearing sackcloth, and they put dust on their heads This was in order to show how sorry they were for the wrong things they and their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
539 NEH 9 2 xbs1 זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The descendants of Israel “The Israelites”
540 NEH 9 2 qx58 וַ⁠יִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙…מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 separated themselves from all the foreigners “no longer had anything to do with those who were not Israelites”
541 NEH 9 2 vhc6 וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ וַ⁠יִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־ חַטֹּ֣אתֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ וַ⁠יִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 They stood and confessed their own sins and the evil actions of their ancestors “They admitted the wrong things that they had done and also the wrong things their forefathers had done”
542 NEH 9 3 q5p1 וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ 1 They stood up All the Israelites stood up
543 NEH 9 3 je9t מִתְוַדִּ֣ים 1 they were confessing “they were admitting the wrong things they had done”
544 NEH 9 3 qe6e וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֔ים 1 bowing down before “worshiping” or “praising”
545 NEH 9 4 bc94 וַ⁠יָּ֜קָם עַֽל־ מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּ⁠בָנִ֜י וַ⁠יָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּ⁠בָנִ֜י 1 The Levites, Jeshua, Bani…stood on the stairs Some versions translate, “Jeshua, Bani…stood on the stairs built for the Levites”
546 NEH 9 4 zl5j translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּ⁠בָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי 1 Jeshua, Bani, Kadmiel, Shebaniah, Bunni, Sherebiah, Bani, and Kenani men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
547 NEH 9 5 j96x וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֡ם…ק֗וּמוּ 1 Then the Levites…said, “Stand up…ever.” Here the Levites are speaking to the people of Israel.
548 NEH 9 5 u4pu בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־ יְהוָ֣ה בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה 1 give praise to Yahweh “bless Yahweh”
549 NEH 9 5 yk5b translate-names יֵשׁ֣וּעַ וְ֠⁠קַדְמִיאֵל בָּנִ֨י…שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה…שְׁבַנְיָ֣ה 1 Jeshua…Kadmiel…Bani…Sherebiah…Shebaniah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 9:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
550 NEH 9 5 m3eu translate-names חֲשַׁבְנְיָ֜ה שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה הֽוֹדִיָּה֙…פְתַֽחְיָ֔ה 1 Hashabneiah…Hodiah…Pethahiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
551 NEH 9 5 tve4 וִ⁠יבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 May they bless your glorious name the Levites are speaking to Yahweh. “May the people of Judah bless your glorious name, Yahweh”
552 NEH 9 6 k5l3 figs-metaphor שְׁמֵ֨י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם וְ⁠כָל־ צְבָאָ֗⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ הַ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וְ⁠כָל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־ כֻּלָּ֑⁠ם וּ⁠צְבָ֥א הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לְ⁠ךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים שְׁמֵ֨י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם וְ⁠כָל־צְבָאָ֗⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ הַ⁠יַּמִּים֙ וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־כֻּלָּ֑⁠ם וּ⁠צְבָ֥א הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לְ⁠ךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים 1 the highest heavens, with all their host…the host of heaven worship you A host is an army. The “host of heaven” speaks in a metaphor of the many stars as if they were an army. The stars in turn are a metaphor for the many angels. The stars worshiping Yahweh is a metaphor for the angels worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553 NEH 9 7 id6f 0 Connecting Statement: The Levites continue their prayer before all the people.
554 NEH 9 7 us45 מֵ⁠א֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים 1 Ur of the Chaldees “Ur, where the Chaldean people group lived”
555 NEH 9 8 ej7e figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־ לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 You found his heart was faithful before you The heart, the inner being of the person, represents the person. Alternate translation: “You saw that he was completely faithful to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
556 NEH 9 8 vbx8 translate-names הַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֧י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֛י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֥י וְ⁠הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י 1 Canaanites…Hittites…Amorites…Perizzites…Jebusites…Girgashites people group names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
557 NEH 9 9 p3f4 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
558 NEH 9 9 vp1y וַ⁠תֵּ֛רֶא 1 You saw Yahweh saw
559 NEH 9 9 j256 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־ זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ וְ⁠אֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 you heard their cry The implied information is that God was moved to action because of the Israelites’ cries for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
560 NEH 9 10 ge61 figs-explicit וַ֠⁠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּ⁠מֹֽפְתִ֜ים בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֤ה 1 signs and wonders against Pharaoh The plagues tested Pharaoh’s heart, and they became a witness against his hardness of heart. Alternate translation: “signs and wonders that testified against Pharaoh” or “signs and wonders that condemned Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
561 NEH 9 10 i7c3 וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔⁠וֹ 1 all the people of his land “all the Egyptians”
562 NEH 9 10 s54a הֵזִ֖ידוּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 acted with arrogance against them “were arrogant toward the Israelites” or “mistreated God’s chosen people”
563 NEH 9 10 m6zr figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּֽעַשׂ־ לְ⁠ךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה וַ⁠תַּֽעַשׂ־לְ⁠ךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 you made a name for yourself which stands to this day Here “name” represents a reputation. Alternate translation: “you made yourself famous and even now people still remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
564 NEH 9 11 n7jm 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
565 NEH 9 11 d1kp וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּם֙ בָּקַ֣עְתָּ 1 you divided the sea God divided
566 NEH 9 11 l5ar figs-simile הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֛ת כְּמוֹ־ אֶ֖בֶן בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֛ת כְּמוֹ־אֶ֖בֶן בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים 1 you…threw those who pursued them into the depths, as a stone into deep waters In this simile, the writer describes God throwing the Egyptians into the sea as easily as a person would throw a stone into water, and the stone would disappear under the water completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
567 NEH 9 12 n4i2 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
568 NEH 9 12 m7vx הִנְחִיתָ֖⁠ם 1 You led them Yahweh led the Israelites.
569 NEH 9 13 z2ds figs-idiom יָרַ֔דְתָּ 1 you came down When God talks with his people, he is often described as “coming down” or “coming down from heaven.” This is a descriptive way of saying that God appeared to that person. Alternate translation: “you appeared” or “you came down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
572 NEH 9 14 h9f4 figs-doublet וּ⁠מִצְו֤וֹת וְ⁠חֻקִּים֙ וְ⁠תוֹרָ֔ה 1 commandments…statutes…law Each of these three words refers to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
573 NEH 9 16 g6tt 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
574 NEH 9 16 m753 וְ⁠הֵ֥ם וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 they and our ancestors the Israelites at the time of Moses and the people of Israel after the time of Moses
575 NEH 9 16 t1he figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־ עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 they were stiff-necked This is an idiom that means that they were stubborn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
576 NEH 9 17 v9ib figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־ עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 were stiff-necked This is an idiom that means that they were stubborn. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
577 NEH 9 17 f1m1 נִפְלְאֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֣יתָ עִמָּ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 the wonders that you had done among them “the miracles that you had done among them”
578 NEH 9 17 gd2b figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתְּנוּ־ רֹ֛אשׁ לָ⁠שׁ֥וּב לְ⁠עַבְדֻתָ֖⁠ם וַ⁠יִּתְּנוּ־רֹ֛אשׁ לָ⁠שׁ֥וּב לְ⁠עַבְדֻתָ֖⁠ם 1 they appointed a leader to return to their slavery The Israelites would know that this referred to their ancestors wanting to return to Egypt. Alternate translation: “they appointed a leader to take them back to Egypt where they had been slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
579 NEH 9 17 p6nm figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַתָּה֩ אֱל֨וֹהַּ סְלִיח֜וֹת 1 who is full of forgiveness The desire to forgive is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could fill a container. Alternate translation: “who is ready to forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
580 NEH 9 17 c986 figs-metaphor וְ⁠רַב־ ו⁠חסד וְ⁠רַב־ו⁠חסד 1 abounding in steadfast love Love is spoken of as if it were a food crop that Yahweh could share with people. Alternate translation: “loves his people very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
581 NEH 9 18 hw32 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
582 NEH 9 18 ind6 עָשׂ֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֔ה 1 cast a calf out of molten metal melted metal and molded it in the shape of a calf
583 NEH 9 19 eqh4 וְ⁠אַתָּה֙…הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֔ים לֹ֥א 1 you…did not abandon them Yahweh did not abandon the Israelites.
584 NEH 9 19 x6bf אֶת־ עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠⁠עָנָן…וְ⁠אֶת־ עַמּ֨וּד הָ⁠אֵ֤שׁ אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠⁠עָנָן…וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֨וּד הָ⁠אֵ֤שׁ 1 The pillar of cloud…the pillar of fire See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 9:12](../09/12.md).
585 NEH 9 20 buh1 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
586 NEH 9 20 e7m4 וְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֨ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֔ה…וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙…וּ⁠מַ֛יִם 1 Your good Spirit…your manna…water The writer changes the usual word order to emphasize the good things Yahweh gave his people. Your language may have another way of emphasizing these items.
587 NEH 9 20 ncd6 לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּילָ֑⁠ם 1 instruct teach
588 NEH 9 20 gyd6 figs-litotes וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹא־ מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 your manna you did not withhold from their mouths This litotes can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “you generously gave them manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
589 NEH 9 20 qka1 figs-synecdoche מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 from their mouths The mouth is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
590 NEH 9 22 f462 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
591 NEH 9 22 xc6v וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ 1 You gave them kingdoms Yahweh gave the Israelites kingdoms.
602 NEH 9 25 ke4u בֹּר֨וֹת 1 cisterns holes in the ground where people store water
603 NEH 9 25 s544 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂבְּעוּ֙ 1 grew fat This might be a metaphor for “stopped thinking about Yahweh” or “became complacent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
604 NEH 9 26 t19v 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
605 NEH 9 26 q9sz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־ תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔⁠ם 1 They threw your law behind their backs The law is spoken of as if it were a worthless item that a person could throw away. Alternate translation: “They considered your law worthless and paid no attention to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
606 NEH 9 26 vbj5 וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־ תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 They threw your law The Israelites threw Yahweh’s law.
607 NEH 9 27 v5lz figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד צָֽרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּצֵ֖רוּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 you gave them into the hand of their enemies, who made them suffer Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
608 NEH 9 27 z213 figs-metonymy תִּתֵּ֤ן לָ⁠הֶם֙ מֽוֹשִׁיעִ֔ים וְ⁠יוֹשִׁיע֖וּ⁠ם מִ⁠יַּ֥ד צָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you sent them rescuers who rescued them out of the hand of their enemies Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “you sent people to stop their enemies from harming them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
609 NEH 9 28 u77m 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
610 NEH 9 28 ds4w וּ⁠כְ⁠נ֣וֹחַ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 they had rest, they did evil again before you Here “they” refers to the Israelites and “you” to Yahweh.
611 NEH 9 28 puz2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּֽעַזְבֵ֞⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 you abandoned them to the hand of their enemies Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “you abandoned them and allow their enemies to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
612 NEH 9 29 pm9h וְ⁠לֹא־ שָׁמְע֤וּ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁמְע֤וּ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 did not listen to your commands If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “obey,” use it here.
613 NEH 9 29 una2 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁפָּטֶ֣י⁠ךָ חָֽטְאוּ־ בָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠חָיָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁפָּטֶ֣י⁠ךָ חָֽטְאוּ־בָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠חָיָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 your decrees which give life to anyone who obeys them Yahweh himself is spoken of as if he were the decrees themselves. Alternate translation: “you even though you give life to everyone who obeys your decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
614 NEH 9 29 k1ew figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ כָתֵף֙ סוֹרֶ֔רֶת וְ⁠עָרְפָּ֥⁠ם הִקְשׁ֖וּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמֵֽעוּ 1 They gave the stubborn shoulder-blade and stiffened their neck These are images of an ox refusing to allow its owner to put a yoke on its shoulders. Here they are a metaphor that represents the people being stubborn. Alternate translation: “They became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
615 NEH 9 30 sj6k 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
616 NEH 9 30 tqa5 figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֖ד עַמֵּ֥י הָ⁠אֲרָצֹֽת 1 you gave them into the hand of the neighboring peoples Here “hand” represents power or control. See how you translated these words in [Nehemiah 9:27](../09/27.md). Alternate translation: “you allowed the neighboring peoples to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
617 NEH 9 30 ym8i וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֔⁠ם 1 you gave Yahweh gave
618 NEH 9 31 cl3n לֹֽא־ עֲשִׂיתָ֥⁠ם כָּלָ֖ה לֹֽא־עֲשִׂיתָ֥⁠ם כָּלָ֖ה 1 you did not make a complete end of them “you did not destroy them”
619 NEH 9 32 j1rz 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
620 NEH 9 32 j5fk אַל־ יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־ הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־ מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ לִ⁠מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ לְ⁠שָׂרֵ֧י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֲנֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְבִיאֵ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־ עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ מִ⁠ימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ לִ⁠מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ לְ⁠שָׂרֵ֧י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֲנֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְבִיאֵ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ מִ⁠ימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ 1 do not let all this hardship seem little to you that has come on us…until today It is possible to divide this into two sentences. “Do not let all this hardship seem little to you. The hardship has come upon us…until today”
621 NEH 9 32 u6i9 figs-personification הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־ מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ 1 hardship…has come on us The phrase “come on us” speaks of bad things that happen as if they are people who cause harm. Alternate translation: “harm…we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
622 NEH 9 33 pl1f figs-personification הַ⁠בָּ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 everything that has come on us The phrase “come on us” speaks of bad things that happen as if they are people who cause harm. Alternate translation: “everything we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
623 NEH 9 35 af8m 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
624 NEH 9 35 nxv9 וּ⁠בְ⁠טוּבְ⁠ךָ֨ הָ⁠רָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־ נָתַ֣תָּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם וּ⁠בְ⁠טוּבְ⁠ךָ֨ הָ⁠רָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 while they enjoyed your great goodness to them “while they enjoyed the good things you gave them”
625 NEH 9 35 ibf9 לֹ֣א עֲבָד֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 they did not serve you “they were not obedient to your law or teaching”
626 NEH 9 36 q7xj 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
627 NEH 9 36 qh7f וְ⁠אֶת־ טוּבָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠אֶת־טוּבָ֔⁠הּ 1 its good gifts “all the good things in it” or “all the good things we can get from it”
628 NEH 9 37 q3dz וּ⁠תְבוּאָתָ֣⁠הּ מַרְבָּ֗ה לַ⁠מְּלָכִ֛ים 1 The rich yield from our land goes to the kings “We pay tribute to kings for working our own land”
629 NEH 9 37 x15l מֹשְׁלִ֤ים 1 They rule The kings rule.
630 NEH 9 38 g7s3 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
631 NEH 9 38 t4ag וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ זֹ֕את וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֹ֕את 1 Because of all this because the people had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them
632 NEH 9 38 xee9 וְ⁠עַל֙ הֶֽ⁠חָת֔וּם 1 On the sealed document are the names The reader should understand that the men wrote their names on the document before it was sealed.
633 NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
634 NEH 10 1 ijh7 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins a list of the people whose names were on the sealed document.
635 NEH 10 1 jc8x figs-explicit וְ⁠עַ֖ל הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־ חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְ⁠צִדְקִיָּֽה וְ⁠עַ֖ל הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְ⁠צִדְקִיָּֽה 1 On the sealed documents were Nehemiah…Zedekiah The names of these people were written on the documents. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On the sealed documents were the names of Nehemiah…Zedekiah” or “On the sealed documents were the names of the following people: Nehemiah…Zedekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636 NEH 10 1 j4ny הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים 1 sealed documents The documents were sealed after the names had been signed on the documents.
637 NEH 10 1 mu7u figs-pronouns נְחֶמְיָ֧ה 1 Nehemiah Some people believe that Nehemiah wrote this book and is speaking of himself as if he were someone else because this is an official list. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
638 NEH 10 1 r4sg translate-names חֲכַלְיָ֖ה 1 Hakaliah This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730 NEH 10 29 l6ns אֲחֵי⁠הֶם֮ אַדִּירֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 their brothers, their nobles “their fellow brothers the nobles” or “their brothers the leaders.” These phrases refer to the same people.
731 NEH 10 29 x6i9 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָאִ֞ים בְּ⁠אָלָ֣ה וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 bound themselves with both a curse and an oath This speaks of the people taking an oath and a curse as if the oath and the curse were a rope that physically bound them. Alternate translation: “swore themselves to an oath and a curse” or “they took an oath and called for a curse to come on themselves if they failed to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
732 NEH 10 29 k971 figs-idiom לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 to walk in God’s law This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to live by God’s law” or “to obey God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
733 NEH 10 29 p6ry figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 which was given by Moses the servant of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses the servant of God had given to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
734 NEH 10 29 ny6b וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁמ֣וֹר 1 to observe “to follow”
735 NEH 10 30 t8sp 0 General Information: In these verses, the people describe the content of the oath they were making in [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md).
736 NEH 10 30 s4sx figs-explicit לֹא־ נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠אֶת־ בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְ⁠בָנֵֽי⁠נוּ לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠אֶת־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְ⁠בָנֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 would not give our daughters to the people of the land or take their daughters for our sons This means that they would not allow their sons and daughters to marry them. Alternate translation: “would not give our daughters to marry the people of the land, and we would not take their daughters to marry our sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
737 NEH 10 30 iqq1 figs-explicit לְ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the people of the land This refers to the people who live in their land who do not worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the people of this land who do not worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
738 NEH 10 30 lx8c figs-exclusive לֹא־ נִתֵּ֥ן…לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן…לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח 1 We promised…we would not give… or take The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
739 NEH 10 31 m39f figs-exclusive לֹא־ נִקַּ֥ח…וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ לֹא־נִקַּ֥ח…וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ 1 We also promised…we would not buy…we will let…we will cancel The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
740 NEH 10 31 ek18 translate-ordinal אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 seventh year “year 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
741 NEH 10 31 hf7z figs-idiom וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ 1 we will let our fields rest This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “we will not plow our fields” or “we will not grow anything in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
742 NEH 10 31 ur3t וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־ יָֽד וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 we will cancel all debts This means that they will not require that people pay them what they owe. Alternate translation: “we will cancel all debts that people owe us” or “we will tell people that they no longer have to pay us back”
743 NEH 10 32 bh3h 0 General Information: In these verses, the people continue describing the content of the oath they were making in [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md).
744 NEH 10 32 h9gt וְ⁠הֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת 1 We accepted the commands “We promised to obey the command”
745 NEH 10 32 ljm2 figs-exclusive וְ⁠הֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 We accepted The pronoun “we” here includes all the Israelites including Nehemiah except for the priest and Levites, and does not include the reader of this book (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
755 NEH 10 37 s7s2 figs-exclusive נָבִ֤יא 1 We will bring…We will bring The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and the Israelites except for the priests and the Levites, and also does not include the reader of this book (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
756 NEH 10 37 rk7x עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣י⁠נוּ 1 our dough Possible meanings are that this refers to 1) dough made from coarse flour, 2) coarse flour, or 3) ground grain.
757 NEH 10 37 uc2w figs-ellipsis תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְ⁠יִצְהָ֗ר 1 the new wine and the oil The words “first of” are understood from the begininng of the sentnces. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “the first of the new wine and of the oil” or “the best of the new wine and of the oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
758 NEH 10 37 e92l לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 the storerooms of the house of our God “the places where things are stored in the temple”
759 NEH 10 37 r776 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 the tithes from our soil Here “our soil” refers to everything that is grown in the ground. Alternate translation: “the tithes of what we grow in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
760 NEH 10 38 by9z figs-activepassive בַּ⁠עְשֵׂ֣ר 1 they receive the tithes This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people give them the tithes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 NEH 10 38 eb51 translate-fraction אֶת־ מַעֲשַׂ֤ר אֶת־מַעֲשַׂ֤ר 1 a tenth This means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
762 NEH 10 38 zl4a הַ⁠לְּשָׁכ֖וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אוֹצָֽר 1 the storerooms of the treasury “the storerooms in the temple”
763 NEH 10 39 qzf8 0 General Information: In these verses, the people finish describing the content of the oath they were making in [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md).
764 NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-activepassive אֶל־ הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת אֶל־הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 the storerooms where the articles of the sanctuary are kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rooms where the priests keep the things that are used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
765 NEH 10 39 u1sq וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־ בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 We will not neglect the house of our God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will care for the temple”
766 NEH 10 39 b23h figs-exclusive נַעֲזֹ֖ב 1 We will The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and all the people of Israel but does not include the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
767 NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.<br>
768 NEH 11 1 e2yg הָ֠⁠עָם הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 the people cast lots “the people threw marked stones”
769 NEH 11 1 beq5 לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־ הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 to bring one of ten “to bring one family out of every ten families”
770 NEH 11 3 l7mb בַּ⁠אֲחֻזָּת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠עָ֣רֵי⁠הֶ֔ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 on his own land, including some Israelites “on his own land: Israelites”
771 NEH 11 4 n2a7 מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 some of the descendants of Judah and some of the descendants of Benjamin “some of the people of Judah and some of the people of Benjamin”
772 NEH 11 4 nm8y מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה 1 The people from Judah included: “From the descendants of Judah:”
773 NEH 11 4 wl7r translate-names יְהוּדָ֖ה…בִנְיָמִ֑ן…יְ֠עֲתָיָ֨ה…עֻזִּיָּ֜ה…זְכַרְיָ֧ה…אֲמַרְיָ֛ה…שְׁפַטְיָ֥ה…מַהֲלַלְאֵ֖ל…פָֽרֶץ 1 Judah…Benjamin…Athaiah…Uzziah…Zechariah…Amariah…Shephatiah…Mahalalel…Perez These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
774 NEH 11 4 vx6k מִ⁠בְּנֵי־ פָֽרֶץ מִ⁠בְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ 1 a descendant of Perez “from the descendants of Perez”
775 NEH 11 5 l727 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, Nehemiah continues to list the provincial officers who lived in Jerusalem.
776 NEH 11 5 ml8b translate-names וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה…בָּר֣וּךְ…כָּל־ חֹ֠זֶה…חֲזָיָ֨ה…עֲדָיָ֧ה…יוֹיָרִ֛יב…זְכַרְיָ֖ה וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה…בָּר֣וּךְ…כָּל־חֹ֠זֶה…חֲזָיָ֨ה…עֲדָיָ֧ה…יוֹיָרִ֛יב…זְכַרְיָ֖ה 1 Maaseiah…Baruch…Kol-Hozeh…Hazaiah…Adaiah…Joiarib…Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
777 NEH 11 5 dxb8 הַ⁠שִּׁלֹנִֽי 1 Shilonite This refers to a person who comes from the town of Shiloh.
778 NEH 11 6 y8t2 translate-names פֶ֕רֶץ 1 Perez This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
779 NEH 11 6 hcr6 translate-numbers כָּל־…בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה 1 All…were 468 “All…were four hundred and sixty-eight.” Perez had 468 descendants who lived in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
780 NEH 11 6 ej3g אַנְשֵׁי־ חָֽיִל אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל 1 They were outstanding men “They were courageous men” or “They were valiant men”
781 NEH 11 7 m8mp 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, Nehemiah continues to list the provincial officers who lived in Jerusalem.
782 NEH 11 7 md67 וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 These are the descendants “These are some of the descendants.” Your language may need to specify that this is not a list of every descendant.
783 NEH 11 7 w8c5 translate-names בִנְיָמִ֑ן סַלֻּ֡א…מְשֻׁלָּ֡ם…יוֹעֵ֡ד…פְּדָיָה֩…ק֨וֹלָיָ֧ה…מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה…אִֽיתִיאֵ֖ל…יְשַֽׁעְיָֽה 1 Benjamin…Sallu…Meshullam…Joed…Pedaiah…Kolaiah…Maaseiah…Ithiel…Jeshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
812 NEH 11 21 vct4 translate-names בָּ⁠עֹ֑פֶל 1 Ophel This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
813 NEH 11 22 l3ba וּ⁠פְקִ֤יד 1 The chief officer over “The overseer of”
814 NEH 11 22 rr5e translate-names עֻזִּ֤י…בָּנִי֙…חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…מַתַּנְיָ֖ה…מִיכָ֑א…אָסָף֙ 1 Uzzi…Bani…Hashabiah…Mattaniah…Mika…Asaph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
815 NEH 11 23 km8l כִּֽי־ מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם כִּֽי־מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 They were under orders from the king “The king had told them what to do”
816 NEH 11 23 a9fz figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־ הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וַ⁠אֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 firm orders were given for the singers This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had told them specifically what to do about the singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
817 NEH 11 24 aee9 translate-names וּ⁠פְתַֽחְיָ֨ה…מְשֵֽׁיזַבְאֵ֜ל…זֶ֤רַח…יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Pethahiah…Meshezabel…Zerah…Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
818 NEH 11 24 dqa4 לְ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠כָל־ דָּבָ֖ר לָ⁠עָֽם לְ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠כָל־דָּבָ֖ר לָ⁠עָֽם 1 at the king’s side in all matters concerning the people “at the Persian king’s side as an adviser in all matters concerning the Jewish people”
819 NEH 11 25 rg1f translate-names בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠דִיבֹן֙…וּ⁠בִֽ⁠יקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל 1 Kiriath Arba…Dibon…Jekabzeel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
820 NEH 11 26 d9f4 translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠יֵשׁ֥וּעַ וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹלָדָ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֥ית פָּֽלֶט 1 Jeshua…Moladah…Beth Pelet These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
821 NEH 11 27 nu5z translate-names וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲצַ֥ר שׁוּעָ֛ל וּ⁠בִ⁠בְאֵ֥ר שֶׁ֖בַע 1 Hazar Shual…Beersheba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
822 NEH 11 28 dl5v translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג וּ⁠בִ⁠מְכֹנָ֖ה 1 Ziklag…Mekonah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
823 NEH 11 29 t41a translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥ין רִמּ֛וֹן וּ⁠בְ⁠צָרְעָ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠יַרְמֽוּ 1 Enrimmon…Zorah…Jarmuth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
824 NEH 11 30 vn2z translate-names זָנֹ֤חַ עֲדֻלָּם֙…לָכִישׁ֙…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מִ⁠בְּאֵֽר־ שֶׁ֖בַע…גֵּֽיא־ הִנֹּֽם זָנֹ֤חַ עֲדֻלָּם֙…לָכִישׁ֙…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מִ⁠בְּאֵֽר־שֶׁ֖בַע…גֵּֽיא־הִנֹּֽם 1 Zanoah…Adullam…Lachish…Azekah…Beersheba…Valley of Hinnom These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
825 NEH 11 30 mzq1 וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֥וּ 1 they lived Here “they” refers to the people of Judah.
826 NEH 11 31 n61t וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י בִנְיָמִ֖ן מִ⁠גָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְ⁠עַיָּ֔ה 1 The people of Benjamin also lived from Geba onward, at Mikmash and Aija “The people of Benjamin lived in Geba, Mikmash and Aija”
827 NEH 11 31 uha3 translate-names מִ⁠גָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְ⁠עַיָּ֔ה וּ⁠בֵֽית 1 Geba…Mikmash…Aija…Bethel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
830 NEH 11 33 jwf7 translate-names חָצ֥וֹר׀ רָמָ֖ה גִּתָּֽיִם 1 Hazor, Ramah, Gittaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
831 NEH 11 34 e1ls translate-names חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט 1 Hadid, Zeboim, Neballat These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
832 NEH 11 35 qu5n translate-names גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים 1 the valley of craftsmen Possible meanings are 1) this is a description of Ono or 2) it is “Craftsmen’s Valley” or “the Valley of Craftsmen,” another name for Ono, or 3) it is a different place from Ono, “and the Valley of Craftsmen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
833 NEH 11 36 y212 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠בִנְיָמִֽין וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠בִנְיָמִֽין 1 Some of the Levites who lived in Judah were assigned to the people of Benjamin It is not clear who assigned these Levites to live with the people of Benjamin. Alternate translation: “They assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” or “The officials assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
834 NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication of the wall<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
835 NEH 12 1 ixs5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ 1 who came up “who arrived from Babylonia”
836 NEH 12 1 b4x7 עִם־ זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל 1 with Zerubbabel “under the leadership of Zerubbabel”
837 NEH 12 1 b8ry translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל…שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֑וּעַ שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Jeshua…Seraiah…Jeremiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
838 NEH 12 1 myj6 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֑וּעַ 1 Jeshua The original readers would have understood that Jeshua was the high priest. Alternate translation: “Jeshua the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
839 NEH 12 2 p4ml translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה מַלּ֖וּךְ חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Amariah…Malluk…Hattush These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
847 NEH 12 9 nnn1 translate-names וּ⁠בַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֨ה ו⁠ענו 1 Bakbukiah…Unni These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
848 NEH 12 9 nhn4 לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֖⁠ם לְ⁠מִשְׁמָרֽוֹת 1 stood opposite them during the service Possible meanings are 1) this was during a worship service and these were two groups of singers or other worshipers, or 2) these groups guarded the temple at different times, or “took turns guarding the temple.”
849 NEH 12 10 ri33 translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ…יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים…אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב…יוֹיָדָֽע 1 Jeshua…Joiakim…Eliashib…Joiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
850 NEH 12 10 xd69 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־ יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים 1 Jeshua was the father of Joiakim This is the same Jeshua named in [Nehemiah 12:1](../12/01.md). The original readers would have understood that Jeshua was the high priest. Alternate translation: “Jeshua the high priest was the father of Joiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
851 NEH 12 11 a7yv translate-names וְ⁠יוֹיָדָע֙…יוֹנָתָ֔ן…יַדּֽוּעַ 1 Joiada…Jonathan…Jaddua These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
852 NEH 12 12 j9qv translate-names יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים…מְרָיָ֔ה…חֲנַנְיָֽה 1 Joiakim…Meraiah…Hananiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
853 NEH 12 12 vv32 translate-names לִ⁠שְׂרָיָ֣ה…לְ⁠יִרְמְיָ֖ה 1 Seraiah…Jeremiah These are names of families named after men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
874 NEH 12 21 v16d translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…נְתַנְאֵֽל 1 Hashabiah…Nethanel These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
875 NEH 12 21 vwp6 translate-names לְ⁠חִלְקִיָּ֣ה…לִֽ⁠ידַֽעְיָ֖ה 1 Hilkiah…Jedaiah These are all names of families that are named after men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
876 NEH 12 22 snj3 translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְ⁠יוֹחָנָן֙ וְ⁠יַדּ֔וּעַ 1 Eliashib…Joiada, Johanan…Jaddua names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
877 NEH 12 22 cr6d עַל־ מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ עַל־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 during the reign of Darius Another possible meaning is “until the reign of Darius”
878 NEH 12 23 q9hz כְּתוּבִ֕ים עַל־ סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י כְּתוּבִ֕ים עַל־סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י 1 recorded in the book of the annals This may refer to the Book of Chronicles. The scribes wrote the words in the verses above in a book that recorded the events of each day.
879 NEH 12 23 d2rp וְ⁠עַד־ יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן בֶּן־ אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב וְ⁠עַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 up to the days of Johanan son of Eliashib The records in the temple recorded only up until Johanan.
880 NEH 12 24 kx4z translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֨ה שֵֽׁרֵבְיָ֜ה וְ⁠יֵשׁ֤וּעַ…קַדְמִיאֵל֙ 1 Hashabiah, Sherebiah…Jeshua…Kadmiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
881 NEH 12 24 d373 לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֔⁠ם לְ⁠הַלֵּ֣ל לְ⁠הוֹד֔וֹת בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְ⁠עֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֔⁠ם לְ⁠הַלֵּ֣ל לְ⁠הוֹד֔וֹת בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְ⁠עֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר 1 who stood opposite them to give praise and to give thanks, responding section by section This refers to how they sang some of their songs in worship. A leader or one group would sing a phrase, then one or two groups that “stood opposite them” would sing a phrase in response.
882 NEH 12 24 dl8r בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד 1 obedience to the command of David King David had commanded the Levites how they were to organize and lead worship.
883 NEH 12 25 p55l translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֧ה וּ⁠בַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֛ה עֹבַדְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם טַלְמ֣וֹן עַקּ֑וּב 1 Mattaniah, Bakbukiah, Obadiah, Meshullam, Talmon, and Akkub These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
884 NEH 12 26 wk2z translate-names יוֹיָקִ֥ים…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ…יוֹצָדָ֑ק…נְחֶמְיָ֣ה…וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א 1 Joiakim…Jeshua…Jozadak…Nehemiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
886 NEH 12 27 e63y וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 At the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem Possible meanings are 1) “At the time when they dedicated the wall of Jerusalem” or 2) “So that the dedication of Jerusalem’s wall could take place.”
887 NEH 12 27 s6xv translate-unknown מְצִלְתַּ֖יִם 1 cymbals two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
888 NEH 12 29 lnm1 translate-names וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל…גֶּ֖בַע וְ⁠עַזְמָ֑וֶת 1 Beth Gilgal…Geba and Azmaveth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
889 NEH 12 31 zsj6 אֶת־ שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה אֶת־שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the leaders of Judah the leaders of the people who lived in the region of Judah
890 NEH 12 32 ni9q translate-names הוֹשַׁ֣עְיָ֔ה 1 Hoshaiah These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
891 NEH 12 33 x16d translate-names וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֥ה עֶזְרָ֖א וּ⁠מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Azariah, Ezra, Meshullam These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
892 NEH 12 34 t5un translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ןוּֽ⁠שְׁמַֽעְיָ֖ה וְ⁠יִרְמְיָֽה 1 Judah, Benjamin, Shemaiah, Jeremiah These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
893 NEH 12 35 h1hm translate-names זְכַרְיָ֨ה…יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן…שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה…מַתַּנְיָה֙…מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה…זַכּ֖וּר…אָסָֽף 1 Zechariah…Jonathan…Shemaiah…Mattaniah…Micaiah…Zaccur…Asaph These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
894 NEH 12 35 cp3q וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹצְר֑וֹת זְכַרְיָ֨ה 1 some of the priests’ sons with trumpets, and Zechariah Some versions read, “from among the priests with trumpets, Zechariah”
895 NEH 12 35 q33v זְכַרְיָ֨ה בֶן־ יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן בֶּן־ שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה בֶּן־ מַתַּנְיָה֙ בֶּן־ מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה בֶּן־ זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־ אָסָֽף זְכַרְיָ֨ה בֶן־יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן בֶּן־שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָה֙ בֶּן־מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה בֶּן־זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אָסָֽף 1 Zechariah son of Jonathan son of Shemaiah son of Mattaniah son of Micaiah son of Zaccur son of Asaph All of the names after “Zechariah” are the ancestors of Zechariah. This list connects Zechariah with the famous singer Asaph. “Zechariah who was the son of Jonathan, who was the son of Shemaiah, who was the son of Mattaniah, who was the son of Micaiah, who was the son of Zaccur son of Asaph”
896 NEH 12 36 kmk3 translate-names שְֽׁמַעְיָ֡ה וַ⁠עֲזַרְאֵ֡ל מִֽלֲלַ֡י גִּֽלֲלַ֡י מָעַ֞י נְתַנְאֵ֤ל וִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ חֲנָ֔נִי…דָּוִ֖יד…וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א 1 Zechariah…Shemaiah, Azarel, Milalai, Gilalai, Maai, Nethanel, Judah, Hanani…David…Ezra These are the names of males. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
897 NEH 12 36 n2tl וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠סּוֹפֵ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽ 1 Ezra the scribe was in front of them “Ezra the scribe was leading them”
898 NEH 12 37 c38r שַׁ֨עַר הָ⁠עַ֜יִן…שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 Fountain Gate…Water Gate These are the names of openings in the wall.
901 NEH 12 38 j2zn translate-names לְ⁠מִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠תַּנּוּרִ֔ים 1 Tower of Ovens This is the name of a tall structure where people kept watch for danger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
902 NEH 12 38 a5ww הַ⁠חוֹמָ֥ה הָ⁠רְחָבָֽה 1 Broad Wall This is a name for part of the wall.
903 NEH 12 39 v1ni translate-names וּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל חֲנַנְאֵל֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠מֵּאָ֔ה 1 Tower of Hananel…Tower of the Hundred These are the names of tall structures where people kept watch for danger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
904 NEH 12 39 v264 לְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־ אֶ֠פְרַיִם…שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠דָּגִ֗ים…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן…בְּ⁠שַׁ֖עַר הַ⁠מַּטָּרָֽה לְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־אֶ֠פְרַיִם…שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠דָּגִ֗ים…שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן…בְּ⁠שַׁ֖עַר הַ⁠מַּטָּרָֽה 1 Gate of Ephraim…Old Gate…Fish Gate…Sheep Gate…Gate of the Guard These are the names of openings in the wall.
905 NEH 12 40 ai1v וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י 1 I also took my place Nehemiah is speaking here. Alternate translation: “I, Nehemiah, also took my place”
906 NEH 12 41 s4t8 translate-names אֶלְיָקִ֡ים מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה מִ֠נְיָמִין מִיכָיָ֧ה אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֛י זְכַרְיָ֥ה חֲנַנְיָ֖ה 1 Eliakim…Maaseiah…Miniamin…Micaiah…Elioenai…Zechariah…Hananiah These are the names of males who were the priests at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
907 NEH 12 41 bnz5 בַּ⁠חֲצֹצְרֽוֹת 1 with the trumpets Possible meanings are 1) only the first seven priests listed from Eliakim to Hananiah carried trumpets or 2) all 15 priests listed from Eliakim to Ezer carried trumpets.
912 NEH 12 43 p5fe figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 So the joy of Jerusalem could be heard far away “The joy of Jerusalem” here is a metonym for “the sound that the people of Jerusalem made.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “people far away from Jerusalem could hear the sound that the people of Jerusalem made as they celebrated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
913 NEH 12 44 fsb6 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפָּקְד֣וּ בַ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא אֲנָשִׁ֜ים עַל 1 men were appointed to be in charge This can be stated in active form. It is not clear who appointed the men. Alternate translation: “they appointed men to be in charge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
914 NEH 12 44 bnw2 לָ⁠א֨וֹצָר֥וֹת 1 the contributions things the people gave to the priests
915 NEH 12 44 g347 כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 For Judah rejoiced over the priests and the Levites It seems that the people appointed the men because the people of Judah were grateful for the priests and Levites who were serving.
916 NEH 12 44 g9pg figs-explicit הָ⁠עֹמְדִֽים 1 who were standing before them The Levites and priests were not just standing, they were serving in their roles. The meaning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who were standing before them serving God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
917 NEH 12 45 lm4j וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 gatekeepers These were people assigned to each gate, responsible to control access to the city or temple, as well as to open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
918 NEH 12 46 py1c ראש הַ⁠מְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 there were directors of singers This sentence tells why the people did what they did in [Nehemiah 12:45](../12/45.md) and gives us more information about the time when David told people how to worship at the temple.
921 NEH 12 47 e72p לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן 1 the descendants of Aaron the priests in Israel, who descended from Aaron, the brother of Moses
922 NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem<br><br>Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br>
923 NEH 13 1 k9za בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 in the hearing of the people “so that the people could hear it”
924 NEH 13 1 j6si יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־ עוֹלָֽם יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 should come into the assembly of God, forever “should ever come into the assembly of God”
925 NEH 13 2 tf8z כִּ֣י 1 This was because “They could not come into the assembly because”
926 NEH 13 4 bq8k figs-activepassive אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן נָת֖וּן 1 Eliashib the priest was appointed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they appointed Eliashib the priest” or “the leaders appointed Eliashib the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
927 NEH 13 4 adq9 קָר֖וֹב לְ⁠טוֹבִיָּֽה 1 He was related to Tobiah “Eliashib and Tobiah worked closely together”
928 NEH 13 4 c9hf אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙…לְ⁠טוֹבִיָּֽה 1 Eliashib…Tobiah These are the names of men.
929 NEH 13 5 xi14 וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ ל֜⁠וֹ לִשְׁכָּ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֗ה 1 Eliashib prepared for Tobiah a large storeroom “Eliashib prepared a large storeroom for Tobiah to use”
930 NEH 13 5 v2in וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 gatekeepers people assigned to each gate, responsible to control access to the city or temple, as well as to open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the administrator. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md).
931 NEH 13 6 hxp8 וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־ זֶ֕ה לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי בִּֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֶ֕ה לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי בִּֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 But in all this time I was not in Jerusalem “During the time all this was happening, I was away from Jerusalem”
932 NEH 13 6 dpk4 לֹ֥א הָיִ֖יתִי 1 I was not Here “I” refers to Nehemiah.
933 NEH 13 7 up8j נִשְׁכָּ֔ה בְּ⁠חַצְרֵ֖י בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 a storeroom in the courts of the house of God This was a room which had previously been purified to store offering supplies ([Nehemiah 13:5](../13/05.md)).
934 NEH 13 10 k9k6 figs-explicit מְנָי֥וֹת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 the Levites’ portions had not been given to them The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people had not been bringing into the storerooms their tithes and offerings of food for the temple priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
935 NEH 13 10 f2ng וַ⁠יִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־ לְ⁠שָׂדֵ֛⁠הוּ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֥ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה וַ⁠יִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־לְ⁠שָׂדֵ֛⁠הוּ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֥ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 they had run away, each to his own field, the Levites and the singers who did the work “the Levites and the singers who did the work had left the temple, each one going to his own field”
936 NEH 13 11 mx4v figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ נֶעֱזַ֣ב בֵּית־ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים מַדּ֖וּעַ נֶעֱזַ֣ב בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Why is the house of God neglected? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to challenge or even ridicule the officials who had not done their work. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have neglected the house of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
937 NEH 13 12 a9ux figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־ יְהוּדָ֗ה וְ⁠כָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 all Judah The name of the land is a metonym for the people of the land. This is probably a generalization. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
938 NEH 13 13 mu7f translate-names שֶׁלֶמְיָ֨ה…וְ⁠צָד֣וֹק…וּ⁠פְדָיָה֙…חָנָ֥ן…זַכּ֖וּר…מַתַּנְיָ֑ה 1 Shelemiah…Zadok…Pedaiah…Hanan…Zaccur…Mattaniah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
939 NEH 13 13 e8x3 figs-activepassive נֶאֱמָנִים֙ נֶחְשָׁ֔בוּ 1 they were counted as trustworthy This can be translated in active form. The abstract noun “trustworthy” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “I knew that I could trust them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
940 NEH 13 14 v861 זָכְרָ⁠ה־ לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י עַל־ זֹ֑את זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Call me to mind, my God, concerning this “My God, remember me concerning this”
941 NEH 13 15 cp44 figs-metonymy דֹּֽרְכִֽים־ גִּתּ֣וֹת דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 treading winepresses The word “winepresses” is a metonym for the grapes that were in the winepresses. The people were walking on grapes to get the juice out of them to make wine. Alternate translation: “walking on grapes in winepresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
942 NEH 13 15 z3xh דֹּֽרְכִֽים 1 treading walking on something to crush or press it
943 NEH 13 16 yvh1 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּרִים֙ 1 Tyre This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
944 NEH 13 17 w5nr figs-rquestion מָֽה־ הַ⁠דָּבָ֨ר הָ⁠רָ֤ע הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽ⁠מְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־ י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֨ר הָ⁠רָ֤ע הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽ⁠מְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 What is this evil thing you are doing, profaning the Sabbath day? Nehemiah is using a rhetorical question to scold the leaders of Judah. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are doing an evil thing by profaning the Sabbath day.” or “God will punish you for doing this evil thing, for profaning the Sabbath day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
945 NEH 13 18 ge49 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜י⁠נוּ עָלֵ֗י⁠נוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־ הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠עַ֖ל הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠זֹּ֑את הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜י⁠נוּ עָלֵ֗י⁠נוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠עַ֖ל הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 Did not your fathers do this? Did not our God bring all this evil on us and on this city? Nehemiah is using these rhetorical questions to scold the leaders of Judah. These questions can be combined and translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that your fathers did this, and that is why God brought all this evil on us and on this city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
946 NEH 13 19 p31h וַ⁠יְהִ֡י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 As soon as it became dark…before the Sabbath “When the sun went down…and it was time for the Sabbath to begin”
947 NEH 13 19 vk4t figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּסָּגְר֣וּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֔וֹת וָ⁠אֹ֣מְרָ֔⁠ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִפְתָּח֔וּ⁠ם עַ֖ד אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 that the doors be shut and that they should not be opened until This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the guards shut the doors and not open them until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
948 NEH 13 19 wy3q figs-activepassive לֹא־ יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א 1 no load could be brought in This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could bring in things they wanted to sell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
949 NEH 13 20 s2hv וּ⁠מֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־ מִמְכָּ֛ר וּ⁠מֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־מִמְכָּ֛ר 1 sellers of all kinds of wares “people who had brought many different things they wanted to sell”
950 NEH 13 21 hi84 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙ נֶ֣גֶד הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 Why do you camp outside the wall? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to rebuke merchants and to emphasize his command. This question can be translated as a statement. The full meaning of this statement can also be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You are camping outside the wall against what I commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
951 NEH 13 21 hfv7 figs-metonymy יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח בָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 I will lay hands on you! The word “hands” is a metonym for forceful action. Alternate translation: “I will send you away by force!” or “I will remove you by force!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
952 NEH 13 22 mis6 גַּם־ זֹאת֙ זָכְרָ⁠ה־ לִּ֣⁠י אֱלֹהַ֔⁠י גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֣⁠י אֱלֹהַ֔⁠י 1 Call me to mind for this also, my God “My God, remember me concerning this also.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).
953 NEH 13 23 zxc2 0 Connecting Statement: These verses introduce the action that follows.
954 NEH 13 23 jp2w figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ נָשִׁים֙ אשדודיות עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת אֶת־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ נָשִׁים֙ אשדודיות עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 Jews that had married women of Ashdod, Ammon, and Moab “Jews that had married foreign women.” God had forbidden intermarriage. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
955 NEH 13 23 l9c2 translate-names אשדודיות 1 Ashdod This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
956 NEH 13 23 b4nt translate-names עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 Ammon…Moab These are the names of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
957 NEH 13 24 w247 וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם חֲצִי֙ 1 Half of their children “As a result, half of their children”
958 NEH 13 25 dzu5 וָ⁠אָרִ֤יב עִמָּ⁠ם֙ 1 I confronted them “I spoke directly to them about what they had done”
959 NEH 13 25 hg44 וָ⁠אַכֶּ֥ה מֵ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 I hit some of them Nehemiah hit some of them with his hands.
960 NEH 13 25 gzx6 וָ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣⁠ם בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֗ים 1 I made them swear by God “I made them say a promise before God”
961 NEH 13 26 l9xm figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא עַל־ אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־ שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא עַל־אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 Did not Solomon king of Israel sin on account of these women? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the men. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that Solomon king of Israel sinned on account of these women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
962 NEH 13 27 vp56 figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־ הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Should we then listen to you and do all this great evil, and act treacherously against our God by marrying foreign women? Nehemiah uses a rhetorical question to scold the men. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We will not listen to you or do this great evil or act treacherously against our God by marrying foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
963 NEH 13 28 dft4 translate-names יוֹיָדָ֤ע…אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙…לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט 1 Joiada…Eliashib…Sanballat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
964 NEH 13 28 f8ak translate-names הַ⁠חֹרֹנִ֑י 1 the Horonite This refers to a person from the city of Beth Horon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
965 NEH 13 28 rhs8 וָ⁠אַבְרִיחֵ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠עָלָֽ⁠י 1 I caused him to flee from my presence “I chased him away” or “I made him leave Jerusalem”
969 NEH 13 30 s3y9 וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֧ידָ⁠ה מִשְׁמָר֛וֹת לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 established the duties of the priests and the Levites “told the priests and Levites what they were to do”
970 NEH 13 31 vl4a וּ⁠לְ⁠קֻרְבַּ֧ן הָ⁠עֵצִ֛ים 1 I provided for the wood offering “I arranged for a supply of wood for the wood offerings”
971 NEH 13 31 sh91 וְ⁠לַ⁠בִּכּוּרִ֑ים 1 for the firstfruits “for the offering of firstfruits at harvest time”
972 NEH 13 31 ae94 זָכְרָ⁠ה־ לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י לְ⁠טוֹבָֽה זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י לְ⁠טוֹבָֽה 1 Call me to mind, my God, for good “Think about all I have done, my God, and bless me because of the good things I have done.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).

View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:12:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:120)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:111)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:1227)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:2832)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:116)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:1721)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joels message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for Gods people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israels enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־ יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־ יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOL 1 1 m5wr translate-names פְּתוּאֵֽל 1 Pethuel Joels father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOL 1 2 t74n figs-rquestion הֶ⁠הָ֤יְתָה זֹּאת֙ בִּֽ⁠ימֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אִ֖ם בִּ⁠ימֵ֥י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Has anything like this happened in your days or in the days of your ancestors? Joel is preparing the elders to listen to what he has to say. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nothing like this has ever happened before either to you or to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ JOL 1 3 vge5 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר אַח
JOL 1 4 m68u translate-unknown הַ⁠גָּזָם֙ 1 the swarming locust large groups of insects like grasshoppers that fly together and eat large areas of food crops (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JOL 1 4 ny2z הַ⁠גָּזָם֙…הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה…הַ⁠יָּ֑לֶק…הֶ⁠חָסִֽיל 1 swarming locust…great locust…grasshopper…caterpillar These are, respectively, an adult locust that can fly, a locust too large to fly easily, a locust with wings too young to fly, and a newborn locust that has not yet developed wings. Use names that would be understood in your language.
JOL 1 5 zk2a 0 General Information: God warns the people of Israel about the coming locust army.
JOL 1 5 l1nq figs-parallelism שִׁכּוֹרִים֙ וּ⁠בְכ֔וּ וְ⁠הֵילִ֖לוּ כָּל־ שֹׁ֣תֵי יָ֑יִן 1 you drunkards, and weep! Wail, all you drinkers of wine If your language has only one word for “weep” and “wail,” you can combine the lines: “you people who love wine should cry out in sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 5 l1nq figs-parallelism שִׁכּוֹרִים֙ וּ⁠בְכ֔וּ וְ⁠הֵילִ֖לוּ כָּל־שֹׁ֣תֵי יָ֑יִן 1 you drunkards, and weep! Wail, all you drinkers of wine If your language has only one word for “weep” and “wail,” you can combine the lines: “you people who love wine should cry out in sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 6 qm8j figs-metaphor גוֹי֙ 1 a nation The locust swarm is like an invading army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 1 6 jn1q שִׁנָּי⁠ו֙ שִׁנֵּ֣י 1 His teeth…he has the teeth The locusts are like a nation which is like one person. You can refer to the nation as “it,” or to the locusts as “they,” or to the invader as one person.
JOL 1 6 mpz6 figs-parallelism שִׁנָּי⁠ו֙ שִׁנֵּ֣י אַרְיֵ֔ה וּֽ⁠מְתַלְּע֥וֹת לָבִ֖יא לֽ⁠וֹ 1 His teeth are the teeth of a lion, and he has the teeth of a lioness. These two lines share similar meanings. The reference to the locusts teeth being as sharp as lions teeth emphasize how fierce they are as they eat all of the crops of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙
JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness
JOL 2 2 pcr6 figs-doublet י֤וֹם עָנָן֙ וַ⁠עֲרָפֶ֔ל 1 day of clouds and thick darkness This phrase means the same thing as, and intensifies the idea of the previous phrase. Like that phrase, both “clouds” and “thick darkness” refer to divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day full of dark storm clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 2 h3d1 figs-simile כְּ⁠שַׁ֖חַר פָּרֻ֣שׂ עַל־ הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֑ים עַ֚ם רַ֣ב וְ⁠עָצ֔וּם 1 Like the dawn that spreads on the mountains, a large and mighty army is approaching When direct sunlight shines on a mountain at dawn, it begins at the top and spreads to the bottom. When an army comes over a mountain range, it comes over the top and spreads out as it comes down. Alternate translation: “A large, mighty army comes over the mountains into the land. They spread over the land like the light from the rising sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOL 2 2 h3d1 figs-simile כְּ⁠שַׁ֖חַר פָּרֻ֣שׂ עַל־הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֑ים עַ֚ם רַ֣ב וְ⁠עָצ֔וּם 1 Like the dawn that spreads on the mountains, a large and mighty army is approaching When direct sunlight shines on a mountain at dawn, it begins at the top and spreads to the bottom. When an army comes over a mountain range, it comes over the top and spreads out as it comes down. Alternate translation: “A large, mighty army comes over the mountains into the land. They spread over the land like the light from the rising sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOL 2 2 ekb8 figs-metaphor עַ֚ם רַ֣ב וְ⁠עָצ֔וּם 1 a large and mighty army The words “large” and “mighty” share similar meanings here and emphasize that the army will be very strong. The word “army” could possibly be 1) a metaphor for a swarm of locusts or 2) referring to a human army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 3 xcv4 0 General Information: Joels description of the coming army continues.
JOL 2 3 fly5 figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ אָ֣כְלָה אֵ֔שׁ 1 A fire is consuming everything in front of it A fire destroys everything as it moves, and the “army” ([Joel 2:2](../02/02.md)), whether of humans or of locusts, destroys everything as it moves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 3 z5iu figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַחֲרָ֖י⁠ו תְּלַהֵ֣ט לֶֽהָבָ֑ה 1 behind it a flame is burning After a wall of flame goes through dry land and burns the dryest and smallest fuel, there will still be flames as the larger and less dry fuel burns, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 3 yne4 figs-simile כְּ⁠גַן־ עֵ֨דֶן הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 land is like the garden of Eden The garden of Eden was a beautiful place, and the land was beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOL 2 3 yne4 figs-simile כְּ⁠גַן־עֵ֨דֶן הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 land is like the garden of Eden The garden of Eden was a beautiful place, and the land was beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOL 2 4 ex3a 0 General Information: The description continues with the noises of an army of horses.
JOL 2 4 ztn5 figs-simile כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה סוּסִ֖ים מַרְאֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 The armys appearance is like horses The head of a locust looks like a small horse head. The army is fast, and horses are fast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOL 2 4 fdt4 translate-unknown סוּסִ֖ים 1 horses A large, strong, fast animal with four legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ JOL 2 10 lm84 figs-hyperbole שֶׁ֤מֶשׁ וְ⁠יָרֵ֨חַ֙ קָדָ֔
JOL 2 11 mi1t וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה נָתַ֤ן קוֹל⁠וֹ֙ 1 Yahweh raises his voice “Yahweh speaks loudly” to give commands.
JOL 2 11 tzv4 figs-hendiadys גָד֧וֹל…וְ⁠נוֹרָ֥א מְאֹ֖ד 1 great and very terrible In this phrase both descriptions mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “greatly terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
JOL 2 11 vht4 figs-rquestion וּ⁠מִ֥י יְכִילֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Who can survive it? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one will be strong enough to survive Yahwehs judgment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 2 12 d1i9 figs-metonymy שֻׁ֥בוּ עָדַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Return to me with all your heart The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Alternate translation: “Turn away from your sins and be totally devoted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 13 d1sf figs-metonymy וְ⁠קִרְע֤וּ לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַל־ בִּגְדֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Tear your heart and not only your garments The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Tearing ones clothes is an outward act of shame or repentance. Alternate translation: “Change your way of thinking; do not just tear your garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 13 wfp5 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־ חֶ֔סֶד 1 abundant in covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “always faithful to his covenant” or “always loves faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOL 2 12 d1i9 figs-metonymy שֻׁ֥בוּ עָדַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Return to me with all your heart The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Alternate translation: “Turn away from your sins and be totally devoted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 13 d1sf figs-metonymy וְ⁠קִרְע֤וּ לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַל־בִּגְדֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Tear your heart and not only your garments The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Tearing ones clothes is an outward act of shame or repentance. Alternate translation: “Change your way of thinking; do not just tear your garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 13 wfp5 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 abundant in covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “always faithful to his covenant” or “always loves faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOL 2 13 e3gw וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל 1 turn from stop
JOL 2 14 a2av figs-rquestion יָשׁ֣וּב וְ⁠נִחָ֑ם וְ⁠הִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָי⁠ו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָ⁠נֶ֔סֶךְ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Will he perhaps turn…God? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps Yahweh will turn from his anger…God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 2 14 xys3 וְ⁠הִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָי⁠ו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָ⁠נֶ֔סֶךְ 1 leave a blessing behind him, a grain offering and a drink offering “leave behind him a blessing—that is, a grain offering and a drink offering.” The blessing is that plenty of grain and grapes will ripen, and so the people will be able to offer grain and drink offerings.
JOL 2 16 jzj1 מֵ⁠חֻפָּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 bridal chambers rooms, usually in the parents houses, where brides would wait for their wedding ceremonies
JOL 2 17 fek9 וְ⁠אַל־ תִּתֵּ֨ן נַחֲלָתְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠חֶרְפָּה֙ 1 do not make your inheritance into an object of scorn “do not allow your inheritance to become people whom the other nations regard as worthless”
JOL 2 17 fek9 וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֨ן נַחֲלָתְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠חֶרְפָּה֙ 1 do not make your inheritance into an object of scorn “do not allow your inheritance to become people whom the other nations regard as worthless”
JOL 2 17 kqr6 figs-metaphor נַחֲלָתְ⁠ךָ֤ 1 your inheritance Here the people of Israel are spoken of as Gods inheritance. Alternate translation: “your special people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 17 ey9s figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה יֹאמְר֣וּ בָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אַיֵּ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Why should they say among the nations, Where is their God? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Other nations should not be able to say, Their God does not help them.’” or “Other nations should not be able to say that the God of Israel has abandoned his people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 2 18 xeg7 לְ⁠אַרְצ֑⁠וֹ 1 his land “the nation of Israel”
@ -86,50 +86,50 @@ JOL 2 20 khh7 הַ⁠צְּפוֹנִ֞י…הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִ֔י…ה
JOL 2 20 v9xy הַ⁠יָּם֙ הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִ֔י 1 the eastern sea the Dead Sea
JOL 2 20 ue9y הַ⁠יָּ֣ם הָ⁠אַֽחֲר֑וֹן 1 the western sea the Mediterranean Sea
JOL 2 20 k6n8 הִגְדִּ֖יל לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 he has done great things That is, Yahweh has done great things. Another possible meaning is that the writer speaks of the invading army, “it has done very bad things.”
JOL 2 21 g3z3 figs-apostrophe אַל־ תִּֽירְאִ֖י אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Do not fear, land Joel speaks to the people of the land as if he were speaking to the land itself. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JOL 2 22 n9lm figs-apostrophe אַל־ תִּֽירְאוּ֙ בַּהֲמ֣וֹת שָׂדַ֔י 1 Do not fear, beasts of the field Joel speaks to people who own livestock as if he were speaking to the animals themselves. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people who own livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JOL 2 21 g3z3 figs-apostrophe אַל־תִּֽירְאִ֖י אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Do not fear, land Joel speaks to the people of the land as if he were speaking to the land itself. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JOL 2 22 n9lm figs-apostrophe אַל־תִּֽירְאוּ֙ בַּהֲמ֣וֹת שָׂדַ֔י 1 Do not fear, beasts of the field Joel speaks to people who own livestock as if he were speaking to the animals themselves. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people who own livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JOL 2 22 t5ty figs-metonymy דָשְׁא֖וּ נְא֣וֹת מִדְבָּ֑ר 1 the pastures of the wilderness will sprout The pastures are a metonym for the plants that grow in the pastures. Alternate translation: “plants good for food will sprout in the pastures in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 23 xlq6 נָתַ֥ן…וַ⁠יּ֣וֹרֶד לָ⁠כֶ֗ם גֶּ֛שֶׁם 1 he will…bring down showers for you “he will…cause much rain to fall so that you will live well”
JOL 2 23 vnx8 מוֹרֶ֥ה וּ⁠מַלְק֖וֹשׁ 1 autumn rain and the spring rain the first rains of the rainy season in early December and the last rains in April and May
JOL 2 24 gw97 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh begins a long speech to the Israelites.
JOL 2 24 p8u1 הַ⁠יְקָבִ֖ים 1 vats large containers for liquids
JOL 2 25 k6bd אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ אָכַ֣ל הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 the years of crops that the swarming locust has eaten “the crops that you took care of for years and that the swarming locusts have eaten”
JOL 2 25 k6bd אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ אָכַ֣ל הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 the years of crops that the swarming locust has eaten “the crops that you took care of for years and that the swarming locusts have eaten”
JOL 2 25 e81a הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶק וְ⁠הֶ⁠חָסִ֣יל וְ⁠הַ⁠גָּזָ֑ם 1 swarming locust…the great locust, the devouring locust, and the destroying locust These are, respectively, an adult locust that can fly, a locust too large to fly easily, a locust with wings too young to fly, and a newborn locust that has not yet developed wings. Use names that would be understood in your language. See how you translated this in [Joel 1:4](../01/04.md).
JOL 2 26 qw24 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 2 26 jy17 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִלַּלְתֶּ֗ם אֶת־ שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 praise the name of Yahweh The name is a metonym for the person, specifically his reputation. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh” or “praise Yahweh because everyone knows he is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 26 x2qr figs-123person שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־ עָשָׂ֥ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠הַפְלִ֑יא 1 the name of Yahweh…who has done wonders Yahweh speaks of himself by name to show that he will certainly do as he has said. Alternate translation: “my name…because I have done wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JOL 2 26 jy17 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִלַּלְתֶּ֗ם אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 praise the name of Yahweh The name is a metonym for the person, specifically his reputation. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh” or “praise Yahweh because everyone knows he is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 26 x2qr figs-123person שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֥ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠הַפְלִ֑יא 1 the name of Yahweh…who has done wonders Yahweh speaks of himself by name to show that he will certainly do as he has said. Alternate translation: “my name…because I have done wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JOL 2 28 h1ph 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 2 28 p6xw וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה אַֽחֲרֵי־ כֵ֗ן אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ 1 It will come about afterward that I “This is what I will do after that: I”
JOL 2 28 mc8b figs-metaphor אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ אֶת־ רוּחִ⁠י֙ עַל־ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh Yahweh speaks of the Spirit as if he were speaking of water. AT” “I will give my Spirit generously to all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 28 ny8x figs-synecdoche כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 all flesh Here “flesh” represents people. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOL 2 28 p6xw וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה אַֽחֲרֵי־כֵ֗ן אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ 1 It will come about afterward that I “This is what I will do after that: I”
JOL 2 28 mc8b figs-metaphor אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ אֶת־רוּחִ⁠י֙ עַל־כָּל־בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh Yahweh speaks of the Spirit as if he were speaking of water. AT” “I will give my Spirit generously to all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 28 ny8x figs-synecdoche כָּל־בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 all flesh Here “flesh” represents people. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOL 2 30 c326 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 2 30 fxj8 figs-metonymy דָּ֣ם וָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָֽׁן 1 blood, fire, and pillars of smoke “blood” is symbolizing the death of people. Alternate translation: “death, fire and pillars of smoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 2 31 e1db הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ יֵהָפֵ֣ךְ לְ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ 1 The sun will turn into darkness “The sun will no longer give light”
JOL 2 31 fc5h figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּרֵ֖חַ לְ⁠דָ֑ם 1 the moon into blood Here the word “blood” refers to the color red. You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “the moon will turn red like blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 xyf3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 2 32 w6nv וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כֹּ֧ל 1 It will be that everyone “This is what will happen: everyone”
JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה יִמָּלֵ֑ט 1 everyone who calls on the name of Yahweh will be saved The name is a metonym for the person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will save everyone who calls on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־ צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה יִמָּלֵ֑ט 1 everyone who calls on the name of Yahweh will be saved The name is a metonym for the person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will save everyone who calls on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.<br>
JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אשוב אֶת־ שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”
JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אשוב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”
JOL 3 2 xs2u עֵ֖מֶק יְהֽוֹשָׁפָ֑ט 1 Valley of Jehoshaphat Jehoshaphat, whose name means “Yahweh judges,” was king of Judah before Joel lived. There is no known place with this name. It would be best to translate this as the name of a valley that people named after the man Jehoshaphat.
JOL 3 2 idt3 figs-doublet עַמִּ֨⁠י וְ⁠נַחֲלָתִ֤⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 my people and my inheritance Israel These two phrases emphasize how Yahweh views Israel as his own precious people. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, who are my inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 3 3 z4y6 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ הַ⁠יֶּ֨לֶד֙ בַּ⁠זּוֹנָ֔ה וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּלְדָּ֛ה מָכְר֥וּ בַ⁠יַּ֖יִן וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּֽוּ 1 traded a boy for a prostitute, and sold a girl for wine so they could drink These are examples of the kinds of things they did and do not indicate what they did to two particular children. Alternate translation: “and did things like trading a boy for a prostitute and selling a girl for wine, so they could drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOL 3 4 k66w 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 4 qj6v figs-rquestion וְ֠⁠גַם מָה־ אַתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠י֙ צֹ֣ר וְ⁠צִיד֔וֹן וְ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּלִיל֣וֹת פְּלָ֑שֶׁת 1 why are you angry at me…Philistia? Yahweh is encouraging the people of Judah, who can hear him, by scolding the people of Tyre, Sidon, and Philistia, who cannot hear him, as if they can. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. These words can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have no right to be angry at me…Philistia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 3 4 qj6v figs-rquestion וְ֠⁠גַם מָה־אַתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠י֙ צֹ֣ר וְ⁠צִיד֔וֹן וְ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּלִיל֣וֹת פְּלָ֑שֶׁת 1 why are you angry at me…Philistia? Yahweh is encouraging the people of Judah, who can hear him, by scolding the people of Tyre, Sidon, and Philistia, who cannot hear him, as if they can. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. These words can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have no right to be angry at me…Philistia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 3 4 xaa9 figs-rquestion הַ⁠גְּמ֗וּל אַתֶּם֙ מְשַׁלְּמִ֣ים עָלָ֔⁠י 1 Will you repay me? “Will you get revenge on me?” God uses this question to make the people think about what they are doing. Alternate translation: “You think you can get revenge on me, but you cannot.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 3 4 ns7f figs-synecdoche קַ֣ל מְהֵרָ֔ה אָשִׁ֥יב גְּמֻלְ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠רֹאשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 I will immediately return your retribution on your own head Here the word “head” refers to the person. Yahweh will make them suffer the pain they wanted him to suffer. Alternate translation: “I will cause you to suffer the retribution that you tried to put on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 3 4 wdm3 גְּמֻלְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 retribution “revenge” or “payback”
JOL 3 7 d8mh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 7 sum8 הִנְ⁠נִ֣י 1 Look “Pay attention” or “Listen”
JOL 3 7 dc6d figs-explicit מִן־ הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁר־ מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖⁠ם שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 out of the place where you sold them The people of Israel will leave the places where they were slaves and come back to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOL 3 7 dc6d figs-explicit מִן־הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁר־מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖⁠ם שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 out of the place where you sold them The people of Israel will leave the places where they were slaves and come back to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOL 3 7 uh32 וַ⁠הֲשִׁבֹתִ֥י גְמֻלְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 return payment “give back what you deserve”
JOL 3 8 pww6 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מָכַרְתִּ֞י אֶת־ בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם וְ⁠אֶת־ בְּנֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם בְּ⁠יַד֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 I will sell your sons and your daughters, by the hand of the people of Judah The hand can be a metonym for the power the hand exercises or a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “I will have the people of Judah sell your sons and your daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOL 3 8 pww6 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מָכַרְתִּ֞י אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם וְ⁠אֶת־בְּנֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם בְּ⁠יַד֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 I will sell your sons and your daughters, by the hand of the people of Judah The hand can be a metonym for the power the hand exercises or a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “I will have the people of Judah sell your sons and your daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOL 3 8 t9jc translate-names לִ⁠שְׁבָאיִ֖ם 1 Sabeans the people of the land of Sabea (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOL 3 9 ih66 figs-irony 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel. Here he begins an ironic call to the nations to prepare for a war in which Yahweh will completely destroy the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOL 3 9 d6ny הָעִ֨ירוּ֙ הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִ֔ים 1 rouse the mighty men “make the mighty men ready for action”
@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ JOL 3 10 t93c figs-parallelism כֹּ֤תּוּ אִתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לַֽ
JOL 3 10 ze4m אִתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ 1 plowshares tools that are used to break up the soil in order to plant crops
JOL 3 10 epv7 וּ⁠מַזְמְרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 pruning knives knives that are used to cut off small branches
JOL 3 11 iq6r 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 11 rp2a figs-irony ע֣וּשׁוּ וָ⁠בֹ֧אוּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם מִ⁠סָּבִ֖יב וְ⁠נִקְבָּ֑צוּ שָׁ֕מָּ⁠ה 1 Hurry and come…together there These words continue the ironic call to battle that begins in [Joel 3:9](../03/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOL 3 11 rp2a figs-irony ע֣וּשׁוּ וָ⁠בֹ֧אוּ כָֽל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם מִ⁠סָּבִ֖יב וְ⁠נִקְבָּ֑צוּ שָׁ֕מָּ⁠ה 1 Hurry and come…together there These words continue the ironic call to battle that begins in [Joel 3:9](../03/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOL 3 11 p5mc figs-explicit וְ⁠נִקְבָּ֑צוּ 1 gather yourselves together The purpose of the gathering is for battle. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “gather yourselves together for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOL 3 11 e3ig הַֽנְחַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה גִּבּוֹרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh, bring down your mighty warriors Possible meanings are 1) Joel is telling the people of Judah that this is what they are to “proclaim among the nations” ([Joel 3:9](../03/09.md)) or 2) Joel interrupts the words of Yahweh and prays a short prayer.
JOL 3 12 b1jw 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 12 ul2y הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם…אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם מִ⁠סָּבִֽיב 1 Let the nations wake themselves…all the surrounding nations The words “the nations” and “the surrounding nations” refer to the same nations, those that surround Judah. Yahweh will judge them in the Valley of Jehoshaphat for what they have done to Jerusalem.
JOL 3 12 ul2y הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם…אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם מִ⁠סָּבִֽיב 1 Let the nations wake themselves…all the surrounding nations The words “the nations” and “the surrounding nations” refer to the same nations, those that surround Judah. Yahweh will judge them in the Valley of Jehoshaphat for what they have done to Jerusalem.
JOL 3 12 pq55 עֵ֖מֶק יְהֽוֹשָׁפָ֑ט 1 Valley of Jehoshaphat Jehoshaphat, whose name means “Yahweh judges,” was king of Judah before Joel lived. There is no known place with this name. It would be best to translate this as the name of a valley that people named after the man Jehoshaphat. See how you translated this in [Joel 3:2](../03/02.md).
JOL 3 13 hq7f figs-metaphor שִׁלְח֣וּ מַגָּ֔ל…מָ֣לְאָה גַּ֔ת 1 Put in the sickle…the winepress is full Possible meanings are that Yahweh speaks of completely destroying the nations as if 1) he were harvesting all the grapes and all the grain or 2) he were harvesting quickly, while the grain and grapes are ripe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 13 iw8d figs-metaphor שִׁלְח֣וּ מַגָּ֔ל כִּ֥י בָשַׁ֖ל קָצִ֑יר 1 Put in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe Yahweh speaks of making war against the nations as if he were using a sharp tool to harvest a field of ripe crops. If your readers will not understand the word “sickle,” you may use the word for any sharp tool that your people use for harvesting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 13 i8r2 figs-metaphor שִׁלְח֣וּ מַגָּ֔ל 1 Put in the sickle “Swing the sickle to cut the grain.” This is a metaphor for a soldier using a sword to kill people, but it is best to use the word for a sharp tool used in harvesting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 13 zx33 מַגָּ֔ל 1 sickle a long curved knife that people use for cutting grain
JOL 3 13 rua7 בָשַׁ֖ל קָצִ֑יר 1 the harvest is ripe “the grain is ready to be harvested”
JOL 3 13 tz4a figs-metaphor בֹּ֤אֽוּ רְדוּ֙ כִּֽי־ מָ֣לְאָה גַּ֔ת 1 Come, crush the grapes, for the winepress is full Yahweh speaks of the nations as if they were many grapes in a winepress, ready for people to crush them by stepping on them. Alternate translation: “Come, completely destroy the nations, for they are many, and they are helpless to resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 13 tz4a figs-metaphor בֹּ֤אֽוּ רְדוּ֙ כִּֽי־מָ֣לְאָה גַּ֔ת 1 Come, crush the grapes, for the winepress is full Yahweh speaks of the nations as if they were many grapes in a winepress, ready for people to crush them by stepping on them. Alternate translation: “Come, completely destroy the nations, for they are many, and they are helpless to resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 13 haw5 figs-metaphor הֵשִׁ֨יקוּ֙ הַ⁠יְקָבִ֔ים כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה רָעָתָֽ⁠ם 1 The vats overflow, for their wickedness is enormous Yahweh speaks of the nations wickedness as if it were the juice that flows from the winepress into storage containers, and more juice flows into the vats than they can contain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 14 y2ge הֲמוֹנִ֣ים הֲמוֹנִ֔ים 1 a tumult, a tumult A tumult is noise caused by a large crowd. This is repeated to show that it will be very noisy from all the people.
JOL 3 14 r3ir בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶֽ⁠חָר֑וּץ…בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶ⁠חָרֽוּץ 1 Valley of Judgment…Valley of Judgment This phrase is repeated to show that the judgment will certainly happen.
@ -164,14 +164,14 @@ JOL 3 18 kj6z 0 General Information: God continues to speak about the day of t
JOL 3 18 y22f וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֜וּא…הֶ⁠הָרִ֣ים 1 It will come about on that day that the mountains “This is what will happen on that day: the mountains” Translate “It will come about” as in [Joel 2:28](../02/28.md).
JOL 3 18 m6v9 figs-hyperbole יִטְּפ֧וּ הֶ⁠הָרִ֣ים עָסִ֗יס 1 the mountains will drip with sweet wine “sweet wine will drip from the mountains.” This is an exaggeration to show that the land is very fertile. Alternate translation: “On the mountains there will be vineyards that produce plenty of sweet wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOL 3 18 yj7w figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּבָעוֹת֙ תֵּלַ֣כְנָה חָלָ֔ב 1 the hills will flow with milk “milk will flow from the hills.” The land being very fertile is spoken of as if the hills would flow with milk. Alternate translation: “on the hills your cattle and goats will produce plenty of milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 3 18 l5yu וְ⁠כָל־ אֲפִיקֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה יֵ֣לְכוּ מָ֑יִם 1 all the brooks of Judah will flow with water “water will flow through all the brooks of Judah”
JOL 3 18 k6qq וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה אֶת־ נַ֥חַל הַ⁠שִּׁטִּֽים 1 water the Valley of Shittim “will send water to the Valley of Shittim”
JOL 3 18 l5yu וְ⁠כָל־אֲפִיקֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה יֵ֣לְכוּ מָ֑יִם 1 all the brooks of Judah will flow with water “water will flow through all the brooks of Judah”
JOL 3 18 k6qq וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה אֶת־נַ֥חַל הַ⁠שִּׁטִּֽים 1 water the Valley of Shittim “will send water to the Valley of Shittim”
JOL 3 18 f69l translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּֽים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOL 3 19 la92 מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠שְׁמָמָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔ה 1 Egypt will become an abandoned devastation “Everyone will leave Egypt and no one will live there”
JOL 3 19 au36 וֶ⁠אֱד֕וֹם לְ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר שְׁמָמָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 Edom will become an abandoned wilderness “Everyone will leave Edom and it will look like no people have ever lived there”
JOL 3 19 c2r8 מֵֽ⁠חֲמַס֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 because of the violence done to the people of Judah “because of the violent things Egypt and Edom did to the people of Judah”
JOL 3 19 t6ay figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁר־ שָׁפְכ֥וּ דָם־ נָקִ֖יא בְּ⁠אַרְצָֽ⁠ם 1 because they shed innocent blood in their land The word “they” refers to “Edom” and “Egypt” and is a metonym for the people of Egypt and Edom. The words “innocent blood” are a metonym for innocent people whom they have killed. Alternate translation: “because the people of Egypt and the people of Edom killed innocent people in the land of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 3 19 t6ay figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁר־שָׁפְכ֥וּ דָם־נָקִ֖יא בְּ⁠אַרְצָֽ⁠ם 1 because they shed innocent blood in their land The word “they” refers to “Edom” and “Egypt” and is a metonym for the people of Egypt and Edom. The words “innocent blood” are a metonym for innocent people whom they have killed. Alternate translation: “because the people of Egypt and the people of Edom killed innocent people in the land of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 3 20 y198 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak about the day of the Lord.
JOL 3 20 gi4z figs-activepassive וִ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם תֵּשֵׁ֑ב 1 Judah will be inhabited forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will live in Judah forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOL 3 20 f72t figs-activepassive וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר וָ⁠דֽוֹר 1 Jerusalem will be inhabited from generation to generation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “generation after generation, people will live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOL 3 21 dj9s figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִקֵּ֖יתִי דָּמָ֣⁠ם לֹֽא־ נִקֵּ֑יתִי 1 I will avenge their blood that I have not yet avenged Blood is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “I will punish the enemies who killed the people of Israel and still have not been punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOL 3 21 dj9s figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִקֵּ֖יתִי דָּמָ֣⁠ם לֹֽא־נִקֵּ֑יתִי 1 I will avenge their blood that I have not yet avenged Blood is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “I will punish the enemies who killed the people of Israel and still have not been punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
3 JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
4 JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־ יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־ יוֹאֵ֖ל דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
7 JOL 1 1 m5wr translate-names פְּתוּאֵֽל 1 Pethuel Joel’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8 JOL 1 2 t74n figs-rquestion הֶ⁠הָ֤יְתָה זֹּאת֙ בִּֽ⁠ימֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אִ֖ם בִּ⁠ימֵ֥י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Has anything like this happened in your days or in the days of your ancestors? Joel is preparing the elders to listen to what he has to say. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nothing like this has ever happened before either to you or to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10 JOL 1 4 m68u translate-unknown הַ⁠גָּזָם֙ 1 the swarming locust large groups of insects like grasshoppers that fly together and eat large areas of food crops (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
11 JOL 1 4 ny2z הַ⁠גָּזָם֙…הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה…הַ⁠יָּ֑לֶק…הֶ⁠חָסִֽיל 1 swarming locust…great locust…grasshopper…caterpillar These are, respectively, an adult locust that can fly, a locust too large to fly easily, a locust with wings too young to fly, and a newborn locust that has not yet developed wings. Use names that would be understood in your language.
12 JOL 1 5 zk2a 0 General Information: God warns the people of Israel about the coming locust army.
13 JOL 1 5 l1nq figs-parallelism שִׁכּוֹרִים֙ וּ⁠בְכ֔וּ וְ⁠הֵילִ֖לוּ כָּל־ שֹׁ֣תֵי יָ֑יִן שִׁכּוֹרִים֙ וּ⁠בְכ֔וּ וְ⁠הֵילִ֖לוּ כָּל־שֹׁ֣תֵי יָ֑יִן 1 you drunkards, and weep! Wail, all you drinkers of wine If your language has only one word for “weep” and “wail,” you can combine the lines: “you people who love wine should cry out in sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
14 JOL 1 6 qm8j figs-metaphor גוֹי֙ 1 a nation The locust swarm is like an invading army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15 JOL 1 6 jn1q שִׁנָּי⁠ו֙ שִׁנֵּ֣י 1 His teeth…he has the teeth The locusts are like a nation which is like one person. You can refer to the nation as “it,” or to the locusts as “they,” or to the invader as one person.
16 JOL 1 6 mpz6 figs-parallelism שִׁנָּי⁠ו֙ שִׁנֵּ֣י אַרְיֵ֔ה וּֽ⁠מְתַלְּע֥וֹת לָבִ֖יא לֽ⁠וֹ 1 His teeth are the teeth of a lion, and he has the teeth of a lioness. These two lines share similar meanings. The reference to the locusts’ teeth being as sharp as lions’ teeth emphasize how fierce they are as they eat all of the crops of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
44 JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45 JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness
46 JOL 2 2 pcr6 figs-doublet י֤וֹם עָנָן֙ וַ⁠עֲרָפֶ֔ל 1 day of clouds and thick darkness This phrase means the same thing as, and intensifies the idea of the previous phrase. Like that phrase, both “clouds” and “thick darkness” refer to divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day full of dark storm clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47 JOL 2 2 h3d1 figs-simile כְּ⁠שַׁ֖חַר פָּרֻ֣שׂ עַל־ הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֑ים עַ֚ם רַ֣ב וְ⁠עָצ֔וּם כְּ⁠שַׁ֖חַר פָּרֻ֣שׂ עַל־הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֑ים עַ֚ם רַ֣ב וְ⁠עָצ֔וּם 1 Like the dawn that spreads on the mountains, a large and mighty army is approaching When direct sunlight shines on a mountain at dawn, it begins at the top and spreads to the bottom. When an army comes over a mountain range, it comes over the top and spreads out as it comes down. Alternate translation: “A large, mighty army comes over the mountains into the land. They spread over the land like the light from the rising sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
48 JOL 2 2 ekb8 figs-metaphor עַ֚ם רַ֣ב וְ⁠עָצ֔וּם 1 a large and mighty army The words “large” and “mighty” share similar meanings here and emphasize that the army will be very strong. The word “army” could possibly be 1) a metaphor for a swarm of locusts or 2) referring to a human army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
49 JOL 2 3 xcv4 0 General Information: Joel’s description of the coming army continues.
50 JOL 2 3 fly5 figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ אָ֣כְלָה אֵ֔שׁ 1 A fire is consuming everything in front of it A fire destroys everything as it moves, and the “army” ([Joel 2:2](../02/02.md)), whether of humans or of locusts, destroys everything as it moves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51 JOL 2 3 z5iu figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַחֲרָ֖י⁠ו תְּלַהֵ֣ט לֶֽהָבָ֑ה 1 behind it a flame is burning After a wall of flame goes through dry land and burns the dryest and smallest fuel, there will still be flames as the larger and less dry fuel burns, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
52 JOL 2 3 yne4 figs-simile כְּ⁠גַן־ עֵ֨דֶן הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ כְּ⁠גַן־עֵ֨דֶן הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 land is like the garden of Eden The garden of Eden was a beautiful place, and the land was beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
53 JOL 2 4 ex3a 0 General Information: The description continues with the noises of an army of horses.
54 JOL 2 4 ztn5 figs-simile כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה סוּסִ֖ים מַרְאֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 The army’s appearance is like horses The head of a locust looks like a small horse head. The army is fast, and horses are fast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
55 JOL 2 4 fdt4 translate-unknown סוּסִ֖ים 1 horses A large, strong, fast animal with four legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
66 JOL 2 11 mi1t וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה נָתַ֤ן קוֹל⁠וֹ֙ 1 Yahweh raises his voice “Yahweh speaks loudly” to give commands.
67 JOL 2 11 tzv4 figs-hendiadys גָד֧וֹל…וְ⁠נוֹרָ֥א מְאֹ֖ד 1 great and very terrible In this phrase both descriptions mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “greatly terrible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
68 JOL 2 11 vht4 figs-rquestion וּ⁠מִ֥י יְכִילֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Who can survive it? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one will be strong enough to survive Yahweh’s judgment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
69 JOL 2 12 d1i9 figs-metonymy שֻׁ֥בוּ עָדַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־ לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם שֻׁ֥בוּ עָדַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Return to me with all your heart The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Alternate translation: “Turn away from your sins and be totally devoted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
70 JOL 2 13 d1sf figs-metonymy וְ⁠קִרְע֤וּ לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַל־ בִּגְדֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠קִרְע֤וּ לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַל־בִּגְדֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Tear your heart and not only your garments The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Tearing one’s clothes is an outward act of shame or repentance. Alternate translation: “Change your way of thinking; do not just tear your garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
71 JOL 2 13 wfp5 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־ חֶ֔סֶד וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 abundant in covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “always faithful to his covenant” or “always loves faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
72 JOL 2 13 e3gw וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל 1 turn from stop
73 JOL 2 14 a2av figs-rquestion יָשׁ֣וּב וְ⁠נִחָ֑ם וְ⁠הִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָי⁠ו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָ⁠נֶ֔סֶךְ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Will he perhaps turn…God? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps Yahweh will turn from his anger…God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
74 JOL 2 14 xys3 וְ⁠הִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָי⁠ו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָ⁠נֶ֔סֶךְ 1 leave a blessing behind him, a grain offering and a drink offering “leave behind him a blessing—that is, a grain offering and a drink offering.” The blessing is that plenty of grain and grapes will ripen, and so the people will be able to offer grain and drink offerings.
75 JOL 2 16 jzj1 מֵ⁠חֻפָּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 bridal chambers rooms, usually in the parents’ houses, where brides would wait for their wedding ceremonies
76 JOL 2 17 fek9 וְ⁠אַל־ תִּתֵּ֨ן נַחֲלָתְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠חֶרְפָּה֙ וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֨ן נַחֲלָתְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠חֶרְפָּה֙ 1 do not make your inheritance into an object of scorn “do not allow your inheritance to become people whom the other nations regard as worthless”
77 JOL 2 17 kqr6 figs-metaphor נַחֲלָתְ⁠ךָ֤ 1 your inheritance Here the people of Israel are spoken of as God’s inheritance. Alternate translation: “your special people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
78 JOL 2 17 ey9s figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה יֹאמְר֣וּ בָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אַיֵּ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Why should they say among the nations, ‘Where is their God?’ This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Other nations should not be able to say, ‘Their God does not help them.’” or “Other nations should not be able to say that the God of Israel has abandoned his people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
79 JOL 2 18 xeg7 לְ⁠אַרְצ֑⁠וֹ 1 his land “the nation of Israel”
86 JOL 2 20 v9xy הַ⁠יָּם֙ הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִ֔י 1 the eastern sea the Dead Sea
87 JOL 2 20 ue9y הַ⁠יָּ֣ם הָ⁠אַֽחֲר֑וֹן 1 the western sea the Mediterranean Sea
88 JOL 2 20 k6n8 הִגְדִּ֖יל לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 he has done great things That is, Yahweh has done great things. Another possible meaning is that the writer speaks of the invading army, “it has done very bad things.”
89 JOL 2 21 g3z3 figs-apostrophe אַל־ תִּֽירְאִ֖י אֲדָמָ֑ה אַל־תִּֽירְאִ֖י אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Do not fear, land Joel speaks to the people of the land as if he were speaking to the land itself. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
90 JOL 2 22 n9lm figs-apostrophe אַל־ תִּֽירְאוּ֙ בַּהֲמ֣וֹת שָׂדַ֔י אַל־תִּֽירְאוּ֙ בַּהֲמ֣וֹת שָׂדַ֔י 1 Do not fear, beasts of the field Joel speaks to people who own livestock as if he were speaking to the animals themselves. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid, you people who own livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
91 JOL 2 22 t5ty figs-metonymy דָשְׁא֖וּ נְא֣וֹת מִדְבָּ֑ר 1 the pastures of the wilderness will sprout The pastures are a metonym for the plants that grow in the pastures. Alternate translation: “plants good for food will sprout in the pastures in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 JOL 2 23 xlq6 נָתַ֥ן…וַ⁠יּ֣וֹרֶד לָ⁠כֶ֗ם גֶּ֛שֶׁם 1 he will…bring down showers for you “he will…cause much rain to fall so that you will live well”
93 JOL 2 23 vnx8 מוֹרֶ֥ה וּ⁠מַלְק֖וֹשׁ 1 autumn rain and the spring rain the first rains of the rainy season in early December and the last rains in April and May
94 JOL 2 24 gw97 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh begins a long speech to the Israelites.
95 JOL 2 24 p8u1 הַ⁠יְקָבִ֖ים 1 vats large containers for liquids
96 JOL 2 25 k6bd אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ אָכַ֣ל הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ אָכַ֣ל הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 the years of crops that the swarming locust has eaten “the crops that you took care of for years and that the swarming locusts have eaten”
97 JOL 2 25 e81a הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶק וְ⁠הֶ⁠חָסִ֣יל וְ⁠הַ⁠גָּזָ֑ם 1 swarming locust…the great locust, the devouring locust, and the destroying locust These are, respectively, an adult locust that can fly, a locust too large to fly easily, a locust with wings too young to fly, and a newborn locust that has not yet developed wings. Use names that would be understood in your language. See how you translated this in [Joel 1:4](../01/04.md).
98 JOL 2 26 qw24 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
99 JOL 2 26 jy17 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִלַּלְתֶּ֗ם אֶת־ שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ וְ⁠הִלַּלְתֶּ֗ם אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ 1 praise the name of Yahweh The name is a metonym for the person, specifically his reputation. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh” or “praise Yahweh because everyone knows he is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
100 JOL 2 26 x2qr figs-123person שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־ עָשָׂ֥ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠הַפְלִ֑יא שֵׁ֤ם יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֥ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠הַפְלִ֑יא 1 the name of Yahweh…who has done wonders Yahweh speaks of himself by name to show that he will certainly do as he has said. Alternate translation: “my name…because I have done wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
101 JOL 2 28 h1ph 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
102 JOL 2 28 p6xw וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה אַֽחֲרֵי־ כֵ֗ן אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה אַֽחֲרֵי־כֵ֗ן אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ 1 It will come about afterward that I “This is what I will do after that: I”
103 JOL 2 28 mc8b figs-metaphor אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ אֶת־ רוּחִ⁠י֙ עַל־ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֔ר אֶשְׁפּ֤וֹךְ אֶת־רוּחִ⁠י֙ עַל־כָּל־בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh Yahweh speaks of the Spirit as if he were speaking of water. AT” “I will give my Spirit generously to all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
104 JOL 2 28 ny8x figs-synecdoche כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֔ר כָּל־בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 all flesh Here “flesh” represents people. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
105 JOL 2 30 c326 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
106 JOL 2 30 fxj8 figs-metonymy דָּ֣ם וָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָֽׁן 1 blood, fire, and pillars of smoke “blood” is symbolizing the death of people. Alternate translation: “death, fire and pillars of smoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
107 JOL 2 31 e1db הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ יֵהָפֵ֣ךְ לְ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ 1 The sun will turn into darkness “The sun will no longer give light”
108 JOL 2 31 fc5h figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּרֵ֖חַ לְ⁠דָ֑ם 1 the moon into blood Here the word “blood” refers to the color red. You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “the moon will turn red like blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
109 JOL 2 32 xyf3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
110 JOL 2 32 w6nv וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כֹּ֧ל 1 It will be that everyone “This is what will happen: everyone”
111 JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה יִמָּלֵ֑ט כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה יִמָּלֵ֑ט 1 everyone who calls on the name of Yahweh will be saved The name is a metonym for the person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will save everyone who calls on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
112 JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־ צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
113 JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
114 JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
115 JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.<br>
116 JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
117 JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
118 JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
119 JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אשוב אֶת־ שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אשוב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem”
120 JOL 3 2 xs2u עֵ֖מֶק יְהֽוֹשָׁפָ֑ט 1 Valley of Jehoshaphat Jehoshaphat, whose name means “Yahweh judges,” was king of Judah before Joel lived. There is no known place with this name. It would be best to translate this as the name of a valley that people named after the man Jehoshaphat.
121 JOL 3 2 idt3 figs-doublet עַמִּ֨⁠י וְ⁠נַחֲלָתִ֤⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 my people and my inheritance Israel These two phrases emphasize how Yahweh views Israel as his own precious people. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, who are my inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
122 JOL 3 3 z4y6 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ הַ⁠יֶּ֨לֶד֙ בַּ⁠זּוֹנָ֔ה וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּלְדָּ֛ה מָכְר֥וּ בַ⁠יַּ֖יִן וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּֽוּ 1 traded a boy for a prostitute, and sold a girl for wine so they could drink These are examples of the kinds of things they did and do not indicate what they did to two particular children. Alternate translation: “and did things like trading a boy for a prostitute and selling a girl for wine, so they could drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123 JOL 3 4 k66w 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
124 JOL 3 4 qj6v figs-rquestion וְ֠⁠גַם מָה־ אַתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠י֙ צֹ֣ר וְ⁠צִיד֔וֹן וְ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּלִיל֣וֹת פְּלָ֑שֶׁת וְ֠⁠גַם מָה־אַתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠י֙ צֹ֣ר וְ⁠צִיד֔וֹן וְ⁠כֹ֖ל גְּלִיל֣וֹת פְּלָ֑שֶׁת 1 why are you angry at me…Philistia? Yahweh is encouraging the people of Judah, who can hear him, by scolding the people of Tyre, Sidon, and Philistia, who cannot hear him, as if they can. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. These words can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have no right to be angry at me…Philistia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
125 JOL 3 4 xaa9 figs-rquestion הַ⁠גְּמ֗וּל אַתֶּם֙ מְשַׁלְּמִ֣ים עָלָ֔⁠י 1 Will you repay me? “Will you get revenge on me?” God uses this question to make the people think about what they are doing. Alternate translation: “You think you can get revenge on me, but you cannot.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126 JOL 3 4 ns7f figs-synecdoche קַ֣ל מְהֵרָ֔ה אָשִׁ֥יב גְּמֻלְ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠רֹאשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 I will immediately return your retribution on your own head Here the word “head” refers to the person. Yahweh will make them suffer the pain they wanted him to suffer. Alternate translation: “I will cause you to suffer the retribution that you tried to put on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
127 JOL 3 4 wdm3 גְּמֻלְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 retribution “revenge” or “payback”
128 JOL 3 7 d8mh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
129 JOL 3 7 sum8 הִנְ⁠נִ֣י 1 Look “Pay attention” or “Listen”
130 JOL 3 7 dc6d figs-explicit מִן־ הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁר־ מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖⁠ם שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה מִן־הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁר־מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖⁠ם שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 out of the place where you sold them The people of Israel will leave the places where they were slaves and come back to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
131 JOL 3 7 uh32 וַ⁠הֲשִׁבֹתִ֥י גְמֻלְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 return payment “give back what you deserve”
132 JOL 3 8 pww6 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מָכַרְתִּ֞י אֶת־ בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם וְ⁠אֶת־ בְּנֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם בְּ⁠יַד֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠מָכַרְתִּ֞י אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם וְ⁠אֶת־בְּנֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם בְּ⁠יַד֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 I will sell your sons and your daughters, by the hand of the people of Judah The hand can be a metonym for the power the hand exercises or a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “I will have the people of Judah sell your sons and your daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
133 JOL 3 8 t9jc translate-names לִ⁠שְׁבָאיִ֖ם 1 Sabeans the people of the land of Sabea (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
134 JOL 3 9 ih66 figs-irony 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel. Here he begins an ironic call to the nations to prepare for a war in which Yahweh will completely destroy the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
135 JOL 3 9 d6ny הָעִ֨ירוּ֙ הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִ֔ים 1 rouse the mighty men “make the mighty men ready for action”
137 JOL 3 10 ze4m אִתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ 1 plowshares tools that are used to break up the soil in order to plant crops
138 JOL 3 10 epv7 וּ⁠מַזְמְרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 pruning knives knives that are used to cut off small branches
139 JOL 3 11 iq6r 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
140 JOL 3 11 rp2a figs-irony ע֣וּשׁוּ וָ⁠בֹ֧אוּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם מִ⁠סָּבִ֖יב וְ⁠נִקְבָּ֑צוּ שָׁ֕מָּ⁠ה ע֣וּשׁוּ וָ⁠בֹ֧אוּ כָֽל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם מִ⁠סָּבִ֖יב וְ⁠נִקְבָּ֑צוּ שָׁ֕מָּ⁠ה 1 Hurry and come…together there These words continue the ironic call to battle that begins in [Joel 3:9](../03/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
141 JOL 3 11 p5mc figs-explicit וְ⁠נִקְבָּ֑צוּ 1 gather yourselves together The purpose of the gathering is for battle. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “gather yourselves together for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
142 JOL 3 11 e3ig הַֽנְחַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה גִּבּוֹרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh, bring down your mighty warriors Possible meanings are 1) Joel is telling the people of Judah that this is what they are to “proclaim among the nations” ([Joel 3:9](../03/09.md)) or 2) Joel interrupts the words of Yahweh and prays a short prayer.
143 JOL 3 12 b1jw 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
144 JOL 3 12 ul2y הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם…אֶת־ כָּל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם מִ⁠סָּבִֽיב הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם…אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם מִ⁠סָּבִֽיב 1 Let the nations wake themselves…all the surrounding nations The words “the nations” and “the surrounding nations” refer to the same nations, those that surround Judah. Yahweh will judge them in the Valley of Jehoshaphat for what they have done to Jerusalem.
145 JOL 3 12 pq55 עֵ֖מֶק יְהֽוֹשָׁפָ֑ט 1 Valley of Jehoshaphat Jehoshaphat, whose name means “Yahweh judges,” was king of Judah before Joel lived. There is no known place with this name. It would be best to translate this as the name of a valley that people named after the man Jehoshaphat. See how you translated this in [Joel 3:2](../03/02.md).
146 JOL 3 13 hq7f figs-metaphor שִׁלְח֣וּ מַגָּ֔ל…מָ֣לְאָה גַּ֔ת 1 Put in the sickle…the winepress is full Possible meanings are that Yahweh speaks of completely destroying the nations as if 1) he were harvesting all the grapes and all the grain or 2) he were harvesting quickly, while the grain and grapes are ripe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 JOL 3 13 iw8d figs-metaphor שִׁלְח֣וּ מַגָּ֔ל כִּ֥י בָשַׁ֖ל קָצִ֑יר 1 Put in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe Yahweh speaks of making war against the nations as if he were using a sharp tool to harvest a field of ripe crops. If your readers will not understand the word “sickle,” you may use the word for any sharp tool that your people use for harvesting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148 JOL 3 13 i8r2 figs-metaphor שִׁלְח֣וּ מַגָּ֔ל 1 Put in the sickle “Swing the sickle to cut the grain.” This is a metaphor for a soldier using a sword to kill people, but it is best to use the word for a sharp tool used in harvesting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
149 JOL 3 13 zx33 מַגָּ֔ל 1 sickle a long curved knife that people use for cutting grain
150 JOL 3 13 rua7 בָשַׁ֖ל קָצִ֑יר 1 the harvest is ripe “the grain is ready to be harvested”
151 JOL 3 13 tz4a figs-metaphor בֹּ֤אֽוּ רְדוּ֙ כִּֽי־ מָ֣לְאָה גַּ֔ת בֹּ֤אֽוּ רְדוּ֙ כִּֽי־מָ֣לְאָה גַּ֔ת 1 Come, crush the grapes, for the winepress is full Yahweh speaks of the nations as if they were many grapes in a winepress, ready for people to crush them by stepping on them. Alternate translation: “Come, completely destroy the nations, for they are many, and they are helpless to resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152 JOL 3 13 haw5 figs-metaphor הֵשִׁ֨יקוּ֙ הַ⁠יְקָבִ֔ים כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה רָעָתָֽ⁠ם 1 The vats overflow, for their wickedness is enormous Yahweh speaks of the nations’ wickedness as if it were the juice that flows from the winepress into storage containers, and more juice flows into the vats than they can contain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153 JOL 3 14 y2ge הֲמוֹנִ֣ים הֲמוֹנִ֔ים 1 a tumult, a tumult A tumult is noise caused by a large crowd. This is repeated to show that it will be very noisy from all the people.
154 JOL 3 14 r3ir בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶֽ⁠חָר֑וּץ…בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶ⁠חָרֽוּץ 1 Valley of Judgment…Valley of Judgment This phrase is repeated to show that the judgment will certainly happen.
164 JOL 3 18 y22f וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֜וּא…הֶ⁠הָרִ֣ים 1 It will come about on that day that the mountains “This is what will happen on that day: the mountains” Translate “It will come about” as in [Joel 2:28](../02/28.md).
165 JOL 3 18 m6v9 figs-hyperbole יִטְּפ֧וּ הֶ⁠הָרִ֣ים עָסִ֗יס 1 the mountains will drip with sweet wine “sweet wine will drip from the mountains.” This is an exaggeration to show that the land is very fertile. Alternate translation: “On the mountains there will be vineyards that produce plenty of sweet wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
166 JOL 3 18 yj7w figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּבָעוֹת֙ תֵּלַ֣כְנָה חָלָ֔ב 1 the hills will flow with milk “milk will flow from the hills.” The land being very fertile is spoken of as if the hills would flow with milk. Alternate translation: “on the hills your cattle and goats will produce plenty of milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167 JOL 3 18 l5yu וְ⁠כָל־ אֲפִיקֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה יֵ֣לְכוּ מָ֑יִם וְ⁠כָל־אֲפִיקֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה יֵ֣לְכוּ מָ֑יִם 1 all the brooks of Judah will flow with water “water will flow through all the brooks of Judah”
168 JOL 3 18 k6qq וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה אֶת־ נַ֥חַל הַ⁠שִּׁטִּֽים וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה אֶת־נַ֥חַל הַ⁠שִּׁטִּֽים 1 water the Valley of Shittim “will send water to the Valley of Shittim”
169 JOL 3 18 f69l translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּֽים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
170 JOL 3 19 la92 מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠שְׁמָמָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔ה 1 Egypt will become an abandoned devastation “Everyone will leave Egypt and no one will live there”
171 JOL 3 19 au36 וֶ⁠אֱד֕וֹם לְ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר שְׁמָמָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 Edom will become an abandoned wilderness “Everyone will leave Edom and it will look like no people have ever lived there”
172 JOL 3 19 c2r8 מֵֽ⁠חֲמַס֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 because of the violence done to the people of Judah “because of the violent things Egypt and Edom did to the people of Judah”
173 JOL 3 19 t6ay figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁר־ שָׁפְכ֥וּ דָם־ נָקִ֖יא בְּ⁠אַרְצָֽ⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־שָׁפְכ֥וּ דָם־נָקִ֖יא בְּ⁠אַרְצָֽ⁠ם 1 because they shed innocent blood in their land The word “they” refers to “Edom” and “Egypt” and is a metonym for the people of Egypt and Edom. The words “innocent blood” are a metonym for innocent people whom they have killed. Alternate translation: “because the people of Egypt and the people of Edom killed innocent people in the land of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
174 JOL 3 20 y198 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak about the day of the Lord.
175 JOL 3 20 gi4z figs-activepassive וִ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם תֵּשֵׁ֑ב 1 Judah will be inhabited forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will live in Judah forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
176 JOL 3 20 f72t figs-activepassive וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר וָ⁠דֽוֹר 1 Jerusalem will be inhabited from generation to generation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “generation after generation, people will live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177 JOL 3 21 dj9s figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִקֵּ֖יתִי דָּמָ֣⁠ם לֹֽא־ נִקֵּ֑יתִי וְ⁠נִקֵּ֖יתִי דָּמָ֣⁠ם לֹֽא־נִקֵּ֑יתִי 1 I will avenge their blood that I have not yet avenged Blood is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “I will punish the enemies who killed the people of Israel and still have not been punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)<br>- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:19)<br>- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1014)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:1516)<br>1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:1721)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edoms relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israels brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br>
OBA 1 1 xm1w חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here “vision” is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received the message. Alternate translation: “The message of Obadiah” or “The prophesy of Obadiah”
OBA 1 1 sv9x כֹּֽה־ אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם 1 The Lord Yahweh says this concerning Edom This tells the reader that the entire book is a message about Edom.
OBA 1 1 sv9x כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם 1 The Lord Yahweh says this concerning Edom This tells the reader that the entire book is a message about Edom.
OBA 1 1 s7if יְהוִ֜ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
OBA 1 1 r27r figs-activepassive וְ⁠צִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח 1 an ambassador has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has sent an ambassador” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 1 pez6 ק֛וּמוּ 1 Rise up “Stand up.” This phrase is used to tell people to get ready.
@ -13,32 +13,32 @@ OBA 1 2 ec8m figs-metaphor קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּ
OBA 1 2 ch1u figs-activepassive בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 you will be greatly despised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of other nations will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 3 i96n 0 General Information: Obadiahs vision concerning Edom continues.
OBA 1 3 qpw7 figs-metonymy זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The pride of your heart has deceived you The “heart” was associated with emotions. The Edomites pride caused them to be deceived about their security. Alternate translation: “Your pride has deceived you” or “Your pride causes you think you are safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 3 q6sz בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־ סֶּ֖לַע 1 in the clefts of the rock “in the cracks in the rock.” This here has the sense of a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
OBA 1 3 q6sz בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 in the clefts of the rock “in the cracks in the rock.” This here has the sense of a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
OBA 1 3 k9sw מְר֣וֹם שִׁבְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 in your lofty home “in your home that was built in a high place”
OBA 1 3 r5zj figs-idiom אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 say in your heart Here “in your heart” is an idiom that means “to yourself.” Alternate translation: “say to yourselves” or “think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
OBA 1 3 i2hx figs-rquestion מִ֥י יוֹרִדֵ֖⁠נִי אָֽרֶץ 1 Who will bring me down to the ground? This question expresses that the Edomites were proud and felt safe. Alternate translation: “No one can bring me down to the ground.” or “I am safe from all attackers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
OBA 1 4 xn9f figs-hyperbole אִם־ תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־ בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Though you soar high like the eagle and though your nest is set among the stars Both of these exaggerations say that Edom is built in a very high place by saying it is built much higher than possible. Alternate translation: “And I tell you that even if you had wings and could fly higher than eagles fly, and if you could make your homes among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
OBA 1 4 xn9f figs-hyperbole אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Though you soar high like the eagle and though your nest is set among the stars Both of these exaggerations say that Edom is built in a very high place by saying it is built much higher than possible. Alternate translation: “And I tell you that even if you had wings and could fly higher than eagles fly, and if you could make your homes among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
OBA 1 4 bbu3 figs-idiom מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם אוֹרִֽידְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 I will bring you down from there Pride is associated with height while humility is associated with being low. To “bring down” is an idiom that means to humble someone. Alternate translation: “I will humble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
OBA 1 5 y8jh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom.
OBA 1 5 w86v figs-rquestion אִם־ גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־ לְ⁠ךָ֙…הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑⁠ם 1 If thieves came to you…would they not steal only as much as they needed? This question is used to imply that Yahwehs punishment of Edom would be worse than what thieves would do when they steal. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “If thieves came to you…they would only steal as much as they needed, but I will take everything from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 5 q1pg figs-hendiadys אִם־ גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־ לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִם־ שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 If thieves came to you, if robbers came by night These two phrases mean the same thing and are used to emphasize people who steal. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “When thieves break into someones house during the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
OBA 1 5 w64v אִם־ שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 if robbers came by night “or if robbers came during the night”
OBA 1 5 w86v figs-rquestion אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְ⁠ךָ֙…הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑⁠ם 1 If thieves came to you…would they not steal only as much as they needed? This question is used to imply that Yahwehs punishment of Edom would be worse than what thieves would do when they steal. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “If thieves came to you…they would only steal as much as they needed, but I will take everything from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 5 q1pg figs-hendiadys אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 If thieves came to you, if robbers came by night These two phrases mean the same thing and are used to emphasize people who steal. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “When thieves break into someones house during the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
OBA 1 5 w64v אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 if robbers came by night “or if robbers came during the night”
OBA 1 5 mt7z שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי 1 robbers people who steal things from other people
OBA 1 5 b93f אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה 1 how you will be ruined! Yahweh adds this phrase in the middle of another sentence to express that the punishment of Edom is shocking. Alternate translation: “you are completely destroyed!”
OBA 1 5 k12c figs-rquestion אִם־ בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת 1 If grape gatherers came to you, would they not leave the gleanings? This question is used to imply that Yahwehs punishment of Edom would be more thorough than what grape gatherers would do when they harvest grapes. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “If grape gatherers came to you, they would leave some grapes, but I will take everything from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 5 k12c figs-rquestion אִם־בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת 1 If grape gatherers came to you, would they not leave the gleanings? This question is used to imply that Yahwehs punishment of Edom would be more thorough than what grape gatherers would do when they harvest grapes. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “If grape gatherers came to you, they would leave some grapes, but I will take everything from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 6 zsf7 figs-activepassive אֵ֚יךְ נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ עֵשָׂ֔ו נִבְע֖וּ מַצְפֻּנָֽי⁠ו 1 How Esau has been ransacked, his hidden treasures will be searched out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ah, enemies have stolen everything from Esau; they have found his hidden treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 6 m9p3 עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 Esau The people of Edom were the descendants of Esau. Therefore, in this book “Edom” and “Esau” refer to the same group of people.
OBA 1 6 lf9t נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ 1 has been ransacked This means the enemies have search through Esaus things, taken everything valuable, and left everything else in a mess or damaged.
OBA 1 7 xk3q 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom.
OBA 1 7 a612 כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ…אַנְשֵׁ֣י שְׁלֹמֶ֑⁠ךָ לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 All the men of your alliance…The men who were at peace with you…They who eat your bread All three of these phrases refer to Edoms allies.
OBA 1 7 n3t6 בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 your alliance The word “your” refers to the nation of Edom.
OBA 1 7 cr88 עַֽד־ הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ 1 will send you on your way to the border “will send you out of their land.” The people of Edom will try to take refuge in the land of their allies, but their allies will not let the people of Edom stay in their land.
OBA 1 7 cr88 עַֽד־הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ 1 will send you on your way to the border “will send you out of their land.” The people of Edom will try to take refuge in the land of their allies, but their allies will not let the people of Edom stay in their land.
OBA 1 7 rc1i אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 There is no understanding in him. Possible meanings are 1) the allies say this about Edom. Alternate translation: “They say, Edom does not understand anything.’” or 2) this is a statement about the betrayal of the allies. Alternate translation: “No one can understand why they did this.”
OBA 1 8 i4rg figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא נְאֻם־ יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 Will I not on that day,” says Yahweh, “destroy…mountain of Esau? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize the certainty of the destruction of Edom. Alternate translation: “On that day, says Yahweh, I surely will destroy…mountain of Esau.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
OBA 1 8 i4rg figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא נְאֻם־יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 Will I not on that day,” says Yahweh, “destroy…mountain of Esau? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize the certainty of the destruction of Edom. Alternate translation: “On that day, says Yahweh, I surely will destroy…mountain of Esau.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
OBA 1 8 z8tf מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 the mountain of Esau Most of the land of Esau was mountains, so this is one way of referring to the land of Edom.
OBA 1 9 e7d9 וְ⁠חַתּ֥וּ גִבּוֹרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Your mighty men will be dismayed “Your strong warriors will be afraid”
OBA 1 9 qvg3 translate-names תֵּימָ֑ן 1 Teman This is the name of a region in the land of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
OBA 1 9 ljv4 figs-activepassive לְמַ֧עַן יִכָּֽרֶת־ אִ֛ישׁ מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל 1 so that every man may be cut off from the mountain of Esau by slaughter This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that there will be no more people in the mountains of Esau because enemies killed them” or “so that they will slaughter every person in the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 9 ljv4 figs-activepassive לְמַ֧עַן יִכָּֽרֶת־אִ֛ישׁ מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל 1 so that every man may be cut off from the mountain of Esau by slaughter This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that there will be no more people in the mountains of Esau because enemies killed them” or “so that they will slaughter every person in the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 9 q6s7 יִכָּֽרֶת 1 be cut off “be destroyed”
OBA 1 10 ypi3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom.
OBA 1 10 ui6g figs-metonymy אָחִ֥י⁠ךָ יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 your brother Jacob Here “Jacob” represents his descendants. Because Jacob was the brother of Esau, the people of Edom are spoken of as if they were the brothers of the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “your relatives who are the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -47,53 +47,53 @@ OBA 1 10 a113 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖תָּ לְ⁠עוֹלָֽ
OBA 1 11 w6hj עֲמָֽדְ⁠ךָ֣ מִ⁠נֶּ֔גֶד 1 stood aloof “watched and did nothing to help”
OBA 1 11 s38y זָרִ֖ים 1 strangers people from other nations
OBA 1 11 rtj8 חֵיל֑⁠ 1 his wealth The word “his” refers to “Jacob,” which is another way of referring to the people of Israel.
OBA 1 11 i8sr figs-explicit וְ⁠עַל־ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יַדּ֣וּ גוֹרָ֔ל 1 cast lots for Jerusalem This phrase means “they cast lots to decide who would get the valuable things that they took from Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 11 s4y1 figs-explicit גַּם־ אַתָּ֖ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֥ד מֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 you were like one of them “it was as though you were one of these strangers and foreigners.” This implies that they did not help the Israelites. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “you were like one of the enemies and did not help Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 11 i8sr figs-explicit וְ⁠עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יַדּ֣וּ גוֹרָ֔ל 1 cast lots for Jerusalem This phrase means “they cast lots to decide who would get the valuable things that they took from Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 11 s4y1 figs-explicit גַּם־אַתָּ֖ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֥ד מֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 you were like one of them “it was as though you were one of these strangers and foreigners.” This implies that they did not help the Israelites. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “you were like one of the enemies and did not help Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 12 axp9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom. Verses 12-14 consist of a series of negative commands that Yahweh gives to tell the people of Edom how not to treat the Israelites.
OBA 1 12 e7cd וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּ֤רֶא 1 do not gloat over “do not be happy because of” or “do not take pleasure in”
OBA 1 12 q8md בְ⁠יוֹם־ אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 your brothers day Here “your brother” refers to the people of Israel because Jacob and Esau were brothers.
OBA 1 12 e7cd וְ⁠אַל־תֵּ֤רֶא 1 do not gloat over “do not be happy because of” or “do not take pleasure in”
OBA 1 12 q8md בְ⁠יוֹם־אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 your brothers day Here “your brother” refers to the people of Israel because Jacob and Esau were brothers.
OBA 1 12 b6h1 בְּ⁠י֣וֹם נָכְר֔⁠וֹ 1 the day of his misfortune “the time at which bad things happen to him”
OBA 1 12 f7lt בְּ⁠י֣וֹם 1 the day Each of the several occurrences of “day” refer to the time when Babylon attacked and destroyed Jerusalem.
OBA 1 12 lxg7 בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אָבְדָ֑⁠ם 1 in the day of their destruction “at the time when their enemies destroy them”
OBA 1 12 b8al בְּ⁠י֥וֹם צָרָֽה 1 in the day of their distress “at the time when they suffer”
OBA 1 13 wg54 אֵידָ֔⁠ם…בְּ⁠רָעָת֖⁠וֹ 1 calamity…disaster…ruin These are all different translations of the same word. If your language has one word that can translate all three of these ideas, you could use it here.
OBA 1 13 f9q3 בְּ⁠רָעָת֖⁠וֹ 1 over their affliction “because of the bad things that happen to them”
OBA 1 13 jz38 וְ⁠אַל־ תִּשְׁלַ֥חְנָה בְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ 1 do not loot their wealth “do not take their wealth” “or “do not steal their wealth”
OBA 1 13 jz38 וְ⁠אַל־תִּשְׁלַ֥חְנָה בְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ 1 do not loot their wealth “do not take their wealth” “or “do not steal their wealth”
OBA 1 14 ixs7 הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶק 1 crossroads a place where two roads come together
OBA 1 14 p7i1 לְ⁠הַכְרִ֖ית אֶת־ פְּלִיטָ֑י⁠ו 1 to cut down his fugitives “to kill the people of Israel who are trying to escape” or “to catch those who were trying to escape”
OBA 1 14 qdx9 וְ⁠אַל־ תַּסְגֵּ֥ר שְׂרִידָ֖י⁠ו 1 do not deliver up his survivors “do not capture those who are still alive and give them to their enemies”
OBA 1 14 p7i1 לְ⁠הַכְרִ֖ית אֶת־פְּלִיטָ֑י⁠ו 1 to cut down his fugitives “to kill the people of Israel who are trying to escape” or “to catch those who were trying to escape”
OBA 1 14 qdx9 וְ⁠אַל־תַּסְגֵּ֥ר שְׂרִידָ֖י⁠ו 1 do not deliver up his survivors “do not capture those who are still alive and give them to their enemies”
OBA 1 15 bb23 0 General Information: Yahweh concludes his message to Edom in verse 15. In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
OBA 1 15 fa9m כִּֽי־ קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־ יְהוָ֖ה עַל־ כָּל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ גְּמֻלְ⁠ךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 For the day of Yahweh is near…will return on your own head Bible experts are not certain whether verse 15 goes with verse 14 as the end of the previous section, or goes with verse 16 as the beginning of the new section.
OBA 1 15 e5t7 כִּֽי־ קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־ יְהוָ֖ה עַל־ כָּל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 For the day of Yahweh is near upon all the nations “Soon the time will come when Yahweh will show all the nations that he is Lord”
OBA 1 15 fa9m כִּֽי־קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ גְּמֻלְ⁠ךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 For the day of Yahweh is near…will return on your own head Bible experts are not certain whether verse 15 goes with verse 14 as the end of the previous section, or goes with verse 16 as the beginning of the new section.
OBA 1 15 e5t7 כִּֽי־קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 For the day of Yahweh is near upon all the nations “Soon the time will come when Yahweh will show all the nations that he is Lord”
OBA 1 15 rd8g figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 As you have done, it will be done to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do to you the same things that you did to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 15 djk9 figs-idiom גְּמֻלְ⁠ךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 your deeds will return on your own head Here “return on your own head” means they will be punished for those things. Alternate translation: “you will suffer the consequences for the things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
OBA 1 16 nf6s שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 For as you The word “you” is plural and probably refers to the people of Judah.
OBA 1 16 fu2y figs-metaphor כִּ֗י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 as you have drunk The punishment that Judah received from the enemy nations is spoken of as if a bitter liquid that they drank. Alternate translation: “as you have drunk suffering” or “as I have punished you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 16 ujj9 הַ֣ר קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my holy mountain This was a way of referring to Jerusalem.
OBA 1 16 qz7p figs-metaphor יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד 1 so will all the nations drink continually Yahwehs punishment of the other nations is spoken of as if it was a bitter liquid that he will cause them to drink continually. Alternate translation: “so all the nations will drink in suffering continually” or “so I will punish all of the nations without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 16 qz7p figs-metaphor יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד 1 so will all the nations drink continually Yahwehs punishment of the other nations is spoken of as if it was a bitter liquid that he will cause them to drink continually. Alternate translation: “so all the nations will drink in suffering continually” or “so I will punish all of the nations without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 16 a8v3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ וְ⁠הָי֖וּ כְּ⁠ל֥וֹא הָיֽוּ 1 They will drink and swallow and it will be as though they had never existed Yahweh continues the metaphor of drinking punishment. Here “swallow” expresses that they will fully experience the punishment, with the result that it will destroy them completely. Alternate translation: “They will drink in my punishment fully until they cease to exist” or “I will continue to punish them fully until I completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 17 zi69 0 General Information: In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
OBA 1 17 cc36 figs-explicit פְלֵיטָ֖ה 1 those that escape These are the people of Jerusalem that are still alive after Yahweh has finished punishing the city. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “some of the Israelites who escape the punishment of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
OBA 1 17 y9pz וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 it will be holy The word “it” refers to “mount Zion.”
OBA 1 17 b4sh figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 1 the house of Jacob The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Jacobs descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 18 rm2e figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־ יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה 1 house of Jacob will be a fire…Joseph a flame Yahweh speaks of the houses of Jacob and Joseph as if they were fire because they will destroy Esau like a fire that quickly and completely burns up straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 18 rm2e figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה 1 house of Jacob will be a fire…Joseph a flame Yahweh speaks of the houses of Jacob and Joseph as if they were fire because they will destroy Esau like a fire that quickly and completely burns up straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 18 hj8x לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ 1 stubble The dry pieces of plants that are left in the ground after the stalks have been cut.
OBA 1 18 bte3 וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ 1 and they The word “they” refers to the house of Jacob and the house of Joseph.
OBA 1 18 jk84 וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 will burn them The word “them” refers to the descendants of Esau, who are the nation of Edom.
OBA 1 18 wf4e וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יִֽהְיֶ֤ה שָׂרִיד֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 There will be no survivors to the house of Esau “Not one person of the house of Esau will survive”
OBA 1 18 wf4e וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֤ה שָׂרִיד֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 There will be no survivors to the house of Esau “Not one person of the house of Esau will survive”
OBA 1 18 yt8j figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 the house of Esau The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Esaus descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 18 c5jr כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה דִּבֵּֽר 1 for Yahweh has spoken it This is an oath formula that means it will certainly happen because Yahweh said it.
OBA 1 19 d241 0 General Information: In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
OBA 1 19 ep84 וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב אֶת־ הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 Those from the Negev will possess the mount of Esau “The Israelites in the Negev will take the land of the Edomites”
OBA 1 19 ep84 וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 Those from the Negev will possess the mount of Esau “The Israelites in the Negev will take the land of the Edomites”
OBA 1 19 m7qk וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ 1 those of the Shepelah This refers to Israelites in the western foothills of Israel who will capture the land of the Philistines in battle.
OBA 1 19 x15u וְ⁠יָרְשׁוּ֙ 1 They will possess Here “They” appears to refer to the people of Israel in general.
OBA 1 19 gup4 וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 Benjamin will possess “the tribe of Benjamin will possess” or “the descendants of Benjamin will possess”
OBA 1 20 b7al 1 General Information: In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
OBA 1 20 xw8x וְ⁠גָלֻ֣ת הַֽ⁠חֵל־ הַ֠⁠זֶּה לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 The exiles of this host of the people of Israel Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the exiles taken to Assyria from the northern kingdom of Israel or 2) this refers to the people of Judah who lived outside of Jerusalem and were taken to exile in Babylon.
OBA 1 20 xw8x וְ⁠גָלֻ֣ת הַֽ⁠חֵל־הַ֠⁠זֶּה לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 The exiles of this host of the people of Israel Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the exiles taken to Assyria from the northern kingdom of Israel or 2) this refers to the people of Judah who lived outside of Jerusalem and were taken to exile in Babylon.
OBA 1 20 t8hm הַֽ⁠חֵל 1 host a very large group of people
OBA 1 20 r8cn translate-names עַד־ צָ֣רְפַ֔ת 1 as far as Zarephath Zarephath was a Phoenician city north of Israel on the coast of the Mediterranean between Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “as far north as Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
OBA 1 20 r8cn translate-names עַד־צָ֣רְפַ֔ת 1 as far as Zarephath Zarephath was a Phoenician city north of Israel on the coast of the Mediterranean between Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “as far north as Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
OBA 1 20 u5t1 וְ⁠גָלֻ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 The exiles of Jerusalem This group is contrasted with either the Israelites from the northern kingdom, or with the people of Judah who lived outside of Jerusalem.
OBA 1 20 x6yt translate-names בִּ⁠סְפָרַ֑ד 1 Sepharad This is the name of a place whose location is unknown. Some experts suggest it refers to the city of Sardis in the region of Lydia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
OBA 1 21 j7nf וְ⁠עָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־ הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 Deliverers will go up to Mount Zion to rule over the hill country of Esau “Deliverers will go up to Jerusalem and rule over Edom from there”
OBA 1 21 j7nf וְ⁠עָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 Deliverers will go up to Mount Zion to rule over the hill country of Esau “Deliverers will go up to Jerusalem and rule over Edom from there”
OBA 1 21 hyg2 מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ 1 Deliverers Possible meanings are 1) this refers to various Israelite military leaders whom God will use to defeat the nation of Edom or 2) the text should read “Those who will be delivered” and refers to the returning Jewish exiles.
OBA 1 21 wy7x וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה 1 the kingdom will belong to Yahweh This phrase emphasizes that Yahweh will personally rule over the kingdom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be their king”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)<br>- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)<br>- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br>
3 OBA 1 1 xm1w חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here “vision” is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received the message. Alternate translation: “The message of Obadiah” or “The prophesy of Obadiah”
4 OBA 1 1 sv9x כֹּֽה־ אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם 1 The Lord Yahweh says this concerning Edom This tells the reader that the entire book is a message about Edom.
5 OBA 1 1 s7if יְהוִ֜ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 OBA 1 1 r27r figs-activepassive וְ⁠צִיר֙…שֻׁלָּ֔ח 1 an ambassador has been sent This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has sent an ambassador” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7 OBA 1 1 pez6 ק֛וּמוּ 1 Rise up “Stand up.” This phrase is used to tell people to get ready.
13 OBA 1 2 ch1u figs-activepassive בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 you will be greatly despised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of other nations will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14 OBA 1 3 i96n 0 General Information: Obadiah’s vision concerning Edom continues.
15 OBA 1 3 qpw7 figs-metonymy זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 The pride of your heart has deceived you The “heart” was associated with emotions. The Edomites’ pride caused them to be deceived about their security. Alternate translation: “Your pride has deceived you” or “Your pride causes you think you are safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16 OBA 1 3 q6sz בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־ סֶּ֖לַע בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 in the clefts of the rock “in the cracks in the rock.” This here has the sense of a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
17 OBA 1 3 k9sw מְר֣וֹם שִׁבְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 in your lofty home “in your home that was built in a high place”
18 OBA 1 3 r5zj figs-idiom אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 say in your heart Here “in your heart” is an idiom that means “to yourself.” Alternate translation: “say to yourselves” or “think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19 OBA 1 3 i2hx figs-rquestion מִ֥י יוֹרִדֵ֖⁠נִי אָֽרֶץ 1 Who will bring me down to the ground? This question expresses that the Edomites were proud and felt safe. Alternate translation: “No one can bring me down to the ground.” or “I am safe from all attackers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20 OBA 1 4 xn9f figs-hyperbole אִם־ תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־ בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Though you soar high like the eagle and though your nest is set among the stars Both of these exaggerations say that Edom is built in a very high place by saying it is built much higher than possible. Alternate translation: “And I tell you that even if you had wings and could fly higher than eagles fly, and if you could make your homes among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
21 OBA 1 4 bbu3 figs-idiom מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם אוֹרִֽידְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 I will bring you down from there Pride is associated with height while humility is associated with being low. To “bring down” is an idiom that means to humble someone. Alternate translation: “I will humble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22 OBA 1 5 y8jh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom.
23 OBA 1 5 w86v figs-rquestion אִם־ גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־ לְ⁠ךָ֙…הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑⁠ם אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְ⁠ךָ֙…הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ֑⁠ם 1 If thieves came to you…would they not steal only as much as they needed? This question is used to imply that Yahweh’s punishment of Edom would be worse than what thieves would do when they steal. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “If thieves came to you…they would only steal as much as they needed, but I will take everything from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24 OBA 1 5 q1pg figs-hendiadys אִם־ גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־ לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִם־ שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 If thieves came to you, if robbers came by night These two phrases mean the same thing and are used to emphasize people who steal. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “When thieves break into someone’s house during the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
25 OBA 1 5 w64v אִם־ שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה 1 if robbers came by night “or if robbers came during the night”
26 OBA 1 5 mt7z שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי 1 robbers people who steal things from other people
27 OBA 1 5 b93f אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה 1 how you will be ruined! Yahweh adds this phrase in the middle of another sentence to express that the punishment of Edom is shocking. Alternate translation: “you are completely destroyed!”
28 OBA 1 5 k12c figs-rquestion אִם־ בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת אִם־בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת 1 If grape gatherers came to you, would they not leave the gleanings? This question is used to imply that Yahweh’s punishment of Edom would be more thorough than what grape gatherers would do when they harvest grapes. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “If grape gatherers came to you, they would leave some grapes, but I will take everything from you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29 OBA 1 6 zsf7 figs-activepassive אֵ֚יךְ נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ עֵשָׂ֔ו נִבְע֖וּ מַצְפֻּנָֽי⁠ו 1 How Esau has been ransacked, his hidden treasures will be searched out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ah, enemies have stolen everything from Esau; they have found his hidden treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 OBA 1 6 m9p3 עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 Esau The people of Edom were the descendants of Esau. Therefore, in this book “Edom” and “Esau” refer to the same group of people.
31 OBA 1 6 lf9t נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ 1 has been ransacked This means the enemies have search through Esau’s things, taken everything valuable, and left everything else in a mess or damaged.
32 OBA 1 7 xk3q 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom.
33 OBA 1 7 a612 כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ…אַנְשֵׁ֣י שְׁלֹמֶ֑⁠ךָ לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 All the men of your alliance…The men who were at peace with you…They who eat your bread All three of these phrases refer to Edom’s allies.
34 OBA 1 7 n3t6 בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 your alliance The word “your” refers to the nation of Edom.
35 OBA 1 7 cr88 עַֽד־ הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ עַֽד־הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ 1 will send you on your way to the border “will send you out of their land.” The people of Edom will try to take refuge in the land of their allies, but their allies will not let the people of Edom stay in their land.
36 OBA 1 7 rc1i אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 There is no understanding in him. Possible meanings are 1) the allies say this about Edom. Alternate translation: “They say, ‘Edom does not understand anything.’” or 2) this is a statement about the betrayal of the allies. Alternate translation: “No one can understand why they did this.”
37 OBA 1 8 i4rg figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא נְאֻם־ יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא נְאֻם־יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 Will I not on that day,” says Yahweh, “destroy…mountain of Esau? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize the certainty of the destruction of Edom. Alternate translation: “‘On that day,’ says Yahweh, ‘I surely will destroy…mountain of Esau.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
38 OBA 1 8 z8tf מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו 1 the mountain of Esau Most of the land of Esau was mountains, so this is one way of referring to the land of Edom.
39 OBA 1 9 e7d9 וְ⁠חַתּ֥וּ גִבּוֹרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Your mighty men will be dismayed “Your strong warriors will be afraid”
40 OBA 1 9 qvg3 translate-names תֵּימָ֑ן 1 Teman This is the name of a region in the land of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
41 OBA 1 9 ljv4 figs-activepassive לְמַ֧עַן יִכָּֽרֶת־ אִ֛ישׁ מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל לְמַ֧עַן יִכָּֽרֶת־אִ֛ישׁ מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל 1 so that every man may be cut off from the mountain of Esau by slaughter This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that there will be no more people in the mountains of Esau because enemies killed them” or “so that they will slaughter every person in the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
42 OBA 1 9 q6s7 יִכָּֽרֶת 1 be cut off “be destroyed”
43 OBA 1 10 ypi3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom.
44 OBA 1 10 ui6g figs-metonymy אָחִ֥י⁠ךָ יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 your brother Jacob Here “Jacob” represents his descendants. Because Jacob was the brother of Esau, the people of Edom are spoken of as if they were the brothers of the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “your relatives who are the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47 OBA 1 11 w6hj עֲמָֽדְ⁠ךָ֣ מִ⁠נֶּ֔גֶד 1 stood aloof “watched and did nothing to help”
48 OBA 1 11 s38y זָרִ֖ים 1 strangers people from other nations
49 OBA 1 11 rtj8 חֵיל֑⁠ 1 his wealth The word “his” refers to “Jacob,” which is another way of referring to the people of Israel.
50 OBA 1 11 i8sr figs-explicit וְ⁠עַל־ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יַדּ֣וּ גוֹרָ֔ל וְ⁠עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יַדּ֣וּ גוֹרָ֔ל 1 cast lots for Jerusalem This phrase means “they cast lots to decide who would get the valuable things that they took from Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 OBA 1 11 s4y1 figs-explicit גַּם־ אַתָּ֖ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֥ד מֵ⁠הֶֽם גַּם־אַתָּ֖ה כְּ⁠אַחַ֥ד מֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 you were like one of them “it was as though you were one of these strangers and foreigners.” This implies that they did not help the Israelites. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “you were like one of the enemies and did not help Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
52 OBA 1 12 axp9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Obadiah his message to Edom. Verses 12-14 consist of a series of negative commands that Yahweh gives to tell the people of Edom how not to treat the Israelites.
53 OBA 1 12 e7cd וְ⁠אַל־ תֵּ֤רֶא וְ⁠אַל־תֵּ֤רֶא 1 do not gloat over “do not be happy because of” or “do not take pleasure in”
54 OBA 1 12 q8md בְ⁠יוֹם־ אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְ⁠יוֹם־אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 your brother’s day Here “your brother” refers to the people of Israel because Jacob and Esau were brothers.
55 OBA 1 12 b6h1 בְּ⁠י֣וֹם נָכְר֔⁠וֹ 1 the day of his misfortune “the time at which bad things happen to him”
56 OBA 1 12 f7lt בְּ⁠י֣וֹם 1 the day Each of the several occurrences of “day” refer to the time when Babylon attacked and destroyed Jerusalem.
57 OBA 1 12 lxg7 בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אָבְדָ֑⁠ם 1 in the day of their destruction “at the time when their enemies destroy them”
58 OBA 1 12 b8al בְּ⁠י֥וֹם צָרָֽה 1 in the day of their distress “at the time when they suffer”
59 OBA 1 13 wg54 אֵידָ֔⁠ם…בְּ⁠רָעָת֖⁠וֹ 1 calamity…disaster…ruin These are all different translations of the same word. If your language has one word that can translate all three of these ideas, you could use it here.
60 OBA 1 13 f9q3 בְּ⁠רָעָת֖⁠וֹ 1 over their affliction “because of the bad things that happen to them”
61 OBA 1 13 jz38 וְ⁠אַל־ תִּשְׁלַ֥חְנָה בְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַל־תִּשְׁלַ֥חְנָה בְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ 1 do not loot their wealth “do not take their wealth” “or “do not steal their wealth”
62 OBA 1 14 ixs7 הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶק 1 crossroads a place where two roads come together
63 OBA 1 14 p7i1 לְ⁠הַכְרִ֖ית אֶת־ פְּלִיטָ֑י⁠ו לְ⁠הַכְרִ֖ית אֶת־פְּלִיטָ֑י⁠ו 1 to cut down his fugitives “to kill the people of Israel who are trying to escape” or “to catch those who were trying to escape”
64 OBA 1 14 qdx9 וְ⁠אַל־ תַּסְגֵּ֥ר שְׂרִידָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אַל־תַּסְגֵּ֥ר שְׂרִידָ֖י⁠ו 1 do not deliver up his survivors “do not capture those who are still alive and give them to their enemies”
65 OBA 1 15 bb23 0 General Information: Yahweh concludes his message to Edom in verse 15. In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
66 OBA 1 15 fa9m כִּֽי־ קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־ יְהוָ֖ה עַל־ כָּל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ גְּמֻלְ⁠ךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ כִּֽי־קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ גְּמֻלְ⁠ךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 For the day of Yahweh is near…will return on your own head Bible experts are not certain whether verse 15 goes with verse 14 as the end of the previous section, or goes with verse 16 as the beginning of the new section.
67 OBA 1 15 e5t7 כִּֽי־ קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־ יְהוָ֖ה עַל־ כָּל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם כִּֽי־קָר֥וֹב יוֹם־יְהוָ֖ה עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 For the day of Yahweh is near upon all the nations “Soon the time will come when Yahweh will show all the nations that he is Lord”
68 OBA 1 15 rd8g figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 As you have done, it will be done to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do to you the same things that you did to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
69 OBA 1 15 djk9 figs-idiom גְּמֻלְ⁠ךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּ⁠רֹאשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 your deeds will return on your own head Here “return on your own head” means they will be punished for those things. Alternate translation: “you will suffer the consequences for the things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
70 OBA 1 16 nf6s שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 For as you The word “you” is plural and probably refers to the people of Judah.
71 OBA 1 16 fu2y figs-metaphor כִּ֗י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 as you have drunk The punishment that Judah received from the enemy nations is spoken of as if a bitter liquid that they drank. Alternate translation: “as you have drunk suffering” or “as I have punished you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
72 OBA 1 16 ujj9 הַ֣ר קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my holy mountain This was a way of referring to Jerusalem.
73 OBA 1 16 qz7p figs-metaphor יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד 1 so will all the nations drink continually Yahweh’s punishment of the other nations is spoken of as if it was a bitter liquid that he will cause them to drink continually. Alternate translation: “so all the nations will drink in suffering continually” or “so I will punish all of the nations without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 OBA 1 16 a8v3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ וְ⁠הָי֖וּ כְּ⁠ל֥וֹא הָיֽוּ 1 They will drink and swallow and it will be as though they had never existed Yahweh continues the metaphor of drinking punishment. Here “swallow” expresses that they will fully experience the punishment, with the result that it will destroy them completely. Alternate translation: “They will drink in my punishment fully until they cease to exist” or “I will continue to punish them fully until I completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 OBA 1 17 zi69 0 General Information: In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
76 OBA 1 17 cc36 figs-explicit פְלֵיטָ֖ה 1 those that escape These are the people of Jerusalem that are still alive after Yahweh has finished punishing the city. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “some of the Israelites who escape the punishment of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77 OBA 1 17 y9pz וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 it will be holy The word “it” refers to “mount Zion.”
78 OBA 1 17 b4sh figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 1 the house of Jacob The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Jacob’s descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
79 OBA 1 18 rm2e figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־ יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה 1 house of Jacob will be a fire…Joseph a flame Yahweh speaks of the houses of Jacob and Joseph as if they were fire because they will destroy Esau like a fire that quickly and completely burns up straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
80 OBA 1 18 hj8x לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ 1 stubble The dry pieces of plants that are left in the ground after the stalks have been cut.
81 OBA 1 18 bte3 וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ 1 and they The word “they” refers to the house of Jacob and the house of Joseph.
82 OBA 1 18 jk84 וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 will burn them The word “them” refers to the descendants of Esau, who are the nation of Edom.
83 OBA 1 18 wf4e וְ⁠לֹֽא־ יִֽהְיֶ֤ה שָׂרִיד֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֤ה שָׂרִיד֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 There will be no survivors to the house of Esau “Not one person of the house of Esau will survive”
84 OBA 1 18 yt8j figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 the house of Esau The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Esau’s descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
85 OBA 1 18 c5jr כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה דִּבֵּֽר 1 for Yahweh has spoken it This is an oath formula that means it will certainly happen because Yahweh said it.
86 OBA 1 19 d241 0 General Information: In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
87 OBA 1 19 ep84 וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב אֶת־ הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 Those from the Negev will possess the mount of Esau “The Israelites in the Negev will take the land of the Edomites”
88 OBA 1 19 m7qk וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ 1 those of the Shepelah This refers to Israelites in the western foothills of Israel who will capture the land of the Philistines in battle.
89 OBA 1 19 x15u וְ⁠יָרְשׁוּ֙ 1 They will possess Here “They” appears to refer to the people of Israel in general.
90 OBA 1 19 gup4 וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 Benjamin will possess “the tribe of Benjamin will possess” or “the descendants of Benjamin will possess”
91 OBA 1 20 b7al 1 General Information: In verses 16-21, Yahweh speaks through Obadiah to tell the people of Judah that they will possess the land of Edom.
92 OBA 1 20 xw8x וְ⁠גָלֻ֣ת הַֽ⁠חֵל־ הַ֠⁠זֶּה לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל וְ⁠גָלֻ֣ת הַֽ⁠חֵל־הַ֠⁠זֶּה לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 The exiles of this host of the people of Israel Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the exiles taken to Assyria from the northern kingdom of Israel or 2) this refers to the people of Judah who lived outside of Jerusalem and were taken to exile in Babylon.
93 OBA 1 20 t8hm הַֽ⁠חֵל 1 host a very large group of people
94 OBA 1 20 r8cn translate-names עַד־ צָ֣רְפַ֔ת עַד־צָ֣רְפַ֔ת 1 as far as Zarephath Zarephath was a Phoenician city north of Israel on the coast of the Mediterranean between Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “as far north as Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
95 OBA 1 20 u5t1 וְ⁠גָלֻ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 The exiles of Jerusalem This group is contrasted with either the Israelites from the northern kingdom, or with the people of Judah who lived outside of Jerusalem.
96 OBA 1 20 x6yt translate-names בִּ⁠סְפָרַ֑ד 1 Sepharad This is the name of a place whose location is unknown. Some experts suggest it refers to the city of Sardis in the region of Lydia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
97 OBA 1 21 j7nf וְ⁠עָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־ הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו וְ⁠עָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 Deliverers will go up to Mount Zion to rule over the hill country of Esau “Deliverers will go up to Jerusalem and rule over Edom from there”
98 OBA 1 21 hyg2 מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ 1 Deliverers Possible meanings are 1) this refers to various Israelite military leaders whom God will use to defeat the nation of Edom or 2) the text should read “Those who will be delivered” and refers to the returning Jewish exiles.
99 OBA 1 21 wy7x וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה 1 the kingdom will belong to Yahweh This phrase emphasizes that Yahweh will personally rule over the kingdom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be their king”

View File

@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br> - Jonah disobeys Yahwehs first call to go to Nineveh (1:13)<br> - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:416)<br> - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:172:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahwehs message (3:14)<br> - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br> - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br> - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:13)<br> - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:411)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do Gods will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonahs people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonahs fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that means Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־ יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh***
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that means Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh***
JON 1 1 s6av יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JON 1 1 jv8c translate-names אֲמִתַּ֖י 1 Amittai This is the name of Jonahs father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JON 1 2 x5ua ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־ נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה 1 Get up and go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the important city of Nineveh***
JON 1 2 x5ua ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה 1 Get up and go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the important city of Nineveh***
JON 1 2 v2xt figs-idiom ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ 1 Get up and go This is a common expression for traveling to distant places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 2 jqz9 figs-metonymy וּ⁠קְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 speak out against it God is referring to the people of the city. Alternate translation: “warn the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JON 1 2 rki2 עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠ 1 their wickedness has risen up before me ***I know they have been continually sinning***
@ -19,63 +19,63 @@ JON 1 3 pz67 וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן שְׂכָרָ֜⁠הּ 1 So he paid the f
JON 1 3 g5xp וַ⁠יֵּ֤רֶד בָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 went down into it ***got on the ship***
JON 1 3 i6bi עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙ 1 with them The word **them** refers to the others who were going on the ship.
JON 1 3 sw66 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 from the presence of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his presence. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JON 1 4 jdr2 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־ הַ⁠יָּ֔ם 1 But Yahweh sent out a great wind on the sea This clause introduces the new event of Yahwehs response to Jonah running away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 4 jdr2 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם 1 But Yahweh sent out a great wind on the sea This clause introduces the new event of Yahwehs response to Jonah running away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 4 jl77 figs-activepassive לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר 1 to be broken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JON 1 5 d13r הַ⁠מַּלָּחִ֗ים 1 the sailors the men who worked on the ship
JON 1 5 u2bj אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֒ 1 his own god Here **god** refers to false gods and idols that people worship.
JON 1 5 sh1b וַ⁠יָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־ הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽ⁠אֳנִיָּה֙ 1 They threw the cargo that was in the ship ***The men threw the heavy things off the ship***. This was done to keep the ship from sinking.
JON 1 5 sh1b וַ⁠יָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽ⁠אֳנִיָּה֙ 1 They threw the cargo that was in the ship ***The men threw the heavy things off the ship***. This was done to keep the ship from sinking.
JON 1 5 tg27 לְ⁠הָקֵ֖ל מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to lighten it Making the ship lighter would make if float better. Alternate translation: “to help the ship float better”
JON 1 5 uzt4 writing-background וְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־ יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה 1 But Jonah had gone down into the innermost parts of the ship Jonah did this before the storm started. (See: [[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JON 1 5 uzt4 writing-background וְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה 1 But Jonah had gone down into the innermost parts of the ship Jonah did this before the storm started. (See: [[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JON 1 5 f63r יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה 1 the innermost parts of the ship ***inside the ship***
JON 1 5 g4y4 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם 1 and had lain down and was deeply asleep ***and was lying there fast asleep*** or ***and was lying there and sleeping deeply***. For this reason, the storm did not wake him up.
JON 1 6 laa3 וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 So the captain came to him and said to him ***The man in charge of the ship went to Jonah and said***
JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־ לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 What are you doing sleeping? ***Why are you sleeping?*** He used this rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “Stop sleeping!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 What are you doing sleeping? ***Why are you sleeping?*** He used this rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “Stop sleeping!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 1 6 bd4f figs-idiom ק֚וּם 1 Get up! This refers to doing some activity. For Jonah, the Captain is telling him to wake up and pray to his god for safe passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־ אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Call upon your god! ***Pray to your god!*** **Call** refers to getting the attention of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Call upon your god! ***Pray to your god!*** **Call** refers to getting the attention of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 6 sk7i figs-explicit אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 Maybe your god will notice us and we will not perish The implicit information that Jonahs god might save them could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 7 sc57 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־ רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 They all said to each other ***The sailors all said to each other***
JON 1 7 sc57 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 They all said to each other ***The sailors all said to each other***
JON 1 7 l5xq לְכוּ֙ וְ⁠נַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת וְ⁠נֵ֣דְעָ֔ה בְּ⁠שֶׁ⁠לְּ⁠מִ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Come, let us cast lots, so that we may know on whose account this evil is happening to us ***We should cast lots to know who has caused this trouble***. The men believed that the gods would control how the lots fell in order to tell them what they wanted to know. This was a form of divination.
JON 1 7 d726 הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את 1 this evil This refers to the terrible storm.
JON 1 7 at67 וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־ יוֹנָֽה 1 the lot fell to Jonah ***the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person***
JON 1 7 at67 וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה 1 the lot fell to Jonah ***the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person***
JON 1 8 wkh6 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 Then they said to him ***Then the men who were working on the ship said to Jonah***
JON 1 8 e7wb הַגִּידָ⁠ה־ נָּ֣א לָ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר לְ⁠מִי־ הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Please tell us on whose account this evil is happening to us ***Who caused this bad thing that is happening to us?***
JON 1 8 e7wb הַגִּידָ⁠ה־נָּ֣א לָ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר לְ⁠מִי־הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Please tell us on whose account this evil is happening to us ***Who caused this bad thing that is happening to us?***
JON 1 9 wav5 יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ אֲנִ֣י יָרֵ֔א 1 I fear Yahweh, the God of heaven The word **fear** refers to Jonah having a deep respect for God.
JON 1 10 peg3 figs-rquestion מַה־ זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 What is this that you have done? The men on the ship used this rhetorical question to show how angry they were at Jonah. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 1 10 peg3 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 What is this that you have done? The men on the ship used this rhetorical question to show how angry they were at Jonah. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 1 10 us1r figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 from the presence of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his presence. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JON 1 10 hw1p figs-explicit כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 because he had told them What he told them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had said to them, I am trying to get away from Yahweh.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 11 kb4c וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 Then they said to him ***Then the men on the ship said to Jonah*** or ***Then the sailors said to Jonah***
JON 1 11 ik6d מַה־ נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 What should we do to you so that the sea will calm down for us? ***What should we do with you in order to make the sea become calm?***
JON 1 11 ik6d מַה־ נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 What should we do to you so that the sea will calm down for us? ***What should we do with you in order to make the sea become calm?***
JON 1 11 wxr7 הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר 1 the sea became more and more violent This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. This reason can also be put at the beginning of verse 11 as in the UST.
JON 1 12 h982 כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְ⁠שֶׁ⁠לִּ֔⁠י הַ⁠סַּ֧עַר הַ⁠גָּד֛וֹל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 for I know that this great storm is happening to you because of me ***because I know this huge storm is my fault***
JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־ הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 Nevertheless, the men rowed hard to get back to the land The men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they rowed hard as if they were digging into the water to get back to land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־ הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 Nevertheless, the men rowed hard to get back to the land The men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they rowed hard as if they were digging into the water to get back to land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 13 m3iq הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר 1 the sea was becoming more and more violent ***the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger***
JON 1 14 ap77 וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ 1 Therefore they cried out ***Because of this*** or ***Because the sea became more violent***
JON 1 14 q2xq וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־ יְהוָ֜ה 1 Therefore they cried out to Yahweh ***Therefore the men prayed to Yahweh***
JON 1 14 q2xq וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה 1 Therefore they cried out to Yahweh ***Therefore the men prayed to Yahweh***
JON 1 14 jdr3 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
JON 1 14 wz6z אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־ נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 O Yahweh, we beg you, do not let us perish on account of the soul of this man ***O Yahweh, please do not kill us because we caused this man to die*** or ***O Yahweh, we are going to cause this man to die. But please do not kill us***
JON 1 14 vv5t figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־ תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא 1 and do not accuse us of shedding innocent blood ***and please do not blame us for his death*** or ***and do not consider us guilty when this man dies***. The author speaks of guilt as if it were an object that can be placed on top of a person. It refers to making that person accountable for their actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 1 14 wz6z אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־ נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 O Yahweh, we beg you, do not let us perish on account of the soul of this man ***O Yahweh, please do not kill us because we caused this man to die*** or ***O Yahweh, we are going to cause this man to die. But please do not kill us***
JON 1 14 vv5t figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא 1 and do not accuse us of shedding innocent blood ***and please do not blame us for his death*** or ***and do not consider us guilty when this man dies***. The author speaks of guilt as if it were an object that can be placed on top of a person. It refers to making that person accountable for their actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 1 15 l9cf וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ 1 the sea stopped raging ***the sea stopped moving violently*** or ***the sea became calm***
JON 1 16 r3gs וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־ יְהוָ֑ה 1 Then the men feared Yahweh with a great fear ***Then the men became greatly awed at Yahwehs power***
JON 1 16 r3gs וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־ יְהוָ֑ה 1 Then the men feared Yahweh with a great fear ***Then the men became greatly awed at Yahwehs power***
JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־ יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh had prepared a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh had prepared a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 17 fle4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן 1 Now…had prepared The word **Now** is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 17 cjb6 שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights ***three days and nights***
JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonahs repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonahs repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means ***Yahweh, the God he worshiped***. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 He said ***Jonah said***
JON 2 2 s7fi קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־ יְהוָ֖ה 1 I called out to Yahweh from my distress ***I prayed to Yahweh about my great trouble***. Even though Jonah was praying to Yahweh, he used Yahwehs name here and not ***you***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, I called out to you about my distress”
JON 2 2 s7fi קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 I called out to Yahweh from my distress ***I prayed to Yahweh about my great trouble***. Even though Jonah was praying to Yahweh, he used Yahwehs name here and not ***you***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, I called out to you about my distress”
JON 2 2 wdr4 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 he answered me ***Yahweh responded to me*** or ***he helped me***
JON 2 2 w8wn figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל 1 from the belly of Sheol ***from the center of Sheol*** or ***from the deep part of Sheol***. Possible meanings are 1) Jonah was speaking as being in the belly of the whale was being in Sheol or 2) Jonah believed that he was about to die and go to Sheol or 3) He spoke as if he already had died and gone there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 2 3 bz4y figs-parallelism מְצוּלָה֙ בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים 1 into the depths, into the heart of the seas Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of the vastness of the ocean he was in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JON 2 3 glp2 בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים 1 into the heart of the seas ***to the bottom of the sea***
JON 2 3 abc1 figs-parallelism וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי כָּל־ מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ 1 and the currents surrounded me; all your billows and your waves passed over me Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of the waters of the sea that closed in around him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JON 2 3 abc1 figs-parallelism וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי כָּל־ מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ 1 and the currents surrounded me; all your billows and your waves passed over me Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of the waters of the sea that closed in around him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JON 2 3 p8fd וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 the currents surrounded me ***the sea water closed in around me***
JON 2 3 c6jx figs-doublet מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 your billows and your waves These are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JON 2 4 jdr5 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י 1 But as for me, This expression in English shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response. Alternate translation: “Then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
JON 2 4 x1w9 figs-activepassive נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי 1 I am driven out ssion in English shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “But I”
JON 2 4 z1yx figs-synecdoche מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 from before your eyes Here Yahweh is represented by his **eyes**. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JON 2 4 b8vk אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־ הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 yet I will again look toward your holy temple Jonah has hope that, in spite of all he is going through, he will see the temple.
JON 2 5 abc2 figs-parallelism אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־ נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 The waters surrounded me up to my soul; the deep swirled around me; Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of his hopeless situation as he was drowning in the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JON 2 4 b8vk אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 yet I will again look toward your holy temple Jonah has hope that, in spite of all he is going through, he will see the temple.
JON 2 5 abc2 figs-parallelism אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־ נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 The waters surrounded me up to my soul; the deep swirled around me; Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of his hopeless situation as he was drowning in the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JON 2 5 rf4b מַ֨יִם֙ 1 The waters **The waters** refers to the sea.
JON 2 5 ca31 נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 my soul Some versions understand the Hebrew word in this expression to mean ***my life***. In that interpretation, the waters were about to take away Jonahs life.
JON 2 5 nr3v תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 the deep swirled around me ***the deep water was all around me***
@ -84,80 +84,80 @@ JON 2 6 z36i figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ בְּרִחֶ֥י⁠הָ בַע
JON 2 6 dc3r figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל מִ⁠שַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖⁠י 1 Yet you brought up my life from the pit Jonah speaks of the place of the dead as if it were a pit. Alternate translation: “But you saved my life from the place of the dead” or “But you saved me from the place where the dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 2 6 i3mx יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 Yahweh, my God! In some languages, it may be more natural to put this at the beginning of the sentence or next to the word **you**.
JON 2 7 jdr6 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בְּ⁠הִתְעַטֵּ֤ף עָלַ⁠י֙ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י  1 When my soul fainted within me, Jonahs says that he remembered Yahweh when he had lost hope of being rescued from the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
JON 2 7 l2b6 אֶת־ יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי 1 I remembered Yahweh Since Jonah was praying to Yahweh, it might be more clear in some languages to say “I thought about you, Yahweh” or “Yahweh, I thought about you.”
JON 2 7 ue9g figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־ הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 then my prayer came to you, to your holy temple Jonah speaks as if his prayers could travel to God and his temple. Alternate translation: “then you in your holy temple heard my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 2 8 u1l9 מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־ שָׁ֑וְא 1 Those who give attention to useless idols ***People who pay attention to useless gods***
JON 2 7 l2b6 אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי 1 I remembered Yahweh Since Jonah was praying to Yahweh, it might be more clear in some languages to say “I thought about you, Yahweh” or “Yahweh, I thought about you.”
JON 2 7 ue9g figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 then my prayer came to you, to your holy temple Jonah speaks as if his prayers could travel to God and his temple. Alternate translation: “then you in your holy temple heard my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 2 8 u1l9 מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־שָׁ֑וְא 1 Those who give attention to useless idols ***People who pay attention to useless gods***
JON 2 8 fac9 חַסְדָּ֖⁠ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 forsake loving faithfulness ***are rejecting you, who would be faithful to them***
JON 2 9 q3yb grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י 1 But as for me, This expression in English shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “But I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־ לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 I will sacrifice to you with a voice of thanksgiving This means that Jonah would thank God while he offered a sacrifice to him. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully.
JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 I will sacrifice to you with a voice of thanksgiving This means that Jonah would thank God while he offered a sacrifice to him. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully.
JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation is from Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb ***save***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־ הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 upon the dry land ***upon the ground*** or ***onto the shore***
JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 upon the dry land ***upon the ground*** or ***onto the shore***
JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonahs life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the kings proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonahs day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may be troubling for some translators and people may struggle to understand it. Gods character is consistent. This whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it is hard to understand the mind of God.<br><br>Yahweh is just and merciful so even though God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, Gods plan is always to punish evil. Later in history this nation did fall and was destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־ יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story (1:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־ יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that means Yahweh spoke. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01/ll6c). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־ נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the important city of Nineveh***
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story (1:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that means Yahweh spoke. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01/ll6c). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the important city of Nineveh***
JON 3 2 cl3b figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 Get up This refers to leaving the place one is at. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ir79 וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 proclaim to it the message that I tell you ***tell the people what I tell you to tell them***
JON 3 3 k7k9 וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־ נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh ***This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh***
JON 3 2 ir79 וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 proclaim to it the message that I tell you ***tell the people what I tell you to tell them***
JON 3 3 k7k9 וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh ***This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh***
JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 the word of Yahweh Here **word** represents Yahwehs message. Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JON 3 3 j8x1 figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה 1 So Jonah got up ***So Jonah left the beach***. The words **got up** refer to preparing to go somewhere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 3 dt1b writing-background  וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים׃ 1 Now Nineveh was a very large city, a journey of three days. This sentence gives background information about the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JON 3 3 ye82 figs-idiom עִיר־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 a very large city, a journey of three days ***a very large city that was three days across***. A person had to walk for three days to completely go through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 3 dt1b writing-background  וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים׃ 1 Now Nineveh was a very large city, a journey of three days. This sentence gives background information about the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JON 3 3 ye82 figs-idiom עִיר־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 a very large city, a journey of three days ***a very large city that was three days across***. A person had to walk for three days to completely go through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 4 r2al מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ 1 after a journey of one day, and he cried out Possible meanings are 1) ***after Jonah walked a days journey he called out*** or 2) ***while Jonah walked on the first day, he called out***.
JON 3 4 e1b9 מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד 1 after a journey of one day ***after a days walk***. A days journey is the distance that people would normally travel in one day. Alternate translation: “after Jonah walked for one day”
JON 3 4 r94k וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 and he called out and said ***and he proclaimed*** or ***and he shouted***
JON 3 4 q2nc translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 40 days ***forty days*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JON 3 5 e5lm figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּלְבְּשׁ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֔ים 1 and put on sackcloth Why people put on sackcloth can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “They also put on coarse cloth to show that they were sorry for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 3 5 isk5 מִ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַד־ קְטַנָּֽ⁠ם 1 from the greatest of them down to the least of them ***from the most significant to the least significant people*** or ***including all the important people and all the unimportant people***
JON 3 5 isk5 מִ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַד־קְטַנָּֽ⁠ם 1 from the greatest of them down to the least of them ***from the most significant to the least significant people*** or ***including all the important people and all the unimportant people***
JON 3 6 pna3 הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ 1 word ***Jonahs message***
JON 3 6 h9wz וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 He rose up from his throne ***He got up from his throne*** or ***He stood up from his throne***. The king left his throne to show that he was acting humbly.
JON 3 6 pvp7 מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 throne A throne is a chair that the king sits on. It shows that he is the king.
JON 3 7 v29b וַ⁠יַּזְעֵ֗ק וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 He proclaimed and said ***He sent out an official announcement that said*** or ***He sent his messengers to announce to the people in Nineveh***
JON 3 7 n5fn וּ⁠גְדֹלָ֖י⁠ו 1 nobles important men who helped the king rule the city
JON 3 7 xw6c הַ⁠בָּקָ֣ר וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן 1 herd nor flock This refers to two kinds of animals that people care for. Alternate translation: “cattle nor sheep”
JON 3 7 fw18 figs-explicit אַ֨ל־ יִרְע֔וּ וּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַל־ יִשְׁתּֽוּ 1 Let them not eat, nor drink water ***They must not eat nor drink anything***. The reason they were not to eat or drink anything can be made explicit by adding ***in order to show that they are sorry for their sins***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 3 7 fw18 figs-explicit אַ֨ל־יִרְע֔וּ וּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַל־יִשְׁתּֽוּ 1 Let them not eat, nor drink water ***They must not eat nor drink anything***. The reason they were not to eat or drink anything can be made explicit by adding ***in order to show that they are sorry for their sins***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 3 8 bmf5 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִתְכַּסּ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֗ים הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 But let man and animal be covered with sackcloth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But let people and animals wear sackcloth” or “But let people cover themselves and their animals with sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JON 3 8 x6ct וְ⁠יִתְכַּסּ֣וּ…הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 But let man and animal ***But let both***
JON 3 8 mzx6 וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 animal The word ***animal*** refers to animals that people own.
JON 3 8 jh7e figs-explicit וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה 1 let them cry out loudly to God ***pray earnestly to God***. What they were to pray for can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “let them cry out loudly to God and ask for mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 3 8 jh7e figs-explicit וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה 1 let them cry out loudly to God ***pray earnestly to God***. What they were to pray for can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “let them cry out loudly to God and ask for mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 3 8 n3ls הֶ⁠חָמָ֖ס אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כַפֵּי⁠הֶֽם 1 the violence that is in his hands This means ***the violent things that he does***. This refers to each of the people of Nineveh, and not to God.
JON 3 9 wbt6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־ יוֹדֵ֣עַ 1 Who knows? The king used this rhetorical question to get the people to think about something that they might not have thought possible, that if they would stop sinning, God might not kill them. It could be translated as a statement: “We do not know”. Or it could be stated as a word and be part of the next sentence: “Perhaps”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 3 9 wbt6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יוֹדֵ֣עַ 1 Who knows? The king used this rhetorical question to get the people to think about something that they might not have thought possible, that if they would stop sinning, God might not kill them. It could be translated as a statement: “We do not know”. Or it could be stated as a word and be part of the next sentence: “Perhaps”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 3 9 z3jj יָשׁ֔וּב וְ⁠נִחַ֖ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 God may turn and relent ***God may decide to do something different*** or ***God may not do what he said he will do***
JON 3 9 uvp9 וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 so that we do not perish ***so we do not die***
JON 3 10 w3uu וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־ מַ֣עֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 God saw their works ***God understood that they stopped doing evil actions***
JON 3 10 w3uu וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ֣עֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 God saw their works ***God understood that they stopped doing evil actions***
JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil The author speaks of the people stop sinning as if they turned their back to an object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 3 10 i1gp figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־ הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֥ר לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת־ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 So God relented concerning the disaster that he had said he would do to them Here God deciding not to do the punishment he had planned is spoken of is if he changed his mind. Alternate translation: “So God changed his thinking about the punishment that he had said he would do to them” or “Then God decided not to punish them as he had said he would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 3 10 i1gp figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת־לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 So God relented concerning the disaster that he had said he would do to them Here God deciding not to do the punishment he had planned is spoken of is if he changed his mind. Alternate translation: “So God changed his thinking about the punishment that he had said he would do to them” or “Then God decided not to punish them as he had said he would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about Gods desire to be merciful on anyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jonahs anger<br><br>It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. Aprophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death. When Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, he was certain it was going to happen. When it did not happen, Jonah was angry with God because he hated the people of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gods grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־ יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah—extremely evil—and he burned with anger. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah—extremely evil—and he burned with anger. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 4 1 abc3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר 1 and burned with anger Here Jonah's anger is spoken of as if was a fire burning inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
JON 4 2 k24b figs-rquestion אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־ זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־ הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־ אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י 1 O, Yahweh, was this not my word when I was in my country? Jonah used this rhetorical question to show God how angry he was. Also, what Jonah said when he was back in his own country can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Yahweh, when I was still in my own country I knew that if I warned the people of Nineveh, they would repent, and you would not destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 2 jv5c וְ⁠רַב־ חֶ֔סֶד 1 and abundant in covenant faithfulness ***and very faithful*** or ***and you love people very much***
JON 4 2 wl7j וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־ הָ⁠רָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from sending disaster This means ***and you say that you will send disaster on sinners, but then you decide not to***. Alternate translation: “and you decide not to punish people who sin”
JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־ נָ֥א אֶת־ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 take my soul from me Jonahs reason for wanting to die can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 2 k24b figs-rquestion אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־ זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־ הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־ אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י 1 O, Yahweh, was this not my word when I was in my country? Jonah used this rhetorical question to show God how angry he was. Also, what Jonah said when he was back in his own country can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Yahweh, when I was still in my own country I knew that if I warned the people of Nineveh, they would repent, and you would not destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 2 jv5c וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 and abundant in covenant faithfulness ***and very faithful*** or ***and you love people very much***
JON 4 2 wl7j וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from sending disaster This means ***and you say that you will send disaster on sinners, but then you decide not to***. Alternate translation: “and you decide not to punish people who sin”
JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־ נָ֥א אֶת־ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 take my soul from me Jonahs reason for wanting to die can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 3 yk5v כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 for it is better for me to die than for me to live ***I would prefer to die than live*** or ***because I want to die. I do not want to live***
JON 4 4 eb4a figs-rquestion הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger? God used this rhetorical question to scold Jonah for being angry about something he should not have been angry about. Alternate translation: “Your anger is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 4 5 q1f7 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־ הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 Then Jonah went out of the city ***Then Jonah left the city of Nineveh***
JON 4 5 af46 מַה־ יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר 1 what might happen to the city ***what would become of the city***. Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not destroy it. Alternate translation: “what God would do to the city”
JON 4 6 i4r4 מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 over Jonah so that it might be shade over his head ***over Jonahs head for shade***
JON 4 5 q1f7 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 Then Jonah went out of the city ***Then Jonah left the city of Nineveh***
JON 4 5 af46 מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר 1 what might happen to the city ***what would become of the city***. Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not destroy it. Alternate translation: “what God would do to the city”
JON 4 6 i4r4 מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 over Jonah so that it might be shade over his head ***over Jonahs head for shade***
JON 4 6 t21k לְ⁠הַצִּ֥יל ל֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָֽעָת֑⁠וֹ 1 to rescue him from his distress ***to protect Jonah from the heat of the sun***
JON 4 7 t7il וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ תּוֹלַ֔עַת 1 But God prepared a worm ***But God sent a worm***
JON 4 7 rw7z וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ אֶת־ הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֖וֹן 1 It attacked the plant ***The worm chewed the plant***
JON 4 7 rw7z וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֖וֹן 1 It attacked the plant ***The worm chewed the plant***
JON 4 7 d16m וַ⁠יִּיבָֽשׁ 1 so that it withered The plant became dry and died. Alternate translation: “so that the plant died”
JON 4 8 jdr9 grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ כִּ⁠זְרֹ֣חַ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֗מֶשׁ 1 It came about that when the sun rose, The hot wind from the east started blowing shortly after the sun rose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
JON 4 8 hmi4 figs-explicit וַ⁠יְמַ֨ן אֱלֹהִ֜ים ר֤וּחַ קָדִים֙ חֲרִישִׁ֔ית 1 God prepared a hot east wind God caused a hot wind from the east to blow on Jonah. If wind can only mean a cool or cold wind then you can try this. Alternate translation: “God sent a very hot warmth from the east to Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 8 mnu9 וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ 1 the sun beat down ***the sun was very hot***
JON 4 8 u2pl figs-synecdoche עַל־ רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה 1 on the head of Jonah Jonah may have felt the heat most on his head. Alternate translation: “on Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JON 4 8 u2pl figs-synecdoche עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה 1 on the head of Jonah Jonah may have felt the heat most on his head. Alternate translation: “on Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JON 4 8 z95v וַ⁠יִּתְעַלָּ֑ף 1 and he became faint ***and he became very weak*** or ***and he lost his strength***
JON 4 8 eln6 ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 It is better for me to die than for me to live ***I would prefer to die than live*** or ***I want to die. I do not want to live***. See how you translated this in [4:3](../04/03/yk5v).
JON 4 9 a5f5 figs-rquestion הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־ לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־ הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger about the plant? God challenges Jonah for being angry that the plant died and yet wanted God to kill the people of Nineveh. Alternate translation: “Your anger about the plant dying is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 4 9 w24z figs-explicit הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־ לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־ הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger about the plant? Implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You should be more concerned about the people in Nineveh dying than about the plant dying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 9 h43a הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־ לִ֖⁠י עַד־ מָֽוֶת 1 It is good for me to burn with anger, even to death. ***It is good that I am angry. Now I am angry enough to die!***
JON 4 9 a5f5 figs-rquestion הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger about the plant? God challenges Jonah for being angry that the plant died and yet wanted God to kill the people of Nineveh. Alternate translation: “Your anger about the plant dying is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 4 9 w24z figs-explicit הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger about the plant? Implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You should be more concerned about the people in Nineveh dying than about the plant dying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 9 h43a הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־לִ֖⁠י עַד־מָֽוֶת 1 It is good for me to burn with anger, even to death. ***It is good that I am angry. Now I am angry enough to die!***
JON 4 10 gkz7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh said It may be helpful to say that Yahweh was speaking to Jonah. Alternate translation: “Yahweh said to Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 11 jdr0 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ 1 So as for me, The expression in English shows a comparison between Jonahs attitude toward the plant and Yahwehs attitude toward the people of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
JON 4 11 ecl1 figs-rquestion וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־ נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־ בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ יָדַע֙ בֵּין־ יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה 1 So as for me, should I not have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle? God used this question to emphasize his claim that he should have compassion on Nineveh. Alternate translation: “I certainly should have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 4 11 dqi1 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־ בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ 1 in which there are more than This can also be the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: ***There are more than*** or ***It has more than***
JON 4 11 c3b7 translate-numbers מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם 1 120,000 people ***one hundred and twenty thousand people*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JON 4 11 j35h אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ יָדַע֙ בֵּין־ יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ 1 who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand This may be a way of saying ***who cannot tell the difference between right and wrong***.
JON 4 11 ecl1 figs-rquestion וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־ נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־ בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ יָדַע֙ בֵּין־ יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה 1 So as for me, should I not have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle? God used this question to emphasize his claim that he should have compassion on Nineveh. Alternate translation: “I certainly should have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JON 4 11 dqi1 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ 1 in which there are more than This can also be the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: ***There are more than*** or ***It has more than***
JON 4 11 c3b7 translate-numbers מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם 1 120,000 people ***one hundred and twenty thousand people*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JON 4 11 j35h אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ 1 who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand This may be a way of saying ***who cannot tell the difference between right and wrong***.
JON 4 11 q55i writing-background וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה 1 and also many cattle The author is pointing out the depth of Ninevehs repentance to the extent that Yahweh takes note of the beasts participation in the act of repentance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br> - Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)<br> - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)<br> - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)<br> - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br> - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br> - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)<br> - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
3 JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
4 JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־ יְהוָ֔ה וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5 JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־ יְהוָ֔ה וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that means Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־ יְהוָ֔ה דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh***
7 JON 1 1 s6av יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
8 JON 1 1 jv8c translate-names אֲמִתַּ֖י 1 Amittai This is the name of Jonah’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9 JON 1 2 x5ua ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־ נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה 1 Get up and go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the important city of Nineveh***
10 JON 1 2 v2xt figs-idiom ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ 1 Get up and go This is a common expression for traveling to distant places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11 JON 1 2 jqz9 figs-metonymy וּ⁠קְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 speak out against it God is referring to the people of the city. Alternate translation: “warn the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12 JON 1 2 rki2 עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠ 1 their wickedness has risen up before me ***I know they have been continually sinning***
19 JON 1 3 g5xp וַ⁠יֵּ֤רֶד בָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 went down into it ***got on the ship***
20 JON 1 3 i6bi עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙ 1 with them The word **them** refers to the others who were going on the ship.
21 JON 1 3 sw66 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 from the presence of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his presence. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22 JON 1 4 jdr2 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־ הַ⁠יָּ֔ם וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם 1 But Yahweh sent out a great wind on the sea This clause introduces the new event of Yahweh’s response to Jonah running away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
23 JON 1 4 jl77 figs-activepassive לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר 1 to be broken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24 JON 1 5 d13r הַ⁠מַּלָּחִ֗ים 1 the sailors the men who worked on the ship
25 JON 1 5 u2bj אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֒ 1 his own god Here **god** refers to false gods and idols that people worship.
26 JON 1 5 sh1b וַ⁠יָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־ הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽ⁠אֳנִיָּה֙ וַ⁠יָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽ⁠אֳנִיָּה֙ 1 They threw the cargo that was in the ship ***The men threw the heavy things off the ship***. This was done to keep the ship from sinking.
27 JON 1 5 tg27 לְ⁠הָקֵ֖ל מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to lighten it Making the ship lighter would make if float better. Alternate translation: “to help the ship float better”
28 JON 1 5 uzt4 writing-background וְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־ יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה וְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה 1 But Jonah had gone down into the innermost parts of the ship Jonah did this before the storm started. (See: [[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
29 JON 1 5 f63r יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה 1 the innermost parts of the ship ***inside the ship***
30 JON 1 5 g4y4 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם 1 and had lain down and was deeply asleep ***and was lying there fast asleep*** or ***and was lying there and sleeping deeply***. For this reason, the storm did not wake him up.
31 JON 1 6 laa3 וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 So the captain came to him and said to him ***The man in charge of the ship went to Jonah and said***
32 JON 1 6 yx7e figs-rquestion מַה־ לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם 1 What are you doing sleeping? ***Why are you sleeping?*** He used this rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “Stop sleeping!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
33 JON 1 6 bd4f figs-idiom ק֚וּם 1 Get up! This refers to doing some activity. For Jonah, the Captain is telling him to wake up and pray to his god for safe passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34 JON 1 6 k7a5 figs-idiom קְרָ֣א אֶל־ אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Call upon your god! ***Pray to your god!*** **Call** refers to getting the attention of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
35 JON 1 6 sk7i figs-explicit אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 Maybe your god will notice us and we will not perish The implicit information that Jonah’s god might save them could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36 JON 1 7 sc57 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־ רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 They all said to each other ***The sailors all said to each other***
37 JON 1 7 l5xq לְכוּ֙ וְ⁠נַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת וְ⁠נֵ֣דְעָ֔ה בְּ⁠שֶׁ⁠לְּ⁠מִ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Come, let us cast lots, so that we may know on whose account this evil is happening to us ***We should cast lots to know who has caused this trouble***. The men believed that the gods would control how the lots fell in order to tell them what they wanted to know. This was a form of divination.
38 JON 1 7 d726 הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את 1 this evil This refers to the terrible storm.
39 JON 1 7 at67 וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־ יוֹנָֽה וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה 1 the lot fell to Jonah ***the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person***
40 JON 1 8 wkh6 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 Then they said to him ***Then the men who were working on the ship said to Jonah***
41 JON 1 8 e7wb הַגִּידָ⁠ה־ נָּ֣א לָ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר לְ⁠מִי־ הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ הַגִּידָ⁠ה־נָּ֣א לָ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר לְ⁠מִי־הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 Please tell us on whose account this evil is happening to us ***Who caused this bad thing that is happening to us?***
42 JON 1 9 wav5 יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ אֲנִ֣י יָרֵ֔א 1 I fear Yahweh, the God of heaven The word **fear** refers to Jonah having a deep respect for God.
43 JON 1 10 peg3 figs-rquestion מַה־ זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 What is this that you have done? The men on the ship used this rhetorical question to show how angry they were at Jonah. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44 JON 1 10 us1r figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ 1 from the presence of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his presence. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45 JON 1 10 hw1p figs-explicit כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 because he had told them What he told them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had said to them, ‘I am trying to get away from Yahweh.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46 JON 1 11 kb4c וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 Then they said to him ***Then the men on the ship said to Jonah*** or ***Then the sailors said to Jonah***
47 JON 1 11 ik6d מַה־ נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ מַה־ נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 What should we do to you so that the sea will calm down for us? ***What should we do with you in order to make the sea become calm?***
48 JON 1 11 wxr7 הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר 1 the sea became more and more violent This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. This reason can also be put at the beginning of verse 11 as in the UST.
49 JON 1 12 h982 כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְ⁠שֶׁ⁠לִּ֔⁠י הַ⁠סַּ֧עַר הַ⁠גָּד֛וֹל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 for I know that this great storm is happening to you because of me ***because I know this huge storm is my fault***
50 JON 1 13 lcd3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־ הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־ הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה 1 Nevertheless, the men rowed hard to get back to the land The men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they rowed hard as if they were digging into the water to get back to land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 JON 1 13 m3iq הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר 1 the sea was becoming more and more violent ***the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger***
52 JON 1 14 ap77 וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ 1 Therefore they cried out ***Because of this*** or ***Because the sea became more violent***
53 JON 1 14 q2xq וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־ יְהוָ֜ה וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה 1 Therefore they cried out to Yahweh ***Therefore the men prayed to Yahweh***
54 JON 1 14 jdr3 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
55 JON 1 14 wz6z אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־ נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־ נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 O Yahweh, we beg you, do not let us perish on account of the soul of this man ***O Yahweh, please do not kill us because we caused this man to die*** or ***O Yahweh, we are going to cause this man to die. But please do not kill us***
56 JON 1 14 vv5t figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־ תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא 1 and do not accuse us of shedding innocent blood ***and please do not blame us for his death*** or ***and do not consider us guilty when this man dies***. The author speaks of guilt as if it were an object that can be placed on top of a person. It refers to making that person accountable for their actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
57 JON 1 15 l9cf וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ 1 the sea stopped raging ***the sea stopped moving violently*** or ***the sea became calm***
58 JON 1 16 r3gs וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־ יְהוָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־ יְהוָ֑ה 1 Then the men feared Yahweh with a great fear ***Then the men became greatly awed at Yahweh’s power***
59 JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
60 JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־ יוֹנָ֑ה וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh had prepared a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
61 JON 1 17 fle4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן 1 Now…had prepared The word **Now** is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
62 JON 1 17 cjb6 שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights ***three days and nights***
63 JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
64 JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means ***Yahweh, the God he worshiped***. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
65 JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 He said ***Jonah said***
66 JON 2 2 s7fi קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־ יְהוָ֖ה קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 I called out to Yahweh from my distress ***I prayed to Yahweh about my great trouble***. Even though Jonah was praying to Yahweh, he used Yahweh’s name here and not ***you***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, I called out to you about my distress”
67 JON 2 2 wdr4 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 he answered me ***Yahweh responded to me*** or ***he helped me***
68 JON 2 2 w8wn figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל 1 from the belly of Sheol ***from the center of Sheol*** or ***from the deep part of Sheol***. Possible meanings are 1) Jonah was speaking as being in the belly of the whale was being in Sheol or 2) Jonah believed that he was about to die and go to Sheol or 3) He spoke as if he already had died and gone there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
69 JON 2 3 bz4y figs-parallelism מְצוּלָה֙ בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים 1 into the depths, into the heart of the seas Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of the vastness of the ocean he was in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
70 JON 2 3 glp2 בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים 1 into the heart of the seas ***to the bottom of the sea***
71 JON 2 3 abc1 figs-parallelism וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי כָּל־ מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי כָּל־ מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ עָלַ֥⁠י עָבָֽרוּ 1 and the currents surrounded me; all your billows and your waves passed over me Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of the waters of the sea that closed in around him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
72 JON 2 3 p8fd וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 the currents surrounded me ***the sea water closed in around me***
73 JON 2 3 c6jx figs-doublet מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 your billows and your waves These are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
74 JON 2 4 jdr5 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י 1 But as for me, This expression in English shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response. Alternate translation: “Then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
75 JON 2 4 x1w9 figs-activepassive נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי 1 I am driven out ssion in English shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “But I”
76 JON 2 4 z1yx figs-synecdoche מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 from before your eyes Here Yahweh is represented by his **eyes**. Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
77 JON 2 4 b8vk אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־ הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 yet I will again look toward your holy temple Jonah has hope that, in spite of all he is going through, he will see the temple.
78 JON 2 5 abc2 figs-parallelism אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־ נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־ נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 The waters surrounded me up to my soul; the deep swirled around me; Jonah uses two similar phrases to speak of his hopeless situation as he was drowning in the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
79 JON 2 5 rf4b מַ֨יִם֙ 1 The waters **The waters** refers to the sea.
80 JON 2 5 ca31 נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 my soul Some versions understand the Hebrew word in this expression to mean ***my life***. In that interpretation, the waters were about to take away Jonah’s life.
81 JON 2 5 nr3v תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי 1 the deep swirled around me ***the deep water was all around me***
84 JON 2 6 dc3r figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל מִ⁠שַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖⁠י 1 Yet you brought up my life from the pit Jonah speaks of the place of the dead as if it were a pit. Alternate translation: “But you saved my life from the place of the dead” or “But you saved me from the place where the dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85 JON 2 6 i3mx יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 Yahweh, my God! In some languages, it may be more natural to put this at the beginning of the sentence or next to the word **you**.
86 JON 2 7 jdr6 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בְּ⁠הִתְעַטֵּ֤ף עָלַ⁠י֙ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י  1 When my soul fainted within me, Jonahs says that he remembered Yahweh when he had lost hope of being rescued from the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
87 JON 2 7 l2b6 אֶת־ יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי 1 I remembered Yahweh Since Jonah was praying to Yahweh, it might be more clear in some languages to say “I thought about you, Yahweh” or “Yahweh, I thought about you.”
88 JON 2 7 ue9g figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־ הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 then my prayer came to you, to your holy temple Jonah speaks as if his prayers could travel to God and his temple. Alternate translation: “then you in your holy temple heard my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89 JON 2 8 u1l9 מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־ שָׁ֑וְא מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־שָׁ֑וְא 1 Those who give attention to useless idols ***People who pay attention to useless gods***
90 JON 2 8 fac9 חַסְדָּ֖⁠ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ 1 forsake loving faithfulness ***are rejecting you, who would be faithful to them***
91 JON 2 9 q3yb grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י 1 But as for me, This expression in English shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “But I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
92 JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־ לָּ֔⁠ךְ בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 I will sacrifice to you with a voice of thanksgiving This means that Jonah would thank God while he offered a sacrifice to him. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully.
93 JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation is from Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb ***save***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
94 JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־ הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 upon the dry land ***upon the ground*** or ***onto the shore***
95 JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may be troubling for some translators and people may struggle to understand it. God’s character is consistent. This whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it is hard to understand the mind of God.<br><br>Yahweh is just and merciful so even though God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, God’s plan is always to punish evil. Later in history this nation did fall and was destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
96 JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־ יְהוָ֛ה וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story (1:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
97 JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־ יְהוָ֛ה וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that means Yahweh spoke. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01/ll6c). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
98 JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־ נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the important city of Nineveh***
99 JON 3 2 cl3b figs-idiom ק֛וּם 1 Get up This refers to leaving the place one is at. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
100 JON 3 2 ir79 וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 proclaim to it the message that I tell you ***tell the people what I tell you to tell them***
101 JON 3 3 k7k9 וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־ נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh ***This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh***
102 JON 3 3 g4nk figs-metonymy כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 the word of Yahweh Here **word** represents Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
103 JON 3 3 j8x1 figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה 1 So Jonah got up ***So Jonah left the beach***. The words **got up** refer to preparing to go somewhere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
104 JON 3 3 dt1b writing-background  וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים׃  וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים׃ 1 Now Nineveh was a very large city, a journey of three days. This sentence gives background information about the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
105 JON 3 3 ye82 figs-idiom עִיר־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים עִיר־ גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 a very large city, a journey of three days ***a very large city that was three days across***. A person had to walk for three days to completely go through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
106 JON 3 4 r2al מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ 1 after a journey of one day, and he cried out Possible meanings are 1) ***after Jonah walked a day’s journey he called out*** or 2) ***while Jonah walked on the first day, he called out***.
107 JON 3 4 e1b9 מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד 1 after a journey of one day ***after a day’s walk***. A day’s journey is the distance that people would normally travel in one day. Alternate translation: “after Jonah walked for one day”
108 JON 3 4 r94k וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 and he called out and said ***and he proclaimed*** or ***and he shouted***
109 JON 3 4 q2nc translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 40 days ***forty days*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
110 JON 3 5 e5lm figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּלְבְּשׁ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֔ים 1 and put on sackcloth Why people put on sackcloth can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “They also put on coarse cloth to show that they were sorry for having sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
111 JON 3 5 isk5 מִ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַד־ קְטַנָּֽ⁠ם מִ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַד־קְטַנָּֽ⁠ם 1 from the greatest of them down to the least of them ***from the most significant to the least significant people*** or ***including all the important people and all the unimportant people***
112 JON 3 6 pna3 הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ 1 word ***Jonah’s message***
113 JON 3 6 h9wz וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 He rose up from his throne ***He got up from his throne*** or ***He stood up from his throne***. The king left his throne to show that he was acting humbly.
114 JON 3 6 pvp7 מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 throne A throne is a chair that the king sits on. It shows that he is the king.
115 JON 3 7 v29b וַ⁠יַּזְעֵ֗ק וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 He proclaimed and said ***He sent out an official announcement that said*** or ***He sent his messengers to announce to the people in Nineveh***
116 JON 3 7 n5fn וּ⁠גְדֹלָ֖י⁠ו 1 nobles important men who helped the king rule the city
117 JON 3 7 xw6c הַ⁠בָּקָ֣ר וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן 1 herd nor flock This refers to two kinds of animals that people care for. Alternate translation: “cattle nor sheep”
118 JON 3 7 fw18 figs-explicit אַ֨ל־ יִרְע֔וּ וּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַל־ יִשְׁתּֽוּ אַ֨ל־יִרְע֔וּ וּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַל־יִשְׁתּֽוּ 1 Let them not eat, nor drink water ***They must not eat nor drink anything***. The reason they were not to eat or drink anything can be made explicit by adding ***in order to show that they are sorry for their sins***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
119 JON 3 8 bmf5 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִתְכַּסּ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֗ים הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 But let man and animal be covered with sackcloth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But let people and animals wear sackcloth” or “But let people cover themselves and their animals with sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
120 JON 3 8 x6ct וְ⁠יִתְכַּסּ֣וּ…הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 But let man and animal ***But let both***
121 JON 3 8 mzx6 וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 animal The word ***animal*** refers to animals that people own.
122 JON 3 8 jh7e figs-explicit וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה 1 let them cry out loudly to God ***pray earnestly to God***. What they were to pray for can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “let them cry out loudly to God and ask for mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123 JON 3 8 n3ls הֶ⁠חָמָ֖ס אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כַפֵּי⁠הֶֽם 1 the violence that is in his hands This means ***the violent things that he does***. This refers to each of the people of Nineveh, and not to God.
124 JON 3 9 wbt6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־ יוֹדֵ֣עַ מִֽי־יוֹדֵ֣עַ 1 Who knows? The king used this rhetorical question to get the people to think about something that they might not have thought possible, that if they would stop sinning, God might not kill them. It could be translated as a statement: “We do not know”. Or it could be stated as a word and be part of the next sentence: “Perhaps”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
125 JON 3 9 z3jj יָשׁ֔וּב וְ⁠נִחַ֖ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 God may turn and relent ***God may decide to do something different*** or ***God may not do what he said he will do***
126 JON 3 9 uvp9 וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד 1 so that we do not perish ***so we do not die***
127 JON 3 10 w3uu וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־ מַ֣עֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ֣עֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 God saw their works ***God understood that they stopped doing evil actions***
128 JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil The author speaks of the people stop sinning as if they turned their back to an object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
129 JON 3 10 i1gp figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־ הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֥ר לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת־ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת־לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 So God relented concerning the disaster that he had said he would do to them Here God deciding not to do the punishment he had planned is spoken of is if he changed his mind. Alternate translation: “So God changed his thinking about the punishment that he had said he would do to them” or “Then God decided not to punish them as he had said he would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
130 JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
131 JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful on anyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jonah’s anger<br><br>It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. Aprophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death. When Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, he was certain it was going to happen. When it did not happen, Jonah was angry with God because he hated the people of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
132 JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־ יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah—extremely evil—and he burned with anger. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
133 JON 4 1 abc3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר 1 and burned with anger Here Jonah's anger is spoken of as if was a fire burning inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
134 JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
135 JON 4 2 k24b figs-rquestion אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־ זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־ הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־ אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־ זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־ הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־ אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י 1 O, Yahweh, was this not my word when I was in my country? Jonah used this rhetorical question to show God how angry he was. Also, what Jonah said when he was back in his own country can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Yahweh, when I was still in my own country I knew that if I warned the people of Nineveh, they would repent, and you would not destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136 JON 4 2 jv5c וְ⁠רַב־ חֶ֔סֶד וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד 1 and abundant in covenant faithfulness ***and very faithful*** or ***and you love people very much***
137 JON 4 2 wl7j וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־ הָ⁠רָעָֽה וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה 1 and one who relents from sending disaster This means ***and you say that you will send disaster on sinners, but then you decide not to***. Alternate translation: “and you decide not to punish people who sin”
138 JON 4 3 dm5t figs-explicit קַח־ נָ֥א אֶת־ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי קַח־ נָ֥א אֶת־ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי 1 take my soul from me Jonah’s reason for wanting to die can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
139 JON 4 3 yk5v כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 for it is better for me to die than for me to live ***I would prefer to die than live*** or ***because I want to die. I do not want to live***
140 JON 4 4 eb4a figs-rquestion הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger? God used this rhetorical question to scold Jonah for being angry about something he should not have been angry about. Alternate translation: “Your anger is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
141 JON 4 5 q1f7 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־ הָ⁠עִ֔יר וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 Then Jonah went out of the city ***Then Jonah left the city of Nineveh***
142 JON 4 5 af46 מַה־ יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר 1 what might happen to the city ***what would become of the city***. Jonah wanted to see if God would destroy the city or not destroy it. Alternate translation: “what God would do to the city”
143 JON 4 6 i4r4 מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 over Jonah so that it might be shade over his head ***over Jonah’s head for shade***
144 JON 4 6 t21k לְ⁠הַצִּ֥יל ל֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָֽעָת֑⁠וֹ 1 to rescue him from his distress ***to protect Jonah from the heat of the sun***
145 JON 4 7 t7il וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ תּוֹלַ֔עַת 1 But God prepared a worm ***But God sent a worm***
146 JON 4 7 rw7z וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ אֶת־ הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֖וֹן וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֖וֹן 1 It attacked the plant ***The worm chewed the plant***
147 JON 4 7 d16m וַ⁠יִּיבָֽשׁ 1 so that it withered The plant became dry and died. Alternate translation: “so that the plant died”
148 JON 4 8 jdr9 grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ כִּ⁠זְרֹ֣חַ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֗מֶשׁ 1 It came about that when the sun rose, The hot wind from the east started blowing shortly after the sun rose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
149 JON 4 8 hmi4 figs-explicit וַ⁠יְמַ֨ן אֱלֹהִ֜ים ר֤וּחַ קָדִים֙ חֲרִישִׁ֔ית 1 God prepared a hot east wind God caused a hot wind from the east to blow on Jonah. If wind can only mean a cool or cold wind then you can try this. Alternate translation: “God sent a very hot warmth from the east to Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
150 JON 4 8 mnu9 וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ 1 the sun beat down ***the sun was very hot***
151 JON 4 8 u2pl figs-synecdoche עַל־ רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה 1 on the head of Jonah Jonah may have felt the heat most on his head. Alternate translation: “on Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
152 JON 4 8 z95v וַ⁠יִּתְעַלָּ֑ף 1 and he became faint ***and he became very weak*** or ***and he lost his strength***
153 JON 4 8 eln6 ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י 1 It is better for me to die than for me to live ***I would prefer to die than live*** or ***I want to die. I do not want to live***. See how you translated this in [4:3](../04/03/yk5v).
154 JON 4 9 a5f5 figs-rquestion הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־ לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־ הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger about the plant? God challenges Jonah for being angry that the plant died and yet wanted God to kill the people of Nineveh. Alternate translation: “Your anger about the plant dying is not good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
155 JON 4 9 w24z figs-explicit הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־ לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־ הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן 1 Is it good for you to burn with anger about the plant? Implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You should be more concerned about the people in Nineveh dying than about the plant dying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JON 4 9 h43a הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־ לִ֖⁠י עַד־ מָֽוֶת הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־לִ֖⁠י עַד־מָֽוֶת 1 It is good for me to burn with anger, even to death. ***It is good that I am angry. Now I am angry enough to die!***
157 JON 4 10 gkz7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Yahweh said It may be helpful to say that Yahweh was speaking to Jonah. Alternate translation: “Yahweh said to Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
158 JON 4 11 jdr0 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ 1 So as for me, The expression in English shows a comparison between Jonah’s attitude toward the plant and Yahweh’s attitude toward the people of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
159 JON 4 11 ecl1 figs-rquestion וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־ נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־ בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ יָדַע֙ בֵּין־ יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־ נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־ בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ יָדַע֙ בֵּין־ יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה 1 So as for me, should I not have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle? God used this question to emphasize his claim that he should have compassion on Nineveh. Alternate translation: “I certainly should have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
160 JON 4 11 dqi1 אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־ בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ 1 in which there are more than This can also be the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: ***There are more than*** or ***It has more than***
161 JON 4 11 c3b7 translate-numbers מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם 1 120,000 people ***one hundred and twenty thousand people*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
162 JON 4 11 j35h אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־ יָדַע֙ בֵּין־ יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ 1 who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand This may be a way of saying ***who cannot tell the difference between right and wrong***.
163 JON 4 11 q55i writing-background וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה 1 and also many cattle The author is pointing out the depth of Nineveh’s repentance to the extent that Yahweh takes note of the beasts’ participation in the act of repentance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])